TM-300

Online Manual

English
Contents
Using This Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Connecting Device to Printer Directly (Wireless Direct). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Available Connection Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Handling and Use of Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Types of Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Paper Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Using Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper Using Existing Settings. . . . 47
Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper by Adding a Media Type. . . 48
Updating paper information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Handling rolls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Loading Rolls in the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Changing the Type of Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Specifying the Paper Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Removing the Roll from the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Feeding Roll Paper Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Detecting Roll Paper was Replaced While the Power was Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Handling sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Loading Sheets in the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Printing From a Desired Starting Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Removing Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Basket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Using the Basket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Changing Settings from Operation Panel/Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Operations and Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Checking Instructions During Printer Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Printer Menu Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Menu Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Menu Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Advanced (Paper settings). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Advanced (LAN settings). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Job management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Test print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

HP-GL/2 Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Other device settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Paper-related settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Auto maintenance settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Administrator password setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Monitoring service settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Printer information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

HP-GL/2 Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Menus on HP-GL/2 print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Color mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Print quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Input resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Print target. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Paper src. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
 Oversize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Conserve paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Rotate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Auto rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Enlarge/Reduce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Print centered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Cut to standard size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Merge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Smooth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Thicken fine lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Adjust faint lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Width correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Print color list for palettes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Warning display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Detect image size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Menu Setting Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Conserve paper and Auto rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Enlarge/Reduce (Scaling) and Auto rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Print centered and Cut to standard size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Cut to standard size and Auto rotation and Enlarge/Reduce (Fit paper size). . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Detect image size and Oversize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Detect image size and Print centered. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Standard Size Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Status Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Configuration Changes Using Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Setting Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL Communication (Remote UI). . . . . . . . 225
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Setting Mail Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Receiving Printer Status by E-mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Printer Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Printer Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
 Front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Top Cover (Inside). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Roll Paper Cover (Inside). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Carriage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Ink Tank Cover (Inside). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Stand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Optional accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Roll Holder Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Stand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Network Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Network Connection Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Printer Connection Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Another Printer Found with Same Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection. . . . . . . . . 284
Reconfiguration of Network Settings using the Remote UI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Network Status and Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Other Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Technical Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Firewall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
List of Devices Which May Interfere with Wi-Fi Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Settings on Print Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Settings on Client PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Restrictions on Printer Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
 Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer via Wi-Fi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer via Wireless Router. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Adjustments for Better Print Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Adjusting the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Adjusting the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Adjusting Line Misalignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Adjusting Feed Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Adjusting Feed Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Selecting Feed Amount Adjustment Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Automatic Banding Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Manual Banding Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Fine-Tuning Paper Feed Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Adjusting Line Length. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Adjusting Vacuum Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Maintenance and Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Checking Ink Tank Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
When to Replace Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Checking for Nozzle Clogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Replacing the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Maintenance Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Maintenance Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
 Cutter Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Cutter Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Replacing the Cutter Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Cleaning the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Cleaning the Printer Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Cleaning Inside the Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

Other Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Preparing to Transfer the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Reinstalling the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Print Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Screenshots in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Basic Printing Workflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Printing procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Loading and Printing on Rolls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Loading and Printing on Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Printing in Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Printing from macOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

Canceling print jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

 Canceling Print Jobs from the Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Canceling Print Jobs from Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Canceling Print Jobs from macOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

Pausing Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

Pausing Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

Enhanced Printing Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Printing from Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Printing with Easy Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

Adjusting Color Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Specifying Color Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software). . . . . . 473
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . 475

Adjusting Brightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

Adjusting Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478

Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480

Printing to Oversized Paper Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Print Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Printing without Edges Based on the Scenarios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

Printing without Margins to Match Roll Paper Width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489

Printing Full-Size without Margins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495

Printing by Dividing/Joining Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497

Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

Printing by Connecting Multiple Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
Printing Multiple Pages All on One Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501

Printing Document in Center of Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503

Printing by Saving Roll Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
 Saving Roll Paper by Rotating Document 90 Degrees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Saving Roll Paper by Eliminating Upper and Lower Margins on Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Cutting Roll Paper after Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Printing Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514

Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer Directly (Wireless Direct). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519

Windows Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523

Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524

macOS Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527

Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528

Checking Layout in Preview before Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Registering a Changed Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Page Setup Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Print Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer Used in Shared Environment). . . . 538
Confirm the Printer Paper Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Setting Accounting Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Canon IJ Printer Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547

Description of Print Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548

Quality & Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549

Color Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Paper Detailed Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Page Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557

Updating the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558

Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559

Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
Before Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562

Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563

Managing Print Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564

Checking Print Job Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
Basic Print Job Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Managing Job Queue (Delete). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567

Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569

I want to easily create vertical or horizontal banners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Does this printer support sub-ink tank system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
I want to know how to configure roll cutting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
I want to configure so that the roll is cut automatically after waiting for the ink to dry. . . 575
How do I print without borders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
I want to know the paper types that can be used in this printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
The paper type that I want to print is not displayed on the Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Can I perform duplex printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
I want to perform enlargement printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Problems Regarding Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Remove Jammed Roll Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Remove a Jammed Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Remove Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Roll Paper Remains/Lacks under Quantity Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Cannot load sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
Paper is not cut straight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Paper is not cut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Cutter Blade Does Not Work While Cutting Is in Progress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Dent in the Tip of Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
 The size of clear film cannot be detected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Printer Keeps Ejecting the Roll Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Margins are wide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
When printing on roll paper, the printed surface becomes scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

Printing Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608

Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
The Data lamp on the Operation Panel does not light up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
The printer does not respond even if print jobs are sent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
"Preparing the ink system." is displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
"Agitating the ink" is displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617

The Printer Stops During a Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618

Printing stops and an error message is displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620

Problems with the Printing Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621

Printing is faint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
Paper rubs against the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
The edges of the paper are dirty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
The surface of the paper is dirty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
The back side of the paper is dirty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
Immediately after borderless printing, the trailing edge margin is soiled during regular printing. . . . . . 630
Printed colors are inaccurate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Banding in different colors occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Colors in printed images are uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
Image edges are blurred or white banding occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
The contrast becomes uneven during printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
The length of printed images is inaccurate in the feeding direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Images are printed crooked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
Documents are printed in monochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Line thickness is not uniform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
Lines or colors are misaligned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Borders appear in borderless printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643

Cannot Print over Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644

Cannot Connect Printer to Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Cannot Print over TCP/IP Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Cannot Print over Bonjour networks (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
 Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Cannot Print Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660

Installation Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661

Removing Printer Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
Taking Time to Setup Process (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665

HP-GL/2 problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667

With HP-GL/2, printing is misaligned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
Lines or images are missing in printed HP-GL/2 jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
Lines are printed too thick or thin in HP-GL/2 print jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed in monochrome (or color). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Printed colors of lines are inaccurate during HP-GL/2 printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed 6 mm larger than specified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed at maximum size, even if a standard size is specified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
HP-GL/2 printing takes a long time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the carriage stops moving). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676

Other Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677

Printer does not turn on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
Printer consumes a lot of ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Printed pages are not collected cleanly in the basket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
Ink Level Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684

List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685

1005. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
100A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
1012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
1021. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
1024. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
1041. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
1051. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
1052. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
1054. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
1055. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
1056. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
1057. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
1058. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
1061. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
1201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
1210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
1213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
1214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
1306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
1317. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
1322. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
1323. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
1324. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
1403. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
1408. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
1409. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
140A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
140B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
140C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
140F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
1468. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
1477. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
1478. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
1480. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
1481. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
1485. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
1492. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
1494. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
1495. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
1500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
1551. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
1552. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
1570. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
1571. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
168B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
1720. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
1721. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
1722. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
1730. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
1731. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
1752. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
1753. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
1756. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
1757. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
2130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
2131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
2132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
3001. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
3200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
3201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
3250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
3300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
3301. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
3302. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
3303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
3304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
3306. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
3311. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
3312. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
3313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
3314. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
3315. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
3316. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
3317. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
3331. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
3332. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
3333. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
3337. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
3340. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
3341. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
3414. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
3415. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
3416. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
3417. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
3418. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
3419. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
3420. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
3421. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
3422. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781
3423. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
3424. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
3448. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
4111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
4113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
4114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
4115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
4116. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
4117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
4801. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791
4803. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792
4905. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
4910. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 794
4911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
4913. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
4920. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
4931. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
4932. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
4933. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
4934. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
4935. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
4937. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
4950. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
4951. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
4952. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
4953. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
4954. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
4955. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
4956. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
4957. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812
5106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
5B16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
5B20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
5B21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
5C00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818
6502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
6700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820
6702. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
6820. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
6900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
6901. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
6902. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
6910. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
6911. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
6920. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828
6921. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
6930. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830
6931. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831
6932. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832
6933. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
6940. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
6941. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
6942. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
6943. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
6944. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838
6945. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
6946. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
7050. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841
7051. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
7052. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
8200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
9000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
9110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
B20A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
B510. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
 Using This Online Manual

Symbols Used in This Document

Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)

Symbols Used in This Document

Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused
by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.

Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.

Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.

Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.

Basics

Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.

Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.

Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)

For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."

18
 Trademarks and Licenses

• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad,
iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.

Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.

Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

19
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004

http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION

1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.

"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.

"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.

"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.

"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.

"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.

"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any
modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity
authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."

"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.

20
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as
stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent
litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the
Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:

1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that
You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at
least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.

5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.

21
 7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----

Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University

Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000

Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California

All Rights Reserved

Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.

CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc

All rights reserved.

22
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----

Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.

23
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.

Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR

24
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com

Author: Bernhard Penz <bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com>

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

25
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----

Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE

26
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

LEADTOOLS

Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.

CMap Resources

-----------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.

Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or

without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:

Redistributions of source code must retain the above

copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.

Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above

copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.

Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names

of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND

CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

-----------------------------------------------------------

27
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University

Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.

Written by Joel Sherrill <joel@OARcorp.com>.

COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.

On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).

Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.

THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND

28
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

(1) Red Hat Incorporated

Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.

This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.

(2) University of California, Berkeley

Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

The FreeType Project LICENSE

----------------------------

2006-Jan-27

Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by

David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg

Introduction

============

29
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.

This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.

This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all
encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:

o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)

o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')

We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.

We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The
FreeType Project.

Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:

"""

Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType

Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.

"""

Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms

===========

0. Definitions

--------------

Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.

`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.

This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.

This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.

If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.

30
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.

1. No Warranty

--------------

THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.

2. Redistribution

-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:

o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.

o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.

These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.

3. Advertising

--------------

Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.

We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.

As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.

Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.

4. Contacts

-----------

There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:

o freetype@nongnu.org

31
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.

If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.

o freetype-devel@nongnu.org

Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.

Our home page can be found at

http://www.freetype.org

--- end of FTL.TXT ---

The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties of
merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.

JSON for Modern C++

Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.

(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:

* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

32
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS,"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

33
 Connecting Device to Printer Directly (Wireless Direct)

The printer supports "wireless direct" in which you can connect to the printer wirelessly from devices (e.g.
smartphone, or tablet) without a wireless router.

Switch to "wireless direct" to print wirelessly.

Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer Directly (Wireless Direct)

34
 Available Connection Methods

The following four connection methods are available on the printer.

Wi-Fi Connection

• With a wireless router

• Without a wireless router

Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)

USB Connection (USB Cable)

Wi-Fi Connection
There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device (e.g. smartphone or tablet). One method
is to connect using a wireless router, and the other method is to connect without using a wireless router.

The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time.

35
If you have a wireless router, we recommend using a wireless router.
When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer, connect it using the
same connection method as the connected device.

If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.

• Connection Using a Wireless Router

◦ Connect the printer and a device using a wireless router.

◦ The connection procedure varies depending on the type of wireless router.
◦ You can change the network settings such as SSID and security protocol used by the printer from
the printer.
◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless
router.

• Connection without Using a Wireless Router

◦ Connect the printer and a device without using a wireless router. Connect the device and the
printer directly using the printer's wireless direct.
◦ If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
wireless direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that
case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically
depending on your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data
connection apply.
◦ In the wireless direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect
another device while five devices are already connected, disconnect a device you do not use and
configure settings again.
◦ Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol are specified automatically.

36
 Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)
Connect the printer and a hub or router with an Ethernet cable. Prepare an Ethernet cable.

USB Connection (USB Cable)

Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable. Prepare a USB cable.

• Restrictions

37
Handling and Use of Paper

Paper

Types of Paper

Paper Sizes

Using Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper

Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper Using
Existing Settings

Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper by
Adding a Media Type

Paper Information List

Updating paper information

Handling rolls

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Changing the Type of Paper

Specifying the Paper Length

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder

Remove Jammed Roll Paper

Feeding Roll Paper Manually

Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left

Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls

Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically

Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls

Detecting Roll Paper was Replaced While the Power was Off

Handling sheets

38
 Loading Sheets in the Printer

Changing the Type of Paper

Printing From a Desired Starting Point

Removing Sheets

Remove a Jammed Sheet

Basket

Using the Basket

Media Configuration Tool Guide

39
Paper

Types of Paper

Paper Sizes

Using Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper

Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper Using
Existing Settings

Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper by
Adding a Media Type

Paper Information List

Updating paper information

40
 Types of Paper

The following media types are supported by the printer. For details on the media types supported by the
printer, see "Paper Information List."

• Plain Paper

• Coated Paper

• Photo Paper

• Glossy Paper

• Proofing Paper

• CAD-dedicated Paper Etc.

The Paper Information List includes the following information.

• Types of paper

• Paper handling

• Paper product specifications

• Use precautions

• Setting of printer driver, control panel etc.

Note
• For instructions on using paper not included in the Paper Information List, see "Using Paper Other Than
Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper."

• Method of Updating Supported Paper

Paper that is supported by the printer may be newly released on the Canon website.

To use newly released paper, register the latest paper information on the printer with the Media
Configuration Tool. (See "Updating paper information.")

Important
• Even if you are not using the printer driver, you should install the Media Configuration Tool in order
to register the media types for your region in the printer.
(See "Media Configuration Tool Guide" (Windows).)

(See "Media Configuration Tool Guide" (macOS).)

41
 Paper Sizes

Rolls
Rolls that meet the following conditions are supported.

• Outer diameter is 5.9 inches (150 mm) or less

• Inner diameter of paper core: 2 or 3 inches

• Printing side out

Roll Width Printer Driver Roll Paper Width Settings Borderless Printing (*1)

36.00 inches (914.4 mm) 36 in Roll (914.4mm) Recommended(*2)

33.11 inches (841.0 mm) A0/A1 Roll (841.0mm) Recommended(*2)

31.50 inches (800.0 mm) 800mm Roll (800.0mm) Possible(*3)

30.00 inches (762.0 mm) 30 in Roll (762.0mm) Possible(*3)

28.66 inches (728.0 mm) B1/B2 Roll (728.0mm) Recommended(*2)

24.00 inches (609.6 mm) 24 in Roll (609.6mm) Recommended(*2)

23.62 inches (600.0 mm) 600mm Roll (600.0mm) Possible(*3)

23.39 inches (594.0 mm) A1/A2 Roll (594.0mm) Recommended(*2)

20.28 inches (515.0 mm) B2/B3 Roll (515.0mm) Recommended(*2)

20.00 inches (508.0 mm) 20 in Roll (508.0mm) Possible(*3)

19.69 inches (500.0 mm) 500mm Roll (500.0mm) Possible(*3)

17.00 inches (431.8 mm) 17 in Roll (431.8mm) Recommended(*2)

16.54 inches (420.0 mm) A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm) Possible(*3)

16.00 inches (406.4 mm) 16 in Roll (406.4mm) Possible(*3)

14.00 inches (355.6 mm) 14 in Roll (355.6mm) Recommended(*2)

12.95 inches (329.0 mm) A3+ Roll (329.0mm) Possible(*3)

12.00 inches (304.8 mm) 12 in Roll (304.8mm) Possible(*3)

11.81 inches (300.0 mm) 300mm Roll (300.0mm) Possible(*3)

11.69 inches (297.0 mm) A3/A4 Roll (297.0mm) Possible(*3)

10.12 inches (257.0 mm) B4 Roll (257.0mm) Possible(*3)

10.00 inches (254.0 mm) 10 in Roll (254.0mm) Recommended(*2)

8.00 inches (203.2 mm) 8 in Roll (203.2mm) Possible(*3)

42
*1:For details on media types that can be used for borderless printing, see "Paper Information List."
*2:When you perform borderless printing, it is recommended that you use these widths.
*3:As opposed to standard borderless printing, there will be a small margin on the left and right because
the paper width is set a little bit smaller than the width of the document.

Sheets
Sheets of the following sizes are supported.

Paper Sizes Dimensions

A0 33.11 x 46.81 inches (841.0 x 1189.0 mm)

A1 23.39 x 33.11 inches (594.0 x 841.0 mm)

A2 16.54 x 23.39 inches (420.0 x 594.0 mm)

A2+ 17.00 x 24.00 inches (431.8 x 609.6 mm)

A3 11.69 x 16.54 inches (297.0 x 420.0 mm)

A3+ 12.95 x 19.02 inches (329.0 x 483.0 mm)

A4 8.27 x 11.69 inches (210.0 x 297.0 mm)

ISO B1 27.83 x 39.37 inches (707.0 x 1000.0 mm)

ISO B2 19.69 x 27.83 inches (500.0 x 707.0 mm)

ISO B3 13.90 x 19.69 inches (353.0 x 500.0 mm)

ISO B4 9.84 x 13.90 inches (250.0 x 353.0 mm)

JIS B1 28.66 x 40.55 inches (728.0 x 1030.0 mm)

JIS B2 20.28 x 28.66 inches (515.0 x 728.0 mm)

JIS B3 14.33 x 20.28 inches (364.0 x 515.0 mm)

JIS B4 10.12 x 14.33 inches (257.0 x 364.0 mm)

34"x44" (ANSI E) 34.00 x 44.00 inches (863.6 x 1117.6 mm)

28"x40" (ANSI F) 28.00 x 40.00 inches (711.2 x 1016.0 mm)

22"x34" (ANSI D) 22.00 x 34.00 inches (558.8 x 863.6 mm)

17"x22" (ANSI C) 17.00 x 22.00 inches (431.8 x 558.8 mm)

11"x17" (Ledger) 11.00 x 17.00 inches (279.4 x 431.8 mm)

13"x19" (Super B) 13.00 x 19.00 inches (330.2 x 482.6 mm)

Letter (8.5"x11") 8.50 x 11.00 inches (215.9 x 279.4 mm)

Legal (8.5"x14") 8.50 x 14.00 inches (215.9 x 355.6 mm)

43
Paper Sizes Dimensions

36"x48" (ARCH E) 36.00 x 48.00 inches (914.4 x 1219.2 mm)

30"x42" (ARCH E1) 30.00 x 42.00 inches (762.0 x 1066.8 mm)

26"x38" (ARCH E2) 26.00 x 38.00 inches (660.4 x 965.2 mm)

27"x39" (ARCH E3) 27.00 x 39.00 inches (685.8 x 990.6 mm)

24"x36" (ARCH D) 24.00 x 36.00 inches (609.6 x 914.4 mm)

18"x24" (ARCH C) 18.00 x 24.00 inches (457.2 x 609.6 mm)

12"x18" (ARCH B) 12.00 x 18.00 inches (304.8 x 457.2 mm)

9"x12" (ARCH A) 9.00 x 12.00 inches (228.6 x 304.8 mm)

DIN C0 36.10 x 51.06 inches (917.0 x 1297.0 mm)

DIN C1 25.51 x 36.10 inches (648.0 x 917.0 mm)

DIN C2 18.03 x 25.51 inches (458.0 x 648.0 mm)

DIN C3 12.76 x 18.03 inches (324.0 x 458.0 mm)

DIN C4 9.02 x 12.76 inches (229.0 x 324.0 mm)

20"x24" 20.00 x 24.00 inches (508.0 x 609.6 mm)

18"x22" 18.00 x 22.00 inches (457.2 x 558.8 mm)

14"x17" 14.00 x 17.00 inches (355.6 x 431.8 mm)

12"x16" 12.00 x 16.00 inches (304.8 x 406.4 mm)

10"x12" 10.00 x 12.00 inches (254.0 x 304.8 mm)

10"x15" 10.00 x 15.00 inches (254.0 x 381.0 mm)

US Photo 16"x20" 16.00 x 20.00 inches (406.4 x 508.0 mm)

Poster 30"x40" 30.00 x 40.00 inches (762.0 x 1016.0 mm)

Poster 20"x30" 20.00 x 30.00 inches (508.0 x 762.0 mm)

13"x22" 12.95 x 21.97 inches (329.0 x 558.0 mm)

Poster 300x900mm 11.81 x 35.43 inches (300.0 x 900.0 mm)

Custom Paper Size 8.00 x 11.00 inches (203.2 × 279.4 mm) to 36.10 x 62.99 inches (917.0 ×
1600.0 mm)

Note
• For details on non-standard sizes, see "Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)" (Windows) or
"Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)" (macOS).

44
• Borderless printing is not supported on sheets.

45
 Using Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed
Paper

When using this printer to print on paper other than genuine Canon paper and feed confirmed paper, use
paper that meets the following conditions.

Note
• For Canon genuine paper/feed confirmed paper, see "Paper Information List."

• Paper where the size is described in "Paper Sizes" (See "Paper Sizes.")

• Paper where the thickness is described in "Paper Thickness" in "Specifications" (See "Specifications.")

• Paper where bleeding and ink overflow does not occur when printing
• Paper that does not warp severely when loading the paper or printing

Important
• If you use paper other than Canon genuine paper and feed confirmed paper, Canon provides absolutely
no guarantees regarding print quality or paper feed properties. For Canon genuine paper/feed
confirmed paper, see "Paper Information List."

After loading the paper in the printer, select the media type in the control panel and printer driver and then
perform the printing. For the media type, you can select easily from existing settings or you can create and
use settings for the paper you are using.

Printing Using Existing Settings

You can print easily by selecting from existing settings provided in the printer control panel and printer
driver. (See "Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed Paper Using Existing
Settings.")

Printing Using Additional Settings

You can use the Media Configuration Tool function for adding custom paper to create settings suitable for
non-Canon genuine paper/feed confirmed paper and add as a new media type to the printer's Control
Panel and the printer driver for printing. (See "Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed
confirmed Paper by Adding a Media Type.")

46
 Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed
confirmed Paper Using Existing Settings

You can easily print on paper other than genuine Canon paper and feed confirmed paper without making
complicated settings by selecting the existing settings provided in the printer control panel and printer driver
depending on the media type you are using. The existing settings consist of general-purpose paper settings
provided for different media types.

Important
• The Canon genuine paper settings provided in the printer control panel and printer driver are optimized
for Canon genuine paper. If these settings are selected for printing on paper other than Canon genuine
paper, the ink may bleed or the print head may rub against the paper. To easily print on paper other
than Canon genuine paper and feed confirmed paper, we recommend that you select one of the
following general-purpose paper settings.

Note
• For an overview of the media types, see "Types of Paper."

• For instructions on selecting the media type with the control panel, see "Types of Paper". For
instructions on selecting the media type with the printer driver, see "How to Open the Printer Driver
Setup Window" (Windows) or "How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog" (macOS).

Choosing General-Purpose Paper Settings

These settings anticipate a wide variety of paper other than Canon genuine paper and feed confirmed
paper, and, therefore, these settings make it difficult for bleeding ink and print head rubbing to occur. For
details on the relationships between the conditions of paper other than Canon genuine paper and feed
confirmed paper and the media type to select, see "Paper Information List."

Note
• If you cannot obtain the desired results by selecting the general-purpose paper settings, use the
custom paper adding function in Media Configuration Tool to create settings suitable for the paper
you are using. For details, see "Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed confirmed
Paper by Adding a Media Type."

47
 Printing on Paper Other Than Genuine Paper and feed
confirmed Paper by Adding a Media Type

Media Configuration Tool provides a function for adding custom paper for better print quality and improved
paper feed properties when printing on paper other than Canon genuine paper/feed confirmed paper than
when printing with general-purpose settings. You can use this function to configure settings such as the
amount of ink used and the height of the print head according to the characteristics of the paper being used,
and thereby realize higher print quality. Also, you can add the settings created with this function as a new
media type to the printer control panel and printer driver.

For details on Media Configuration Tool, refer as follows.

Media Configuration Tool Guide (Windows)

Media Configuration Tool Guide (macOS)

Important
• For details on how to select the added media type in the control panel, see "Changing the Type of
Paper."
• You can select the media type to be used in printing from Media Type in the Main sheet (Windows) or
Quality & Media (macOS) in the printer driver. For details, see "Main Tab Description" (Windows) or
"Quality & Media" (macOS).
• We recommend that you use an ICC profile created using commercially available profile creation
software to perform color management accurately on paper other than Canon genuine paper and feed
confirmed paper. You can register the ICC profile you created when creating a custom paper with
Media Configuration Tool.

(See "Adding Custom Paper" (Windows).)

(See "Adding Custom Paper" (macOS).)

48
 Updating paper information

You can update the printer's media information to the latest information by applying the latest version of the
Media Information File.

For details on the procedure for applying the Media Information File, refer to the following.
Media Configuration Tool Guide (Windows)

Media Configuration Tool Guide (macOS)

Important
• If you are using the Media Configuration Tool, the new Media Information File is downloaded
automatically when released on the Canon website. A computer connected to the Internet is required to
download the Media Information File.

49
Handling rolls

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Changing the Type of Paper

Specifying the Paper Length

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder

Remove Jammed Roll Paper

Feeding Roll Paper Manually

Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left

Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls

Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically

Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls

Detecting Roll Paper was Replaced While the Power was Off

50
 Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

When printing on roll paper, attach the roll paper to the roll holder.

Roll paper comes in two types: 2-inch and 3-inch cores. If using 3-inch core roll paper, attach the 3-inch
paper core attachment to the roll holder and holder stopper.

Caution
• Set the roll on its side on a table or other flat surface so that it does not roll or fall. Rolls are heavy, and
dropping a roll may cause injury.

Important
• When handling the roll, be careful not to soil the printing surface. This may affect the printing quality.
We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the printing surface.

• Cut the edge of the roll paper if it is uneven, dirty, or has tape residue. Otherwise, it may cause feeding
problems and affect the printing quality. Be careful not to cut through any barcodes printed on the roll.

• Align the edges of the paper on both ends of the roll. This may cause feeding problems.

• If a feeding problem occurs, release the release lever and reload the roll paper.

Note
• For details on roll paper sizes and types that can be used, see "Paper Sizes" or "Paper Information
List".

51
1. Rotate the holder stopper lever (A) towards to release the lock, and while holding it in
position (B), remove holder stopper from the roll holder.

2. If using 3-inch core paper, align 3-inch paper core attachment tabs (A) with roll holder holes
(B) and insert firmly.

3. With leading edge of roll paper facing forward as shown, insert Roll Holder from right side of
roll. Insert firmly until roll paper touches flange (A) of roll holder.

52
 Important
• When loading a roll, be careful to avoid hitting the printer hard with the roll. This may damage the
roll holder.

• If you stand the roll holder vertically and set the roll paper by dropping, the roll holder may be
damaged.

4. If using 3-inch core roll paper, attach 3-inch paper core attachment to holder stopper.
Align the tabs (A) of the attachment with the holes (B) of the holder stopper, and insert firmly.

5. Insert holder stopper from left into roll holder as shown, and then while holding in position
(B), push firmly until holder stopper flange (A) touches roll paper. Lock the holder stopper

lever (C) by rotating it towards .

53
54
 Loading Rolls in the Printer

Follow these steps to load rolls in the printer.

Important
• Before loading a roll, confirm whether the inside of the top cover or the output guide is soiled. If these
areas are dirty, we recommend cleaning them in advance. (See "Cleaning Inside the Top Cover.")

1. Tap Load paper or Replace paper on the Home screen of the operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, tap the HOME button.

2. Tap Load roll paper.

Note
• If any paper has been advanced that will not be used, a message is shown requesting you to
remove it.

After following the instructions on the screen to remove the paper, go to the next step.

3. Positioning your hands as shown, open the roll paper cover.

55
4. Holding the roll holder flange (A), rest the roll holder shaft on the roll holder resting ledge
(B).
At this time, position the holder as shown in the illustration so that the R label (C) on the roll holder
flange is aligned with the R label (D) on the printer.

5. Holding the roll holder flange (A), guide the holder along the slide guides (b) on both ends,
keeping the holder level as you load it in the roll holder slot.

56
 Caution
• Do not force the roll holder into the printer with the right and left ends reversed. This may damage
the printer and roll holder.

• Do not release the flanges until the holder is loaded in the roll holder slot.

• Be careful not to pinch your fingers between the slide guides (B) and the roll holder shaft (C) when
loading rolls.

Important
• If the leading edge of the roll paper is cut crooked or folded, it may not be fed correctly. Cut the
leading edge of the roll paper with scissors or the like and straighten it.

• Load the roll paper so that it is not loaded in the opposite direction.

6. Insert the edge of the roll in the feed slot (A) and advance the roll until you hear the feed
tone.

57
 Important
• If the roll paper has become unwound, remove the slack before loading the roll paper.
• Be careful not to soil the printing surface of roll paper as you insert it in the slot. This may affect
the printing quality. We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the
printing surface.

• If the paper is wrinkled or warped, straighten it out before loading it.

• Load the roll so that there is no gap between the right edge of the paper and the roll holder.

7. After paper feeding has started, do the following operations based on the Manage
remaining roll amount setting and the barcode printed on the roll paper (see "Keeping
Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left").

• When selecting Disable or Warning message only in Manage remaining roll amount.

A menu for selecting the media type appears on the operation panel. Operate the operation panel
and select the media type to be used.

• When selecting Barcodes in Manage remaining roll amount and if the barcode is printed.

The type and amount of paper left is automatically detected based on the barcode printed on the
roll. There is no need to specify the type and length of the paper.

58
 • When selecting Barcodes in Manage remaining roll amount and if the barcode is not
printed.
A menu for selection of the media type and length is shown on the operation panel. Operate the
operation panel, select the media type to be used, and enter its length.

Important
• When selecting Enable in Keep media type, there is no need to specify the type of the paper.
• Cut the edge of the roll using the Cut paper function if the edge is creased or soiled. (See
"Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls.")
• When selecting the media type on the operation panel, make sure the media type set in the printer
driver and the media type loaded on the printer match.

Note
• For details on media types that you can select, see "Paper Information List."

8. Holding it at the positions indicated, close the roll paper cover.

Note
• Cut the edge of the roll after the paper is advanced if it is soiled or if there are cuts from scissors
or the blade after removing creased edges. (See "Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls.")

• Adjusting the printhead alignment with the type of paper to be used in printing may enhance
printing quality. (See "Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors.")

59
 Changing the Type of Paper

Follow these steps to change the type of paper specified on the printer after you have loaded paper.

If you continue using the same type of paper and set Keep media type to Enable, when you load paper, the
media type selected before Enable was set is selected automatically, eliminating the need to set the media
type. (See "Using the Same Type of Paper Regularly.")

Important
• For best printing results, the printer fine-tunes the print head height and the feed amount for each type
of paper. Be sure to select the type of paper to use correctly before printing.

• Because the printer fine-tunes the feed amount for each type of paper, the margins and the size of
printed images may vary depending on the type of paper used. If margins and the size of images are
not as you expected, adjust the paper feed amount.

(See "Adjusting Feed Amount.")

• Rolls and sheets have different printing areas, and sheets having a larger bottom margin than rolls.

(See "Print Area.")

Changing the Type of Paper

Note
• When you load roll paper, a menu for selecting the media type appears on the operation panel. Tap
the media type.

If no barcode has been printed on the roll paper and you have set Manage remaining roll amount to
Barcodes, specify the roll length after selecting the media type. (See "Specifying the Paper Length.")

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Type.

60
 4. Tap media type of roll paper loaded in printer.

5. Tap Register.

Important
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may
cause feed errors and affect printing quality.

Note
• For details on media types, see "Paper Information List." At the factory default settings, Plain
Paper is selected for the media type.

• When the release lever is operated, the settings automatically return to the last selected media
type.

Using the Same Type of Paper Regularly

Configure this setting so that current media type settings will be automatically selected when you load the
same type of paper later.

1. Tap (Setup) on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Device settings.

3. Tap Paper-related settings.

4. Tap Keep media type.

5. Tap Enable.

Note
• The specified media type setting is updated in the following situations.

61
 • When using sheets, if you send a print job before loading a sheet, the media type setting is
updated to match the type of paper specified by the print job.

• If a barcode is printed on the roll paper and you have set Manage remaining roll amount to
Barcodes in the operation panel menu, the media type setting is updated to match the media type
specified by the barcode.

• To change the media type setting, see "Changing the Type of Paper."

62
 Specifying the Paper Length

When changing the length of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the length as follows.

Note
• Specify the roll paper length when you have set Manage remaining roll amount to Barcodes. (See
"Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left.")

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Advanced.

4. Tap Length.

5. Enter roll paper length.

Specify the roll length as follows.
1. Tap the numerical input field.
2. Tap the keypad appearing on the operation panel, enter the roll paper length, and then tap OK.

3. Check the entered length and tap OK.

63
 Removing the Roll from the Printer

Remove rolls from the printer as follows.

Note
• If you need to cut a printed roll, select Feed/cut in the printer menu and cut the roll paper at the desired
position. (See "Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls.")

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Remove paper.

3. Tap Yes.
The roll is rewound.

Important
• If Manage remaining roll amount is set to Barcodes in the operation panel menu, a barcode is
printed on the leading edge of the roll paper.

Do not remove the roll before the barcode is printed. You will be unable to keep track of the
amount of roll paper left. (See "Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left.")

4. Positioning your hands as shown, open the roll paper cover.

64
5. Using both hands, rotate the roll holder toward the back to rewind the roll.

6. Hold roll holder by its flanges (A) and remove from roll holder slot.

65
 Note
• For instructions on removing the roll holder from rolls, see "Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder."

7. Holding it at the positions indicated, close the roll paper cover.

Note
• To load new roll paper in the printer at this point, see "Loading Rolls in the Printer."

• Clean inside the top cover before loading paper.

(See "Cleaning Inside the Top Cover.").

66
 Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder

1. Rotate the holder stopper lever (A) towards to release the lock, and while holding it in
position (B), remove holder stopper from the roll holder.

2. Remove roll holder from roll paper.

3. To remove 3-inch paper core attachment, press tabs (A) inward and remove attachment.
• roll holder Side

67
 • holder stopper Side

Important
• Store the roll in the original bag or box, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight. If
paper is not stored properly, the printing surface may become scratched, which may affect the printing
quality when you use it again.

68
 Feeding Roll Paper Manually

After feeding the roll paper, you can move it forward and back.

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Feed/Cut.

3. Tap or touch Advance and Rewind to move roll paper forward or back.

Note
• Tapping Advance or Rewind moves the roll paper approximately 0.04 inch (1 mm).

Touching Advance or Rewind moves the roll paper until you release the key. If "Cannot advance
the paper any more." appears on the operation panel, release the key.

4. Tap OK when you have determined position of roll paper.

69
 Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left

There are two methods of managing the amount of roll paper left: by using the barcode and by estimating
the amount of roll paper left.

Managing by the Barcode for the Amount of Roll Paper Left

When you set Manage remaining roll amount to Barcodes in Device settings on the Home screen, the
amount of remaining roll paper and the media type information are printed as a barcode and text when the
paper is removed. When Manage remaining roll amount is set to Barcodes and you load roll paper with
a printed barcode, the media type and remaining amount are automatically detected after the roll paper is
loaded. The barcode will be cut off after it has been read.

Important
• If the barcode on the roll is not detected, enter the type and length of paper on the operation panel.
The length of the paper at this time can be set in Roll length (change default).

Setting the Default Value of the Amount of Roll Paper Left when Managing by the Barcode

Follow the steps below when setting Manage remaining roll amount to Barcodes.

1. Tap (Setup) on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Device settings.

3. Tap Paper-related settings.

4. Tap Manage remaining roll amount.

5. Tap Barcodes.

70
 6. Check the length of the roll paper.

Note
• The length of the roll paper to be displayed can be set in Roll length (change default).

Setting the Default Value of the Amount of Roll Paper Left when Managing by the Barcode
• If the length of the roll paper to be displayed is different from the length of the roll paper actually
used, set the actual length.

7. Select the timing when the warning message appears.

Note
• If you increase the level in Roll amount warning setting, the warning message appears
sooner.

Setting the Default Value of the Amount of Roll Paper Left when Managing by the
Barcode
When you select Barcodes in Manage remaining roll amount and if you feed roll paper on which no
barcode is printed, such as new roll paper, the screen to enter the roll paper length (remaining amount)
appears.

In this screen, the length (remaining amount) of default value appears. If the length is not correct, tap the
screen and enter a correct length.

When you want to change the length (remaining amount) of default value, follow the steps below.

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Advanced.

4. Tap Roll length (change default).

71
 Managing by Estimating the Amount of Roll Paper Left
When you set Manage remaining roll amount to Warning message only in Device settings on the
Home screen, if the amount of roll paper left decreases, the Status lamp on the operation panel lights up
orange and the warning message is displayed. The barcode is not printed.

The time to display warning message can be set in Roll amount warning setting. If you increase the
level in Roll amount warning setting, the warning message appears sooner.

Important
• If the type of paper is not selected correctly, the amount of roll paper left may not be estimated
correctly.

• When using the types of paper which are not displayed on "Paper Information List," set the paper
thickness and the size of paper core with Media Configuration Tool.
Media Configuration Tool Guide (Windows)

Media Configuration Tool Guide (macOS)

72
 Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls

When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere, ink may be transferred onto the paper surface
during ejection, soiling it. In that case, you may be able to improve the condition by setting the time to wait
for the ink to dry after printing.

Note
• If the cutter touches the print surface on which the ink is not dry, the paper surface may become
scratched or soiled, or the paper surface may rub when the paper falls and the surface may become
soiled.

To wait for the ink to dry without allowing printed materials to fall after printing, set Cutting mode on the
printer menu to Eject cut. (See "Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls.")

• The settings can also be made from the operation panel on the printer. From (Setup) on the Home
screen, select Device settings>Paper-related settings>Advanced paper settings>(media types
selection) and set Pause between scans or Pause between pages.

Windows

1. Display the printer driver dialog box.

(See "How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window.")

2. Select Main sheet and click Specify... for Media Type.

73
3. In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select the desired values from
the lists for Between Pages and Between Scans in Drying Time, and then click OK.
(See "Main Tab Description.")

macOS

1. Choose Print in the application menu.

2. Select Paper Detailed Settings panel.

74
3. Select desired values from lists for Dry Time (Between Pages) and Dry Time (Between
Scans).
(See "Paper Detailed Settings.")

75
 Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

How rolls are cut after ejection varies depending on printer settings.

• Automatic cut
The roll is automatically cut by the cutter blade according to the printer driver settings.

◦ Printer Setting
Tap paper settings display area >Paper settings>Advanced>Cutting mode>Automatic cut

◦ Driver Setting

Automatic Cutting>Yes

See "Cutting Roll Paper after Printing" (Windows).

See "Cutting Roll Paper after Printing" (macOS).

• Eject (when the paper surface is being scratched / to wait for ink to dry)

Select this to move the cutter by operation panel operation and cut paper. With Automatic cut, the
paper drops and may rub against the basket, resulting in damage to the print surface, but you can cut
using this method and supporting the paper so that it does not drop to avoid damage to the paper. Also,
you can prevent paper that has not dried from dropping by visually checking the ink has dried, and then
cutting the paper.

After printing, tap Cut paper and cut the roll paper on the cutter blade.

◦ Printer Setting

Tap paper settings display area >Paper settings>Advanced>Cutting mode>Eject cut

◦ Driver Setting

Automatic Cutting>Yes

See "Cutting Roll Paper after Printing" (Windows).

See "Cutting Roll Paper after Printing" (macOS).

• Manual (when using media that cannot be cut with the cutter blade)

Select this if the paper cannot be cut on the cutter blade.

Cut each page from the roll using scissors. For continuous printing (if you will cut each page later),
select Automatic Cutting>Yes or select Print Cut Guideline.

◦ Printer Setting

Tap paper settings display area >Paper settings>Advanced>Cutting mode>User cut

◦ Driver Setting

Automatic Cutting>No, Yes, Print Cut Guideline

See "Cutting Roll Paper after Printing" (Windows).

See "Cutting Roll Paper after Printing" (macOS).

76
 • Paper cutting (to have the roll cut at your specified position)
Select this when you want to cut the roll paper by operating the cutter blade using the operation panel
after printing with No or Print Cut Guideline selected in Automatic Cutting in the printer driver.

Otherwise choose this option if you want to cut the roll edge after loading a roll.

◦ Printer Setting
Tap paper settings display area >Feed/cut>Cut paper>Yes

◦ Driver Setting
Automatic Cutting>No, Yes, Print Cut Guideline

See "Cutting Roll Paper after Printing" (Windows).

See "Cutting Roll Paper after Printing" (macOS).

Note
• Automatic and Eject are valid only when you have selected Automatic Cutting>Yes in the printer
driver.

• With Eject, printing does not resume after a series of jobs have been printed continuously until the roll is
cut.
• Eject cut or User cut is the preset selection in Cutting mode for some types of paper. For this paper,
we recommend keeping the preset cutting mode.
• If documents printed using Automatic, Eject, or manual cutting are short, rolls are advanced a specific
amount before cutting to prevent problems with cutting and paper ejection. This may create a wider
bottom margin, in some cases.

Cut rolls manually in the following cases:

Eject (when the paper surface is being scratched / to wait for ink to dry)
Important
• When cutting wide printed documents after ejection, have two people support the documents. If the
paper drops, printed documents may be damaged.

• Do not lift the paper when holding printed documents before cutting. If the paper rises, it may affect
the printing quality or cause rough cut edges.

Note
• Once the following step has been performed, the procedure can be started from step 7 the next time.

• Printing the second and subsequent times

• Printing after replacing with the same type of paper

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

77
 Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Advanced.

4. Tap Cutting mode.

5. Tap Eject cut.

6. Print the job.

When printing is finished, the printer will stop without cutting.

7. While holding the printed document from the bottom edge to prevent it from dropping, tap
Cut paper to cut the roll paper.

Manual (when using media that cannot be cut with the cutter blade)
Note
• Once the following step has been performed, the procedure can be started from step 8 the next time.

• Printing the second and subsequent times

• Printing after replacing with the same type of paper

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

78
 Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Advanced.

4. Tap Cutting mode.

5. Tap User cut.

6. When Do you want to set to detect the leading edge of the paper? is displayed, select
Detect (recommended).

7. Print the job.

The printer stops advancing the paper after printing.

8. Tap Advance paper.

Roll paper is fed to the specified cut position and then automatically stopped.

9. Cut the roll paper manually with scissors or the like.

79
10. Tap OK.
After the roll is rewound, it stops automatically.

Paper cutting (to have the roll cut at your specified position)

1. Tap Feed/Cut on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap or touch Advance or Rewind to feed roll paper to desired cutting position.

3. Tap Cut paper.

4. Tap Yes.
After the roll paper is cut, it is rewound automatically.

80
 Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically

If the leading edge of the paper is cut crooked or is not cut straight when roll paper is loaded, it will not print
correctly. If this happens, you can cut the leading edge of the paper straight when loading a paper roll by
using Trim edge first in the operation panel menu.

The following settings are available for Trim edge first.

• Auto

If the leading edge of the paper is cut crooked and is not cut straight when loading roll paper, cut the
leading edge straight and eject the fragment of paper to prevent printing on the platen and soiling the
printer.

• On(Preset Length)

The amount to cut from the leading edge of the paper varies depending on the media type and is cut to
a prescribed length. For the leading edge precut length, see "Paper Information List".

• On(Input Length)

The amount to cut from the leading edge of paper is specified in the control panel. The amount to cut
from the leading edge can be specified in the range of lengths displayed in the control panel. The range
of lengths differs according to the media type.

Note
• The amount to cut from the leading edge of paper cannot be set shorter than the length displayed in
the control panel.

• Manual

The amount to cut from the leading edge of paper can be adjusted by using the operation panel.

To cut the paper after adjusting, tap Cut paper and select Yes.

After cutting the paper, tap Complete paper loading.

Note
• If you do not tap Complete paper loading after cutting the paper, you cannot print the next job.

• Off

The edge is not cut and scraps are not removed.

Follow these steps to change the Trim edge first setting.

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

81
 Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Advanced.

4. Tap Trim edge first.

5. Tap desired Trim edge first settings.

This setting takes effect the next time you load a roll.

82
 Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls

If the paper tends to generate dust when cut, such as with Backlit Film, you can reduce flying dust by setting
Cut-dust reduction to ON from the operation panel menu, which will coat the leading and trailing edges of
the printed document with ink. As a result, you can reduce problems with the print head. You can set Cut-
dust reduction according to the media type.

Important
• Do not set Cut-dust reduction to ON for paper that wrinkles easily, such as Plain Paper or lightweight
paper. If not cut properly, the paper may jam.

• Borderless printing is not available when Cut-dust reduction is set to ON. When performing borderless
printing, set Cut-dust reduction to OFF.

Follow these steps to set Cut-dust reduction to ON.

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Advanced.

4. Tap Cut-dust reduction.

83
5. Tap ON.

84
 Detecting Roll Paper was Replaced While the Power was Off

When you turn the printer on, it can confirm whether the roll paper was replaced while the power was off.

From Device settings on the Home screen, set Auto feed at power on to Enable to detect the position of
the roll paper's leading edge when the power is turned on. If the position of the roll paper's leading edge is
over 1 mm since the last time the power was turned off, the printer determines that the roll paper has been
replaced, and then starts feeding paper automatically to detect the paper width and the barcode for the
management of unused roll paper.

Note
• Setting Auto feed at power on to Enable causes the operations that can be done after turning on the
power to take longer since the printer must detect the leading edge of the roll paper.

Follow these steps to set Auto feed at power on to Enable as follows.

1. Tap (Setup) on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Device settings.

3. Tap Paper-related settings.

4. Tap Auto feed at power on.

5. Tap Enable.

85
Handling sheets

Loading Sheets in the Printer

Changing the Type of Paper

Printing From a Desired Starting Point

Removing Sheets

Remove a Jammed Sheet

86
 Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow these steps to load sheets in the printer.

Important
• One sheet of paper can be loaded in the feed slot at a time. Do not load more than one sheet at a time.
This may cause paper jams.

• Before feeding paper or printing, make sure the sheet is flat against the roll paper cover. The sheet may
jam if it curls before feeding or printing and the trailing edge drops toward the front.

• Paper that is wrinkled or warped may jam. If necessary, straighten the paper and reload it.

• Load the paper straight. Loading paper askew will cause an error. (See "1317.")

Note
• Before loading cut sheets, check whether or not the inside of the top cover or the output guide is soiled.
If these areas are dirty, we recommend cleaning them in advance. (See "Cleaning Inside the Top
Cover.").
• Store unused paper in the original package, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight.

1. Select sheets as the paper source.

• If a print job was received

Sheets are automatically selected, and the media type and size specified by the print job are
shown on the operation panel.

Tap OK and Load paper.

• If no print job was received

1. Tap Load paper or Replace paper.

2. Tap Load cut sheet or Replace cut sheet.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

Note
• If any paper has been advanced that will not be used, a message is shown requesting you to
remove it.

87
 Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the paper, and redo the operation.

2. Slide the width guide (A) to align it with the mark for the size of paper you will load.

3. Load a single sheet printing-side up in the feed slot, with the right edge aligned with the
paper alignment line (A) to the right of the roll paper cover.
Insert the paper until the leading edge makes contact.

4. Move the width guide (A) carefully to match the size of paper loaded.
Set the width guide against the edge of the paper to prevent the paper from becoming crooked or
wrinkled.

88
5. Tap Start feeding.

• If a print job was received

Tap Start feeding to feed the paper and begin printing.

• If no print job was received

A menu for selecting the media type appears.

Select the media type loaded and tap OK.

The printer now starts feeding the paper.

Note
• For details on media types that you can select, see "Paper Information List."

89
 Printing From a Desired Starting Point

Print on sheets from a desired starting point as follows.

Setting Detect paper width to Disable

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Advanced.

4. Select Detect paper width and tap Disable.

Load paper in the desired position to start printing from

Follow these instructions to load paper at the desired starting position for printing when Detect paper
width is set to Disable.

1. If you did not send a print job in advance, a menu for selection of the type of paper is
displayed.
Tap media type loaded.

Note
• If a print job was received before the paper was fed, the media type and size specified by the
job are shown on the operation panel.

Go to step 2.

2. When "[Detect paper width] is disabled. Do you want to keep it disabled and
continue?" appears on operation panel, tap Keep it disabled and continue.

90
3. Open top cover and check position where paper is loaded.

To start printing from the current position, close the top cover.
To reposition the paper, push the release lever back.

4. Load paper keeping right edge of paper aligned with extended line of paper alignment line
(A) on right side of printer and position from which to start printing aligned with groove (B)
at far end of platen.

91
5. Pull the release lever forward and close the top cover.

6. When screen for selecting paper size appears, select size of paper loaded.

92
 Removing Sheets

Remove sheets from the printer as follows.

1. Tap paper settings display area on Home screen of operation panel.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Remove paper.

3. Check operation panel message and tap Yes.

The paper is ejected from the front of the printer.

4. Holding the paper, push the release lever back and remove the sheet.

5. Pull the release lever forward.

93
94
Basket

Using the Basket

95
 Using the Basket

This section describes how to use the basket.

Note
• There are 2 types of stands that can be used with this printer: printer stand SD-32 and printer stand
SD-31.

• The explanation for the stand uses the illustrations for printer stand SD-32. Note that the illustrations
may differ from the type you are using.

• When storing printed documents on the basket

Use position (1). For details on how to use the Extended position which is a useful function for retrieving
printed matter, refer to the note regarding the Extended position. (See "Convenient basket usage.")

• When the basket is not used, when loading paper, or when moving the printer

Use position (2).

When moving the printer, always lift the Support Rod to Extended position A before putting it in position
(2), otherwise the basket may touch the floor and be soiled or damaged. (See "Switching to Extended
position A.")

96
 Important
• When storing printed documents on the basket, always use it in position (1). If you do not, printed
documents may not be dropped into the basket, and the printed surface may become soiled.

• The number of sheets that can be collected in the basket is one. If printing multiple pages, print after
removing each sheet.

• The basket can hold printed documents from paper up to 48 inches (1219.2 mm) long.

• If the cloth part of the basket becomes dirty, wipe off the dirt without washing. Washing it may affect the
performance of the basket.

Convenient basket usage

When printing line drawings on plain paper, you can use the basket not only at the regular position but
also at two kinds of extended positions convenient for catching printed material.
In these extended positions, the basket can collected up to approximately 20 sheets of printed material.

The paper sizes that can be used with these extended positions are shown in the table below. Use the
best position that suits the paper size and orientation.

Important
• Use the regular position in the following situations. If you print multiple sheets in the regular position,
remove the printed material from the basket one sheet at a time.
• Paper other than plain paper
• Paper sizes not listed in the following table and printed material other than line drawings
• If the paper curls excessively due to the qualities of the paper or the usage environment
• If the paper curls excessively near the end of a roll of paper
• Return the basket to the regular position after printing.

97
Extended position Paper orientation SD-31 SD-32

A Portrait ARCH E 36”x48”(914x1219mm) ARCH E 36”x48”(914x1219mm)

ARCH D 24”x36”(610x914mm) ARCH D 24”x36”(610x914mm)

A0 841x1189mm A0 841x1189mm

A1 594x841mm A1 594x841mm

B Landscape Unsupported ARCH D 36”x24”(914x610mm)

ARCH C 24”x18”(610x457mm)

A1 841x594mm

A2 594x420mm

Regular position

Extended position A

Extended position B (SD-32 only)

98
• Switching to Extended position A

Switch the stacker to Extended position A as follows.

1. Lift the Support Rod to the position shown (A) and switch the stacker to Extended position
A.

2. When using 24-inch or A1 (portrait) roll paper, pull out the Adjustable Stopper (A).
This completes the procedure for switching to Extended position A.

99
Once the printing has finished, use the following procedure to return to the regular position.

1. Lower the Support Rod to the position shown (A) to return to the regular position.
If the Adjustable Stopper (B) is extended, retract it.

100
2. Return to the regular position.

• Switching to Extended position B (SD-32 only)

Switch the stacker to Extended position B as follows.

1. Grasp the basket handle (A) and pull out the basket so that it tilts towards you.

101
 2. Open the Basket Ejection Guides (A).
This completes the procedure of switching to Extended position B.

Once the printing has finished, use the following procedure to return to the regular position.

1. Push the Basket Ejection Guides (A) closed until it clicks into place.

102
2. Hold onto the basket handle (A) and pull the basket release lever (B) towards you.

3. While continuing to hold the basket handle (A), slowly lower the basket.

103
4. Return to the regular position.

104
Changing Settings from Operation Panel/Web Browser

Operations and Touch Screen

Operation Panel

Touch Screen

Checking Instructions During Printer Operations

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

Printer Menu Operations

Menu Operations

Menu Structure

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

Setting Items on Operation Panel

HP-GL/2 Settings

Status Print

Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser

Configuration Changes Using Web Browser

Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser

Setting Password

Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL Communication

(Remote UI)

Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL Communication

Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate)

Setting Mail Server

Receiving Printer Status by E-mail

105
Operations and Touch Screen

Operation Panel

Touch Screen

Checking Instructions During Printer Operations

106
 Operation Panel

A: HOME button
The HOME screen appears.

Touch Screen
B: Back button
Displays the screen before the current screen.

C: Stop button
Cancels print jobs in progress and ends the ink drying period.

D: ON button/ON lamp
Turns the printer on and off.

Turning the Printer On and Off

The ON lamp is lit when the printer is on or in Sleep mode.

E: Touch Screen
Shows printer menus, as well as the printer status and messages. You can select menu items and
display buttons by gently touching the screen with your fingertip.
Touch Screen

F: Status lamp
• Flashing (white)

During printing, this lamp flashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs. Otherwise,
this lamp flashes when the print job is paused or the printer is updating the firmware.
• Lit (orange)

A warning message is displayed.

• Flashing (orange)

An error message is displayed.

• Off

There are no active print jobs, warnings, or errors.

107
 Note
• When the printer is in Sleep mode, to restore the display, press the buttons on the operation panel or
touch the touch screen.
• When Operation panel lock is enabled, touch screen operations are invalid. For details on Operation
panel lock, see Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser.

108
 Touch Screen

After the printer starts up, the HOME screen appears on the touch screen.

From the HOME screen, you can check the printer status and select the maintenance, paper operations,
settings, and other menus.
Basic Touch Screen Operations

A: Printer Information Display Area

Displays the printer status, messages, and other information. Tap this item when a message appears to
view the message on the list screen and to jump to the screen with detailed information and operations.

Notification Messages

B: Paper Setting Display Area

Displays the information on loaded paper on the upper area. Tapping this option displays the menu
relating paper and allows the paper settings. Replace paper and Feed/Cut frequently used in the menu
appears on the lower area, and you can directly select.

C: Network
Displays the current network status. Select to display the basic network information or to change the
network settings.

The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.

Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.

Note
• Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.

(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over a Wi-Fi without any problems.

109
 (Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommends placing the printer near the wireless router.

(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.
Place the printer near the wireless router.

Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.

Wired LAN is enabled.

Wireless Direct is enabled.

Wi-Fi and Wired LAN are disabled.

D: Ink information
Selects when checking current estimated ink levels or replacing ink tanks.

E: Setup
Selects when changing the printer settings, performing maintenance, or checking printer information.

F: Job management
Select when setting up print job managements or printing data on a USB flash drive.

Basic Touch Screen Operations

You can select various functions and settings by gently touching and swiping the touch screen with your
fingertip.

Important
• Take the following precautions when operating the touch screen. Otherwise, the touch screen may
malfunction or become damaged.
• Do not forcibly press the touch screen with your finger.
• Do not press the touch screen with an object other than your finger (such as a ballpoint pen,
pencil, fingernail, or other object with a sharp tip).
• Do not operate the touch screen with wet or dirty hands.
• Do not place objects on top of the touch screen.

• Do not place a protective film over the touch screen. Removing it can damage the touch screen.

Tap

Gently touch with your fingertip and then release.

Use this when selecting an item on the screen.

110
Touch

Gently touch with your fingertip.

To go (or return) to a menu or list, touch the directional mark.

Flick

Drag and release your finger up, down, left, or right.

Use this to quickly scroll through a menu or list.

Drag

Move your finger up, down, left, or right while gently keeping it in contact with the touch screen.

Use this to move a menu or list while viewing it.

111
 Notification Messages
When the ink is low or there is another notification, New notice appears in the printer information display
area. Tap this to display the Notice list screen to view messages with the newest one appearing first. Tap
a message to display the message details screen to view the details and take action.

Example: Notices on the maintenance cartridge

112
 Checking Instructions During Printer Operations

You can refer to instructions on the touch screen when loading paper, replacing ink tanks, or performing
other operations.

How to view instructions

Once you complete an action described in the instructions, the printer detects the action and switches to
the next instruction screen.

Operation screens are switched every 3 seconds, and the sequence of operations is shown repeatedly.

For actions the printer cannot detect, tap OK to display the instruction screen for the next step.

Example: Ink tank replacement

113
114
Changing Settings from Operation Panel

Printer Menu Operations

Menu Operations

Menu Structure

Changing Settings from Operation Panel

Setting Items on Operation Panel

HP-GL/2 Settings

Status Print

115
 Printer Menu Operations

On the HOME screen, the current status of the printer and buttons for displaying various menus are
displayed.

A. Printer status

Displays the current status (Ready to print / Printing...) of the printer.

B. Paper information

Displays the current paper information.

It is grayed out during printing.

Tap to display Paper menu.

C. Replace paper

It is grayed out during printing.

Tap this button to change the roll paper or to set the cut paper.

D. Feed/Cut

It is grayed out when paper feed mode is cut paper or during printing.
Tap this button to feed or cut roll paper.

E. Jobs

Tap to display Job management menu.

F. Setup
Tap to display Setup menu.

116
G. Ink
Tap to display the current ink level.

Also tap this button when replacing ink.

H. Network

Displays the current status of the LAN as an icon.

It is grayed out during printing.

Tap to display LAN settings menu.

Note
• The values set in the menu on the operation panel are applied to all print jobs. However, if the same
setting item exists in the printer driver, the setting value of the printer driver takes precedence.

117
 Menu Operations

The operation panel has a touch screen (A) and several buttons (B).

Flick the touch screen and tap the displayed button or item with your finger to select a menu.

Example of Using Touch Screen

Example: Operation to change the setting of automatic power off time

1. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

2. Tap Device settings.

118
3. Flick up and down and tap Other device settings.

4. Tap Energy saving settings.

5. Tap Auto power off.

119
6. Tap the time you want to set.

7. Tap OK.

When the setting is completed, press the HOME button to return to the HOME screen.

You can also go back to the screen one level higher by pressing the Back button and continue with
other settings.

120
 Menu Structure

The * on the right side of an item indicates the default value.

• Paper menu (when roll paper is loaded)

This menu is displayed by tapping paper information area.

Replace paper

Feed/Cut

Remove paper

Paper settings

Width

Type

Advanced

• Paper menu (when cut sheet is loaded)

This menu is displayed by tapping paper information area.

Replace paper

Remove paper

Paper settings

Page size

Type

Advanced

• Replace paper

• Feed/Cut

This menu is displayed when roll paper is loaded.

• LAN settings
This menu is displayed by tapping Network icon.

Wi-Fi

Connection

Network name (SSID)

Communication mode

Channel

Wi-Fi security

IPv4 address

IPv4 subnet mask

IPv4 default gateway

121
IPv4 DNS dynamic setting

IPv4 DNS host name

IPv4 DNS domain name

IPv6 link-local address

IPv6 link-local prefix length

IPv6 manual address

IPv6 manual prefix length

IPv6 stateless address 1

IPv6 stateless prefix length 1

IPv6 stateless address 2

IPv6 stateless prefix length 2

IPv6 stateless address 3

IPv6 stateless prefix length 3

IPv6 stateless address 4

IPv6 stateless prefix length 4

DHCPv6

DHCPv6 stateful address

DHCPv6 stateful prefix length

IPv6 default gateway 1

IPv6 default gateway 2

IPv6 default gateway 3

IPv6 default gateway 4

IPv6 primary DNS server address

IPv6 secondary DNS server add.

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: manual

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateless

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateful

IPv6 Use IPv4 host/domain name

IPv6 DNS host name

IPv6 DNS domain name

MAC address

IPsec settings

Printer name

Bonjour service name

Settings

Enable/disable Wi-Fi

122
 Enable / Disable

Wi-Fi setup

Easy wireless connect

Manual connect

WPS (Push button method)

Other connection types

Manual connect (adv.) / WPS (PIN code method)

Advanced

Wireless Direct

Connection

Network (SSID)/device name

Password

Communication mode

Channel

Wi-Fi security

IPv4 address

IPv4 subnet mask

IPv4 default gateway

IPv4 DNS dynamic setting

IPv4 DNS host name

IPv4 DNS domain name

IPv6 link-local address

IPv6 link-local prefix length

MAC address

IPsec settings

Printer name

Bonjour service name

Settings

Enable/disable Wireless Direct

Yes / No

Update SSID/password

Yes / No

Wireless Direct device name

Connection request confirmation

ON* / OFF

Advanced

123
Wired LAN

Connection

IPv4 address

IPv4 subnet mask

IPv4 default gateway

IPv4 DNS dynamic setting

IPv4 DNS host name

IPv4 DNS domain name

IPv6 link-local address

IPv6 link-local prefix length

IPv6 manual address

IPv6 manual prefix length

IPv6 stateless address 1

IPv6 stateless prefix length 1

IPv6 stateless address 2

IPv6 stateless prefix length 2

IPv6 stateless address 3

IPv6 stateless prefix length 3

IPv6 stateless address 4

IPv6 stateless prefix length 4

DHCPv6

DHCPv6 stateful address

DHCPv6 stateful prefix length

IPv6 default gateway 1

IPv6 default gateway 2

IPv6 default gateway 3

IPv6 default gateway 4

IPv6 primary DNS server address

IPv6 secondary DNS server add.

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: manual

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateless

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateful

IPv6 Use IPv4 host/domain name

IPv6 DNS host name

IPv6 DNS domain name

MAC address

124
 IPsec settings

Printer name

Bonjour service name

Settings

Enable/disable Wired LAN

Enable / Disable

Advanced

Print details

• Ink information
This menu is displayed by tapping Ink icon.

Current estimated ink levels

Replace

Order ink now

• Setup
This menu is displayed by tapping Setup icon.

Device settings

Test print

Print nozzle check pattern

Status print

Status print (administrator)

Print LAN details

Print setting print

Print advanced paper settings

Print job history

Print menu map

Print color list for palettes

Print settings

Print head movable width setting

Data width* / Maximum movable width / Paper width

Prioritize paper size

Enable / Disable*

JPEG print settings

Print quality settings

Color mode

125
 Color (perceptual) / Color (saturation)* / Color (correct off) / Mono-
chrome / Monochrome BMP

Print quality

5 (Fast) / 4 / 3* / 2 / 1 (High)

Input resolution

600 dpi / 300 dpi*

Print target

Photo* / Line drawing

Paper settings

Paper src

Auto select* / Roll paper / Manual

Margin

3mm* / 5mm

Border

Borderless / Bordered*

Rotate

0 degrees* / 90 degrees

Enlarge/Reduce

Fit paper size* / Same size / Scaling

HP-GL/2 print settings

Print quality settings

Color mode

Color (perceptual) / Color (saturation)* / Color (correct off) / Mono-

chrome / Monochrome BMP

Print quality

5 (Fast) / 4 / 3* / 2 / 1 (High)

Input resolution

600 dpi* / 300 dpi

Print target

Photo / Line drawing*

Paper settings

Paper src

Auto select* / Roll paper / Manual

Margin

3mm* / 5mm

Oversize

126
 Enable* / Disable

Conserve paper

ON / OFF*

Rotate

0 degrees* / 90 degrees

Auto rotation

ON / OFF*

Enlarge/Reduce

Fit paper size / Same size* / Scaling

Print centered

ON / OFF*

Cut to standard size

ON / OFF*

Mirror

ON / OFF*

Line management

Merge

ON / OFF*

Smooth

Software* / Smoothing

Thicken fine lines

ON / OFF*

Adjust faint lines

ON / OFF*

Width correction

Black/gray

-20 / -19 / ... / -1 / 0* / 1 / ... / 19 / 20

Color

-20 / -19 / ... / -1 / 0* / 1 / ... / 19 / 20

Print color list for palettes

Processing options

Warning display

Enable / Disable*

Detect image size

OFF* / Command priority

Direct print settings from FTP

127
Print settings 1

Print quality settings

Color mode

Color (perceptual) / Color (saturation)* / Color (correct off) / Mon-

ochrome / Monochrome BMP

Print quality

5 (Fast) / 4 / 3* / 2 / 1 (High)

Print target

Photo* / Line drawing

Paper settings

Paper src

Auto select* / Roll paper / Manual

Margin

3mm* / 5mm

Border

Borderless / Bordered*

Rotate

0 degrees* / 90 degrees

Enlarge/Reduce

Fit paper size* / Same size / Scaling

Print settings 2

Print quality settings

Color mode

Color (perceptual) / Color (saturation)* / Color (correct off) / Mon-

ochrome / Monochrome BMP

Print quality

5 (Fast) / 4 / 3* / 2 / 1 (High)

Print target

Photo* / Line drawing

Paper settings

Paper src

Auto select* / Roll paper / Manual

Margin

3mm* / 5mm

Border

Borderless / Bordered*

128
 Rotate

0 degrees* / 90 degrees

Enlarge/Reduce

Fit paper size* / Same size / Scaling

Print settings 3

Print quality settings

Color mode

Color (perceptual) / Color (saturation)* / Color (correct off) / Mon-

ochrome / Monochrome BMP

Print quality

5 (Fast) / 4 / 3* / 2 / 1 (High)

Print target

Photo* / Line drawing

Paper settings

Paper src

Auto select* / Roll paper / Manual

Margin

3mm* / 5mm

Border

Borderless / Bordered*

Rotate

0 degrees* / 90 degrees

Enlarge/Reduce

Fit paper size* / Same size / Scaling

Print settings 4

Print quality settings

Color mode

Color (perceptual) / Color (saturation)* / Color (correct off) / Mon-

ochrome / Monochrome BMP

Print quality

5 (Fast) / 4 / 3* / 2 / 1 (High)

Print target

Photo* / Line drawing

Paper settings

Paper src

Auto select* / Roll paper / Manual

129
 Margin

3mm* / 5mm

Border

Borderless / Bordered*

Rotate

0 degrees* / 90 degrees

Enlarge/Reduce

Fit paper size* / Same size / Scaling

Default print settings

Print quality settings

Color mode

Color (perceptual) / Color (saturation)* / Color (correct off) / Mono-

chrome / Monochrome BMP

Print quality

5 (Fast) / 4 / 3* / 2 / 1 (High)

Print target

Photo* / Line drawing

Print setting print

LAN settings
The lower items of this menu are the same as the lower items of LAN settings displayed by tapping Net-
work icon.

Paper-related settings

Keep media type

Enable / Disable*

Manage remaining roll amount

Barcodes / Warning message only / Disable*

Roll amount warning setting

Roll amount 6 (earlier warning) / Roll amount 5 / Roll amount 4 / Roll amount 3 (stand-
ard)* / Roll amount 2 / Roll amount 1 (later warning)

Detect paper setting mismatch

Pause / Display warning* / Do not detect

Advanced paper settings

Paper size recognition settings

Roll paper setting 1

Roll paper setting 2

Roll paper setting 3

Roll paper setting 4

130
 Roll paper setting 5

Roll paper setting 6

Roll paper setting 7

Auto feed at power on

Enable* / Disable

Print advanced paper settings

Reset paper settings for all paper

Auto maintenance settings

Auto nozzle check

Standard* / 1 page / 10 pages / Disable

Nozzle check error display

Enable / Disable*

System cleaning frequency

Standard* / Short

Print pattern after new head

ON* / OFF

Monitoring service settings

Enable/disable monitoring service

Enable / Disable*

Communication test

Communication log

Other device settings

Energy saving settings

Auto power off

5 minutes / 10 min. / 30 min. / 1 hour / 4 hours / 8 hours / 12 hours / OFF

Sleep timer

5 minutes* / 10 min. / 15 min. / 20 min. / 30 min. / 40 min. / 50 min. / 60 min. / 210

min.

Operation restrictions

Job history

Restrict / Do not restrict*

Remote UI

Restrict / Do not restrict*

Use USB connection

Use* / Do not use

Date/time setting

131
 Date settings

Time setting

Date display format

YYYY/MM/DD / MM/DD/YYYY / DD/MM/YYYY

Time zone (GMT)

0 / +1 / ... / +12 / -12 / ... / -1

Sound control

Keypad sound

ON/ OFF*

Alarm sound

ON* / OFF

Length unit setting

Meters* / Feet/inches

EOP timer setting

1 minute / 2 minutes / 5 minutes / 10 minutes* / 30 minutes / 60 minutes

Job history sending setting

Send / Do not send*

Language selection

Firmware update

Install update

Check current version

Update notification setting

Yes* / No

DNS server setup

Auto setup* / Manual setup

Proxy server setup

Use / Do not use*

Administrator password setting

Remote UI or other tools / LCD, Remote UI, or other tools

Maintenance

Print nozzle check pattern

Print head cleaning

Cleaning

All colors / Pattern 1 / Pattern 2

Deep cleaning

All colors / Pattern 1 / Pattern 2

132
 System cleaning

All colors / Pattern 1 / Pattern 2

Print head alignment

Auto (standard)

Roll paper / Manual

Auto (fine)

Roll paper / Manual

Manual

Roll paper / Manual

Print head angle adjustment

Paper feed adjustment

Set priority

Roll paper

Auto* / Prioritize print quality / Prioritize length accuracy

Manual

Auto* / Prioritize print quality / Prioritize length accuracy

Adjust print quality

Auto / Manual

Adjust feed length

Print alignment pattern

Roll paper / Manual

Change adjustment values

-0.70% / -0.68% / ... / 0.68% / 0.70%

Maintenance cartridge info

Maintenance cartridge usage

Replace

Head replacement

Replace cutter blade unit

Platen cleaning

Prepare to move

Move on the same floor / Transport outdoors

Printer information

System information

Current version

Printer name

Serial number

133
 MAC address (Wi-Fi)

MAC address (wired LAN)

Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)

Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-256)

Error history

Hardware error

Recoverable error

Paper feed/transfer error

Usage totals

Total print area

Ink consumed

Duty counter

Head information

Serial number

Installation date

Dot count (million dots)

Head alignment performance log

Values applied with auto settings

Paper Thickness (Head Height)

Transport unit vacuum strength

Total print area

• Job management

This menu is displayed by tapping Jobs icon.

Print job

List of print jobs

Delete

Job history

Display job history

Print job history

Pause printing

Enable / Disable*

Delete all print jobs

134
 Advanced (Paper settings)

Tap the paper information area and tap Paper settings to display this menu.

Advanced

Roll length (change default)

Paper Thickness (Head Height)

-4 (Low) / -3 / -2 / 0 (Standard) / +1 / +2 / +3 (High)

Skew detection accuracy

Standard / Loose / OFF

Cutting mode

Automatic cut / Eject cut / User cut

Cut speed

Fast / Standard / Slow

Trim edge first

Auto / Off / On(Preset Length) / On(Input Length) / Manual

Cut-dust reduction

ON / OFF

Transport unit vacuum strength

Auto / Strong / Medium-strong / Standard / Medium-weak / Weak

Roll paper tension (printing)

High / Standard / Low

Roll paper tension (feeding)

High / Standard / Low

Pause between scans

Ink drying wait time

OFF / 0.5 seconds / 1 second / 3 seconds / 5 seconds / 7 sec-

onds / 9 seconds

Ink drying target area

Overall / Leading edge

Pause between pages

OFF / 30 seconds / 1 minute / 3 minutes / 5 minutes / 10 minutes / 30 minutes / 60 minutes

Leading edge margin (roll)

3mm / 20mm

Leading edge margin (sheet)

3mm / 20mm

Extension for borderless printing

135
 Paper with recommended width

Large / Standard / Small

Paper with adequate width

6 (max) / 5 / 4 / 3 / 2 / 1 (min)

Detect paper width

Enable / Disable

Reset paper settings by paper

136
 Advanced (LAN settings)

This menu is displayed by tapping Network icon > Wi-Fi / Wireless Direct / Wired LAN > Settings >
Advanced.

The * on the right side of an item indicates the default value.

Advanced

Set printer name

TCP/IP settings

IPv4

IP address

Auto setup* / Manual setup

DNS server

DNS server setup

Auto setup* / Manual setup

Dynamic update setting

Enable / Disable*

Host name

Domain name

Proxy server

Use / Do not use*

IPv6

Enable/disable IPv6

Enable* / Disable

IPsec settings

Enable / Disable*

Use DHCPv6

Use* / Do not use

Manual address

Use / Do not use*

DNS server

DNS server setup

Auto setup* / Manual setup

Dynamic update setting

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: manual

Enable / Disable*

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateless

137
 Enable / Disable*

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateful

Enable / Disable*

IPv6 Use IPv4 host/domain name

Enable / Disable*

IPv6 DNS host name

IPv6 DNS domain name

WSD setting

Enable/disable WSD

Enable / Disable*

Optimize inbound WSD

Enable* / Disable

Timeout setting

20 minutes / 15 minutes* / 10 minutes / 5 minutes / 1 minute

Bonjour settings

Enable/disable Bonjour

Enable* / Disable

Service name

IEEE802.1X settings

Authentication

Do not use* / TLS / TTLS / PEAP

EAP-TTLS internal auth. method

MSCHAPv2* / PAP

Weak encryption restriction

Restrict* / Do not restrict

Weak certificate restriction

Restrict* / Do not restrict

Advanced setup

User-ID

Username

Password

Authentication server name

Last authentication result

SNTP settings

Client operation status

Enable / Disable*

138
 NTP/SNTP server address

Polling interval

Spanning tree setting

Enable / Disable*

LPR protocol setting

Enable* / Disable

RAW protocol

ON* / OFF

LLMNR

ON* / OFF

Gigabit Ethernet settings

Autonegotiation* / 10 Mbps half duplex / 10 Mbps full duplex / 100 Mbps half duplex / 100 Mbps
full duplex / 1 Gbps full duplex

Use Dedicated Port

ON* / OFF

Wi-Fi DRX setting

Enable* / Disable

Wired LAN DRX setting

Enable* / Disable

Reset SSL certificates

Reset LAN settings

139
 Changing Settings from Operation Panel

This section describes the procedure for changing the settings, taking the steps to specify Print head
movable width setting as an example.

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

Menu Operations

3. Tap setting item to adjust.

The setting screen for the selected item appears.

4. Tap setting item.

5. Tap setting to specify.

140
For more on setting items on the operation panel:

Setting Items on Operation Panel

141
 Setting Items on Operation Panel

Note
• The administrator password is required to change some setting items if it is enabled for changing
settings using the operation panel.

For more on setting items which the administrator password is required:

Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel

Items for Security

Administrator password setting

Items for Printer

Other device settings
Language selection
Firmware update

Items for Paper/Printing

Paper-related settings
Print settings

Items for Maintenance/Management

Job management
Printer information
Test print
LAN settings
Auto maintenance settings
Monitoring service settings

142
 Job management

This setting item is displayed by tapping (Jobs) on the HOME screen.

• Print job

Displays the print job list. Tapping a job displays the details. On the detail screen, you can delete the
job.

• Job history

Important
• The administrator password is required to display the job history if it is enabled for changing
settings using the operation panel.

◦ Display job history

Displays the print job history. Tapping a print job displays the details.

◦ Print job history

Prints out the print job history.

• Pause printing

Selecting Enable while a print job is in progress pauses the print job after the current job is completed.

• Delete all print jobs

Deletes all jobs in the job queue.

143
 Test print

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

• Print nozzle check pattern

Prints out the nozzle check pattern.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

• Status print

Prints out the printer status and setting value information.

Note
• Status print (administrator) is also displayed if the administrator password is enabled for
changing settings using the operation panel.

Status Print

• Print LAN details

Prints out the network setting information.

Printing Network Settings

• Print setting print

Prints out the print settings list.

• Print advanced paper settings

Prints out the setting values specified by Advanced paper settings.

• Print job history

Prints out a record of print jobs, including the paper type and size, amount of ink consumed, and so on.
Ink consumption indicates a rough estimate of the amount of ink consumed per print job.

Job management

• Print menu map

Prints out the menu list.

• Print color list for palettes

Prints out color pallet information.

144
 Print settings

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

• Print head movable width setting

Adjusts the print head movable width.

• Prioritize paper size

This is a setting item for roll paper.

Select Enable to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing instead of other settings. The text or
images in the margin are not printed.

Select Disable to give priority to printing text or images.

Note
• The printed paper length is longer than the actual paper length. This is because the printed paper
includes the upper/lower margins specified by Roll Paper Safety Margin and Leading Edge
Margin in the printer driver and excludes the paper margins.

• JPEG print settings

Performs JPEG print settings.

• HP-GL/2 print settings

Performs HP-GL/2 print settings.

HP-GL/2 Settings

• Direct print settings from FTP

Performs print settings when printing directly from FTP. You can perform four settings individually.

• Default print settings

Prints out the default values of print settings.

• Print setting print

Prints out the print settings list.

145
HP-GL/2 Settings

Menus on HP-GL/2 print settings

Menu Setting Combinations

Standard Size Table

146
 LAN settings

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

Important
• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.

Note

• You can also enter LAN settings by tapping (Network) on the HOME screen.

• Wi-Fi

The following setting information on the Wi-Fi connection is displayed. (Some items are not displayed
depending on printer settings.)

Items Setting

Connection Enabled (connected) / Enabled (disconnected) / Disa-

ble

Network name (SSID) XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

Communication mode Infrastructure

Channel 1 - 13

Wi-Fi security Disable / WEP (64 bit) / WEP (128 bit) / WPA-PSK
(TKIP) / WPA-PSK (AES) / WPA2-PSK (TKIP) / WPA2-
PSK (AES)

IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

IPv4 DNS dynamic setting Enable / Disable

IPv4 DNS host name XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv4 DNS domain name XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 manual address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 manual prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 stateless address 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

147
IPv6 stateless prefix length 1 XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 stateless address 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 stateless prefix length 2 XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 stateless address 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 stateless prefix length 3 XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 stateless address 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 stateless prefix length 4 XXX (up to 3 digits)

DHCPv6 Enable / Disable

DHCPv6 stateful address XXXXXXXXXXXX

DHCPv6 stateful prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 default gateway 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 default gateway 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 default gateway 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 default gateway 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 primary DNS server address XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 secondary DNS server add. XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: manual Enable / Disable

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateless Enable / Disable

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateful Enable / Disable

IPv6 Use IPv4 host/domain name Enable / Disable

IPv6 DNS host name XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 DNS domain name XXXXXXXXXXXX

MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)

IPsec settings Enable (ESP) / Enable (ESP & AH) / Enable (AH) / Dis-
able

Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)

Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

To change the setting, tap Settings.

148
 ◦ Enable/disable Wi-Fi
Select Enable to wirelessly connect via wireless router.

◦ Wi-Fi setup
Select how to setup Wi-Fi.

■ Easy wireless connect

Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.

■ Manual connect

Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
■ WPS (Push button method)

Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.

■ Other connection types

■ Manual connect (adv.)

Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually. You can specify multiple WEP keys.
■ WPS (PIN code method)

Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.

Note
• By tapping Advanced, you can set LAN in detail.

For the items that can be set, see the following.

Advanced

• Wireless Direct

The following setting information on the Wireless Direct connection is displayed. (Some items are not
displayed depending on printer settings.)

Items Setting

Connection Enabled (connected) / Enabled (disconnected) / Disa-

ble

Network (SSID)/device name DIRECT-XXXX-TM-300

Password XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)

Communication mode Wireless Direct

Channel 3

Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK (AES)

IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

149
 IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

IPv4 DNS dynamic setting Enable / Disable

IPv4 DNS host name XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv4 DNS domain name XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)

MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)

IPsec settings Disable

Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)

Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

To change the setting, tap Settings.

◦ Enable/disable Wireless Direct

Select Enable to wirelessly connect without wireless router.

◦ Update SSID/password

Updates the identifier (SSID) and password.

◦ Wireless Direct device name

Changes the name (device name) of the printer displayed on Wi-Fi Direct compatible device.

◦ Connection request confirmation

Changes the display / non-display of the confirmation screen when Wi-Fi Direct compatible devices
are connected to the printer.

Note
• By tapping Advanced, you can set LAN in detail.

For the items that can be set, see the following.

Advanced

• Wired LAN

The following setting information on the Wired LAN connection is displayed. (Some items are not
displayed depending on printer settings.)

Items Setting

Connection Enabled (connected) / Enabled (disconnected) / Disa-

ble

IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

150
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)

IPv4 DNS dynamic setting Enable / Disable

IPv4 DNS host name XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv4 DNS domain name XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 manual address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 manual prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 stateless address 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 stateless prefix length 1 XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 stateless address 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 stateless prefix length 2 XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 stateless address 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 stateless prefix length 3 XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 stateless address 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 stateless prefix length 4 XXX (up to 3 digits)

DHCPv6 Enable / Disable

DHCPv6 stateful address XXXXXXXXXXXX

DHCPv6 stateful prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)

IPv6 default gateway 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 default gateway 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 default gateway 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 default gateway 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:

XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)

IPv6 primary DNS server address XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 secondary DNS server add. XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: manual Enable / Disable

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateless Enable / Disable

IPv6 DNS dyn. update: stateful Enable / Disable

IPv6 Use IPv4 host/domain name Enable / Disable

151
 IPv6 DNS host name XXXXXXXXXXXX

IPv6 DNS domain name XXXXXXXXXXXX

MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)

IPsec settings Enable (ESP) / Enable (ESP & AH) / Enable (AH) / Dis-
able

Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)

Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

To change the setting, tap Settings.

◦ Enable/disable Wired LAN

Select Enable when connecting to wired LAN.

Note
• By tapping Advanced, you can set LAN in detail.
For the items that can be set, see the following.

Advanced

• Print details
Prints out the LAN setting information of the printer with Wi-Fi connection, wired LAN connection,
wireless direct connection.

For the items that can be checked, see the following.

Printing Network Settings

Important
• Important information on your computer is stated on the paper on which the LAN setting information
is printed. Please handle with care enough.

Note
• You can also print out the LAN setting information by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Test print > Print LAN details

• Advanced
By tapping Advanced on each setting screen of Wi-Fi connection, wired LAN connection, wireless direct
connection, LAN information can be set in detail.

Important
• If the LAN is disabled, the following items can not be selected.

152
◦ Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.

Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.

◦ TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.

◦ WSD setting

Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 10, Windows
8.1, and Windows 7).
■ Enable/disable WSD

Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.

Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in
Windows 10, Windows 8.1, and Windows 7.

■ Optimize inbound WSD

Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
■ Timeout setting

Specifies the timeout length.

◦ Bonjour settings

Setting items for LAN using Bonjour.

■ Enable/disable Bonjour

Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
■ Service name

Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.

Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.

◦ IEEE802.1X settings

Performs various settings for IEEE802.1X.

◦ SNTP settings

Performs various settings for SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol).

◦ Spanning tree setting

Enables/Disables spanning tree. Selecting Enable avoids circulating data on a network.

◦ LPR protocol setting

Enables/Disables the LPR setting.

153
◦ RAW protocol
Enables/Disables RAW printing.

◦ LLMNR
Specifies ON/OFF of LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting ON allows the
printer to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.

◦ Gigabit Ethernet settings

Specifies the communication speed and communication method when using Gigabit Ethernet.

◦ Use Dedicated Port

Selects whether to use a dedicated port for a command sent from a Canon application to the printer.

Selecting ON allows you to use the dedicated port.

◦ Wi-Fi DRX setting

Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using Wi-Fi.

◦ Wired LAN DRX setting

Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when the printer is connected to a
device compatible with wired LAN.

◦ Reset SSL certificates

Initializes SSL certificate information.

◦ Reset LAN settings

Initializes the network settings on the printer.

After resetting, perform setup again as necessary.

154
 Other device settings

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

Important
• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.

• Energy saving settings

To save electricity, enable this setting to turn off the printer automatically or to enter sleep mode when
specified length of time has elapsed.
◦ Auto power off

Sets the time until the printer turns off automatically. If no operations are performed on the printer for
the specified duration of the time after entering Sleep mode, the printer automatically turns off.

◦ Sleep timer

Specifies the length of time to enter sleep mode automatically when no operation is made.

• Operation restrictions

Restricts the following operations.

◦ Job history

Restricts to display the print job history.

◦ Remote UI

Restricts to use Remote UI.

• Use USB connection

Enables / Disables USB connection.

• Date/time setting

Sets the current date and time.

• Date display format

Sets the format of dates displayed on the touch screen and printed on photos.

• Time zone (GMT)

Specifies the time zone according to a country or region you live in.

Specifying the time zone allows you to display the correct time and date an e-mail was sent on your mail
software.

Select the time difference from GMT (Greenwich mean time) according to a country or region you live in.

• Sound control

Select whether to sound / not sound for key touch sound and alarm sound.

155
• Length unit setting
Selects the length unit (meter or feet/inch).

• EOP timer setting

Specify the timeout period before cancellation of print jobs that cannot be received by the printer.

• Job history sending setting

The printer sends a job history when Send is selected.

156
 Language selection

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

Important
• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.

Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.

157
 Paper-related settings

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

• Keep media type

Select Enable to keep using the same type of paper.

• Manage remaining roll amount

Selects the method to manage remaining roll amount and that to display warning when the roll is
running short.

◦ Barcodes

Manages remaining roll amount by using a barcode.

By using the barcode every time you replace a roll, you can manage remaining roll amount properly.
Specify the roll length properly when you load a new roll.

◦ Warning message only

Estimates remaining roll amount by using media type and roll diameter information. A warning
appears when remaining roll amount comes closer to the specified value.

Depending on the environment you are using the printer, selecting this setting may not manage
remaining roll amount as precisely as you expected. We recommend you select a higher value for
this setting item.

◦ Disable

Select to disable managing remaining roll amount.

• Roll amount warning setting

Specifies when to warn the remaining roll paper amount.

• Detect paper setting mismatch

Selects printer action when you start printing with the paper size, the media type, and print settings
different from those registered.

• Advanced paper settings

Specifies advanced paper settings for each paper type.

Important
• You can select Extension for borderless printing as a setting item for some paper types.

If you select Small for Paper with adequate width on this setting item, a slight border remains on
the paper. In addition, the paper may be smudged with extra ink.

• Paper size recognition settings

Selects which size is preferred when paper size detection is enabled.

◦ Roll paper setting 1

158
 Select whether B4 or 10 inch is applied when a roll of an intermediate size is detected.

◦ Roll paper setting 2

Select whether A3 or 300 mm is applied when a roll of an intermediate size is detected.

◦ Roll paper setting 3

Select whether 300 mm or 12 inch is applied when a roll of an intermediate size is detected.

◦ Roll paper setting 4

Select whether 500 mm or 20 inch is applied when a roll of an intermediate size is detected.

◦ Roll paper setting 5

Select whether B2 or 20 inch is applied when a roll of an intermediate size is detected.

◦ Roll paper setting 6

Select whether A1 or 600 mm is applied when a roll of an intermediate size is detected.

◦ Roll paper setting 7

Select whether 600 mm or 24 inch is applied when a sheet of an intermediate size is detected.

• Auto feed at power on

When Enable is selected, the printer judges the existence of paper exchange when starting up, and if
paper has been exchanged, paper feeding operation is performed.

It may take time to judge paper exchange.

When Disable is selected, the printer does not judge whether or not to change the paper when starting
up, and waits with the current paper feed setting.

• Print advanced paper settings

Tapping Yes prints out each setting specified in Advanced paper settings.

• Reset paper settings for all paper

Tapping Yes initializes each setting specified in Advanced paper settings.

Entering the administrator password is required if it is enabled.

Important
• When you set the paper settings back to the factory default, added or updated paper information
using Media Configuration Tool is erased.

159
 Auto maintenance settings

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

Important
• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.

• Auto nozzle check

Enables/Disables automatic nozzle checking. You can also select the page interval to perform automatic
nozzle checking.

• Nozzle check error display

Enables/Disables displaying the nozzle check error.

• System cleaning frequency

Specifies the frequency of automatic system cleaning.

Note
• To maintain print quality, we recommend you select Short if you use the printer at a higher place.

• Print pattern after new head

Selects whether you print an adjustment pattern after replacing the print head.

160
 Administrator password setting

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

Important
• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.

You can specify or disable the administrator password.

If you specify the administrator password, select the range and specify the administrator password.

Remote UI or other tools

Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using Remote UI or some
software.

LCD, Remote UI, or other tools

Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation panel of
the printer, Remote UI, or some software.

For details:

Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel

161
 Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel

You can specify or disable the administrator password.

Specifying the administrator password requires you to enter the password to use the items or change the
settings below.

• LAN settings
• Other device settings
• Language selection
• Auto maintenance settings
• Administrator password setting
• Status print (administrator)
• Monitoring service settings
• Firmware update

Follow the procedure below to specify the administrator password.

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Device settings.

4. Tap Administrator password setting.

5. Enter the password on the administrator password input screen and tap OK.

Important
• The administrator password is set at the time of purchase. The printer's serial number is used as
the password.

For the administrator password, refer to Administrator Password.

If an administrator password is not specified, the confirmation message appears. Confirm the message
and tap Yes.

6. Tap Change administrator password.

If an administrator password is not specified, the confirmation message appears. Confirm the message
and tap OK.

7. Tap range where administrator password is valid.

162
 Remote UI or other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using Remote UI or
some software.

LCD, Remote UI, or other tools

Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation
panel of the printer, Remote UI, or some software.

8. Enter administrator password.

Important
• The following character restrictions apply to the password:
• Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters.
• The allowed characters are single-byte alphanumeric characters.
• For security reasons, we recommend you use 6 and more alphanumeric characters.

9. Tap Apply.

10. Enter administrator password you specified again.

11. Tap OK.

The administrator password is enabled.

When You Want to Disable the Administrator Password:

After operating steps 1 to 5 of the password specifying procedure, tap Remove administrator password.
After that, please follow the instructions displayed on the touch screen.

163
 Monitoring service settings

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

Important
• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.

• Enable/disable monitoring service

Selecting Enable allows the printer to send error details to the service center.

• Communication test

Performs a communication test with the service center.

• Communication log

Displays the list of error numbers (up to 30), error code, and time the error occurs. Tapping an item
displays the error details.

164
 Printer information

This setting item is displayed by tapping (Setup) on the HOME screen.

• System information

Displays printer's system information.

• Error history

Displays the error history.

◦ Hardware error

Displays the hardware error codes (up to 5).

◦ Recoverable error

Displays the recoverable error (e.g. paper or ink related error) codes (up to 5).
◦ Paper feed/transfer error

Displays the error codes for errors which occur during paper feed/transfer (up to 5).

Tapping an error code displays the error details.

For more on the error code, refer to List of Support Code for Error.

• Usage totals

Displays the printer's record of use such as total print area or the amount of ink consumption.

• Head information

Displays the print head serial number, elapsed days since the current print head was installed, and dot
count.

• Head alignment performance log

Displays the print head alignment performance log (up to 5).

• Values applied with auto settings

Displays the print settings applied the last print job.

165
HP-GL/2 Settings

Menus on HP-GL/2 print settings

Menu Setting Combinations

Standard Size Table

166
Menus on HP-GL/2 print settings

Color mode

Print quality

Input resolution

Print target

Paper src

Margin

Oversize

Conserve paper

Rotate

Auto rotation

Enlarge/Reduce

Print centered

Cut to standard size

Mirror

Merge

Smooth

Thicken fine lines

Adjust faint lines

Width correction

Print color list for palettes

Warning display

Detect image size

167
 Color mode

Lets you specify the color(s) to use when printing HP-GL/2 data.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Print quality settings

• Color (perceptual)

◦ If you select Line drawing for Print target:

Reproduces colors of general images naturally and features smooth gradation. In addition, selecting
this setting allows you to adjust colors easily using an application software.

◦ If you select Photo for Print target:

Reproduces colors of general photos naturally and features smooth gradation. In addition, selecting
this setting allows you to adjust colors easily using an application software.

• Color (saturation) (Initial setting)

◦ If you select Line drawing for Print target:

Prints in easy-to-see colors suitable for line drawing.

◦ If you select Photo for Print target:

Reproduces vivid colors on data such as a poster.

• Color (correct off)

Performs printing without color matching.

• Monochrome

◦ If you select Line drawing for Print target:

Select this setting to print a line drawing using black ink.

◦ If you select Photo for Print target:

Prints color data converting to monochrome. Continuous tones are reproduced using gray halftones.

• Monochrome BMP

The colors other than white are printed in black.

168
 Print quality

Lets you specify print quality.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Print quality settings

• 5 (Fast)

Select this setting for faster printing.

• 4

Printing speed is faster than that in selecting 3.

• 3 (Initial setting)

Select this setting for standard printing that balances print quality and printing speed.

• 2

Printing quality is higher than that in selecting 3.

• 1 (High)
Select this setting to give print quality priority.

This causes printing to take longer than other settings, but print quality is higher.

169
 Input resolution

Specifies the resolution for internal rendering process.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Print quality settings

• 600 dpi (Initial setting)

Specifies 600 dpi for internal rendering resolution.

This setting raises the accuracy of internal processes for finer printing.

• 300 dpi

Specifies 300 dpi for internal rendering resolution.

This setting increases the speed of internal processes for faster printing.

170
 Print target

Specifies the print target of HP-GL/2 data.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Print quality settings

• Photo

Select this setting to print a data which includes illustration or photo.

• Line drawing (Initial setting)

Select this setting to print a drawing data which includes lines.

171
 Paper src

Specifies the paper type (sheet or roll) for HP-GL/2 data printing.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• Auto select (Initial setting)

Select an appropriate paper source automatically.

• Roll paper

Select this setting to print on the roll paper.

• Manual

Select this setting to print on the sheets.

172
 Margin

Specifies the margins for HP-GL/2 data printing.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

Note
• If the Leading edge margin (roll) and/or Leading edge margin (sheet) settings on Advanced paper
settings are different from the settings here, the larger of the settings is given priority.

• 3mm (Initial setting)

Specifies 3 mm margin.

However, the trailing edge margin for cut sheet paper is 20 mm.

• 5mm

Specifies 5 mm margin.

However, the trailing edge margin for cut sheet paper is 20 mm.

173
 Oversize

Specifies whether margins are within or outside the HP-GL/2 data image drawing range.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• Enable (Initial setting)

Specifies margins outside the HP-GL/2 data image drawing range.

Adding margins outside the image drawing range will not cause part of the image to be cut off.

However, you will need to print on paper of a size that is greater than the size of the image drawing
range specified by the HP-GL/2 data plus the top, bottom, left, and right margins.

• Disable

Specifies margins inside the HP-GL/2 data image drawing range.

Depending on the layout, adding margins inside the image drawing range may cause part of the image
to be cut off.

Note
• Some CAD applications can cause the origin to be out of position and part of the image to be cut
off. Experiment with the Disable and Enable settings of this function to find the one that works
best.

OVERSIZE SETTING EXAMPLES

A. Printed page size

B. Image drawing range

When you print an image above, using Oversize allows you to select where to apply margins (outside/
inside the image) based on the image drawing range.

Select Enable to apply margins outside the image, or select Disable to apply those inside.
• When Disable is selected:

Printing is performed based on the image drawing range. The origin is specified on the upper left of
the paper.

174
 Margins are added to the inside of the image drawing range.

B. Image drawing range

C. Margins

If the actual drawing image is smaller than the specified image drawing range, the image is not cut off
by the margins.
• When Enable is selected:

Printing is performed based on the image drawing range. The origin is specified on the upper left of
the paper.

Margins are added to the outside of the image drawing range.

B. Image drawing range

C. Margins

When you specify the paper size for printing, select the size which covers both the image drawing
range and margins.

175
D. Paper for printing

E. Image drawing range with margins

If you select the paper size which cannot cover the margins, the image may be cut off.

176
F. Range which cannot be printed

G. Paper for printing

177
 Conserve paper

When printing on roll paper, eliminates blank space (margins) above and/or below the image (if there is any)
to conserve paper.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• ON

Blank space above and below the image is eliminated when printing.

• OFF (Initial setting)

Paper is not conserved.

CONSERVE PAPER SETTING EXAMPLES

Print data (image drawing range)

• When OFF is selected:

• When ON is selected:

178
179
 Rotate

Rotates the image according to the specified setting.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• 0 degrees (Initial setting)

Image is not rotated.

• 90 degrees

Specified image is rotated by 90 degrees.

If the part of rotated image is out of the paper width, the part is not printed.

Note
• When the print data includes HP RTL, the HP RTL image part is not rotated.

Note
• If ON is selected for Auto rotation, priority is given to the Auto rotation setting.

180
 Auto rotation

Printing on paper while Auto rotation is set to ON causes the image to be rotated automatically in
accordance with the most efficient image layout in order to conserve paper and avoid images running off the
edges of the paper.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• ON

Image is rotated by 90 degrees in the cases described below.

◦ When the output page is in portrait orientation and the long side is shorter than the roll paper width
◦ When the output page is in landscape orientation, and the long side is longer than the paper width
and the short side is shorter than the paper width

Even if the long edge and short edge of the output page are both longer than the paper width, and
the output page is in landscape orientation, the image is rotated to expand the print range.

Note
• The length that the roll paper will be cut to depends on rotation.
• The desired printing results may not be obtained when HP-GL/2 data that does not include
image drawing range information is received.

In this case, select Command priority for Detect image size.

• When the print data includes HP RTL, the HP RTL image part is not rotated.

• OFF (Initial setting)

Images are not rotated automatically.

AUTO ROTATE EXAMPLES

• Efficient layout

• Prevents image from running off edge.

181
• Even if the image runs off the edge of the paper, it is rotated to expand the print range.

182
 Enlarge/Reduce

Enlarges or reduces images

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• Fit paper size

Enlarges or reduces the image for printing to fit to the paper loaded in the printer.

Note
• Data line widths are not enlarged or reduced.
• Margin widths are not enlarged or reduced. Because of this, paper size scaling and post-processing
image scaling may not be the same.
• The maximum enlarge/reduce rate for this setting is calculated by (maximum width/1 inch x 100 %).
Therefore, the maximum rate is 2400 % for 24 inch model, 3600 % for 36 inch model, and 4400 %
for 44 inch model. If the calculation result exceeds the maximum rate, the image is enlarged
according to the maximum rate for each model.

• Same size (Initial setting)

Image is not enlarged/reduced.

• Scaling

Enlarges or reduces the image to the specified scaling value for printing.

Scaling can be specified within a range of 25 % to 400 %.

Note
• Data line or margin widths are not enlarged or reduced.

ENLARGE/REDUCE Scaling SETTING EXAMPLE

The output object area is enlarged or reduced as specified by the Scaling setting. The origin is in the
upper-left corner.

For example, doubling the length and width of A4 size paper results in A2 size paper.

If there are margins of 3 mm, the A4 size output object area measures 291 mm x 204 mm.

Specify a value of 200% for the Scaling setting to produce a post-processing size of 582 mm x 408 mm.

(Note that ambient conditions may cause paper to expand and contract.)

183
 A. Output object area
B. 200% post-processing size

ENLARGE/REDUCE Fit paper size SETTING EXAMPLE

Fit paper size expands or reduces the long side of the print data's output object area so it matches the
long side of the output page size output object area. The origin is in the upper-left corner.

Margin widths are not enlarged or reduced. Because of this, paper size scaling and post-processing
image scaling may not be the same.

For example, doubling the length and width of A4 size paper results in A2 size paper.

If there are margins of 3 mm, the A4 size output object area measures 291 mm x 204 mm.

Specifying Fit paper size will result in a post-processing size of approximately 588 mm x 412 mm.

(Note that ambient conditions may cause paper to expand and contract.)

184
A. Output object area
B. Fit to long side post-processing size

185
 Print centered

Prints the output object area in the center of the paper.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• ON

◦ For cut sheet paper

Prints the output object area in the center of the paper.

◦ For roll paper

Prints the output object area in the horizontal center of the paper.

Note
• The output object area is not printed in the center when the paper size is smaller than the
output page size.

• OFF (Initial setting)

The output object area is not printed in the center of the paper.

PRINT CENTERED EXAMPLES

• OFF is selected when printing on sheet

• ON is selected when printing on sheet

• OFF is selected when printing on roll

186
• ON is selected when printing on roll

187
 Cut to standard size

Specifies standard size as the output page size when printing on roll paper.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• ON

Cuts to standard size in accordance with the roll paper width.

When there are two lengths/widths applicable for a given roll paper width, the optimum size is selected
automatically.

Note
• If ON is selected for Conserve paper and there is blank space above/below the image, the size will
not be standard size.
• When ON is selected for Print centered, printing will be in the center of the standard size.
• If there is no standard size corresponding to the roll paper width, operation is the same as if OFF is
selected. No message is displayed.
• For information about supported standard sizes, see Standard Size Table.

• OFF (Initial setting)

Cutting according to standard size is not performed.

STANDARD CUT EXAMPLES

• A3-size width roll paper

A. Position of cut when OFF

B. Position of cut when ON

• A3-size width roll paper

188
A. Position of cut when OFF
B. Position of cut when ON

189
 Mirror

Flip the image horizontally and print.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Paper settings

• ON

Flip the image horizontally and print.

Depending on the paper to be printed, the position where the horizontally flipped image is printed varies.

• OFF (Initial setting)

Horizontal flip of the image is not performed.

HORIZONTAL FLIP (MIRROR) EXAMPLE

• When OFF is selected when printing on roll paper:

• When ON is selected when printing on roll paper:

Do not move the position to print the image on the paper, flip the image horizontally.

• When OFF is selected when printing on cut paper or roll paper cut to standard size:

190
• When ON is selected when printing on cut paper or roll paper cut to standard size:

Flip the image horizontally for each position where you print the image on the paper.

191
 Merge

Specifies how colors should be processed when lines overlap.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Line management

Note
• The data is given priority when a specification command is included in the HP-GL/2 data.
• If the HP-GL/2 data does not include a specification command, the operation is performed using the
specified selection value.

• ON

The section where lines overlap becomes the mixed color of the intersecting lines.

• OFF (Initial setting)

The section where lines overlap becomes the same color as one of the intersecting lines.

ENABLE MERGE EXAMPLE

• When OFF is selected:

A. Data drawn previously

B. Data drawn later than A

• When ON is selected:

192
 Smooth

Makes arc drawing smoother.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Line management

• Software (Initial setting)

Draws arcs using HP-GL/2 data settings.

Default value of the central angle of an arc in HP-GL/2 is 5° (Regular 72-sided polygon) if the angle is
not specified using a HP-GL/2 command.

• Smoothing

Draws curves that are smoother than arcs with a central angle of 1°.

SMOOTHING EXAMPLES
• When Software is selected:

• When Smoothing is selected:

193
 Thicken fine lines

Performs correction to avoid breaks in fine lines.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Line management

• ON

Corrects line widths so fine lines are drawn more sharply, without breaking.

The line color is not changed.

• OFF (Initial setting)

Thin lines are not corrected.

Some line thicknesses may cause them to become broken.

194
 Adjust faint lines

Performs correction so that bright colored fine lines are printed more clearly.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Line management

• ON

Adjusts the colors of brightly colored fine lines so they are drawn more clearly.

• OFF (Initial setting)

Fine lines are not corrected.

195
 Width correction

Corrects pen widths in accordance with a specific correction setting. Correction settings can be configured
for two groups: Black/gray and Color.

Select and apply the correction amount according to the pen color when performing a line drawing
command of HP-GL/2 data.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Line management

Note
• This setting is not applied for the white pen, which has the same RGB values (255).
• This setting is applied to vector data line widths.
• When this setting is a minus value, it is not applied to fine lines of widths that are less than the minimum
line width of the printer.
• If the setting value is smaller than 1 dot, the value of 1 dot width is applied.
• When ON is selected for Thicken fine lines, the resulting line may be thicker than the specified setting.

• Black/gray

For configuring the correction setting of black and gray line widths.

A value within the range of -20 to +20 can be specified. 1 unit of the correction value is equivalent to
0.025 mm.

• Color

For configuring the correction setting of color line widths.

A value within the range of -20 to +20 can be specified. 1 unit of the correction value is equivalent to
0.025 mm.

LINE WIDTH CORRECTION EXAMPLE

• Negative (-) setting

• Positive (+) setting

196
197
 Print color list for palettes

Prints out the color pallet which shows how 256 colors of HP-GL/2 command appear using the printer's ink.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Line management

198
 Warning display

Displays HP-GL/2 warnings.

The display is switched when two GL/2 warnings below occur.

• Warnings when the printer's parameter setting specification does not support the parameter settings of
created HP-GL/2 data
• HP-GL/2 warning commands when the printer does not support the created HP-GL/2 data
This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Processing options

Note
• Warning is always displayed when one of the errors below occurs regardless of the setting.

• When virtual GL/2 memory exceeds acceptable level

• When GL/2 display list memory is insufficient
• When the number of polygon vertexes which GL/2 data has exceeds acceptable level

• Warning is always displayed on the status monitor or Remote UI regardless of the setting.

• Enable

Displays specific GL/2 warning on the touch screen.

• Disable (Initial setting)

Does not display specific GL/2 warning on the touch screen.

199
 Detect image size

Specifies the output object area method that provides efficient printing, which avoids parts of images being
cut off when a HP-GL/2 data does not include image drawing range information.

This setting item is displayed by tapping in the following order.

(Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > HP-GL/2 print settings > Processing options

• OFF (Initial setting)

Normally, use this setting.

Note
• When a HP-GL/2 data include image drawing range information, the image drawing range is
determined using that information.

When a HP-GL/2 data does not include image drawing range information, the image drawing range
use the printer's maximum roll paper width as the horizontal dimension and 1.5 times the maximum
roll paper width as the vertical dimension.

• Command priority

When select OFF, the drawing image is missing or is output as a blank sheet, use this setting.

Note
• When a HP-GL/2 data include image drawing range information, the image drawing range is
determined using that information.

When a HP-GL/2 data does not include image drawing range information, the image drawing range
is determined using the value designated by another command in the data.

However, not all HP-GL/2 data can be supported.

200
Menu Setting Combinations

Conserve paper and Auto rotation

Enlarge/Reduce (Scaling) and Auto rotation

Print centered and Cut to standard size

Cut to standard size and Auto rotation and Enlarge/Reduce (Fit paper size)

Detect image size and Oversize

Detect image size and Print centered

201
 Conserve paper and Auto rotation

When Conserve paper and Auto rotation are both specified, Auto rotation is performed first, followed by
the Conserve paper process.

After Auto rotation is applied to the print data, the image is printed with upper and lower blank areas
removed.

Conserve paper AND Auto rotation EXAMPLE

Print data (image drawing range)

Image after auto rotation

A. Blank area

Printed image

202
Printed without upper/lower blank area.

203
 Enlarge/Reduce (Scaling) and Auto rotation

When both Enlarge/Reduce (Scaling) and Auto rotation are specified, Enlarge/Reduce (Scaling) is done
first and then Auto rotation is done to determine if printing is possible.

Printing is done without Auto rotation if the size of the image after doing Enlarge/Reduce (Scaling) would
cause the image to run off the edge of the paper were Auto rotation executed.

Enlarge/Reduce (Scaling) AND Auto rotation EXAMPLE

Print data (image drawing range)

• Printed image with Enlarge/Reduce (Scaling) only.

• Printed image when the image runs off the edge of paper.

Auto rotation is not performed.

204
 Print centered and Cut to standard size

When both Print centered and Cut to standard size are specified, first the optimum standard size is
determined based on the HP-GL/2 data and the roll paper loaded on the printer.

Next, Print centered is performed in accordance with the standard size.

Print centered AND Cut to standard size EXAMPLE

When A3 width roll paper is loaded, A3 portrait is chosen as the optimal standard size based on the roll
paper width and image size.

Next, Print centered is performed in accordance with the A3 portrait.

Print data (image drawing range)

A. Virtual area for A3 size (portrait)

B. Virtual area for A4 size (landscape)

• Printed image when ON is selected for Print centered and OFF is selected for Cut to standard size

205
 A. Position of cut

• Printed image when ON is selected for Print centered and ON is selected for Cut to standard size

A. Position of cut for A3 size (portrait)

206
 Cut to standard size and Auto rotation and Enlarge/Reduce (Fit
paper size)

When Cut to standard size, Auto rotation, and Enlarge/Reduce (Fit paper size) are all specified, first
suitable standard size candidates are determined based on the roll paper loaded on the printer.

Next, it decides the optimum standard size and rotation direction from the matching result between the data
to which Auto rotation is applied and all candidate sizes.

Finally, Enlarge/Reduce (Fit paper size) process is performed according to the decided standard size.

SMALL IMAGE EXAMPLE

When A3 width roll paper is loaded, A4 landscape is chosen as the optimal standard size based on the
roll paper width and image size.

Next, Auto rotation is performed in accordance with the A4 landscape. Finally, the image is enlarged and
printed to match A4 size paper.

Print data (image drawing range)

A. Virtual area for A4 size

Since the image fits on A4 size paper, A4 landscape is chosen as the standard size.

• Image after auto rotation

• Printed image after fit to paper

207
 A. Position of cut for A4 size

LARGE IMAGE EXAMPLE

When A3 width roll paper is loaded, A3 portrait is chosen as the optimal standard size based on the roll
paper width and image size.

Next, Auto rotation is performed in accordance with the A3 portrait. Finally, the image is reduced and
printed to match A3 size paper.

Print data (image drawing range)

A. Virtual area for A3 size

Since the image does not fit on A3 size paper, A3 portrait is chosen as the maximum standard size.
• Image after auto rotation

208
• Printed image after reduced

A. Position of cut for A3 size

209
 Detect image size and Oversize

Operation is as described below when both Detect image size and Oversize are specified.

• When OFF or Command priority is selected for Detect image size and Disable is selected for
Oversize:

First, determine the image drawing range based on the Detect image size setting, and then perform the
processing when Disable is selected for Oversize.

Since margins are added inside the image drawing range, images may be chipped depending on the
layout.

• When OFF or Command priority is selected for Detect image size and Enable is selected for
Oversize:

First, determine the image drawing range based on the Detect image size setting, and then perform the
processing when Enable is selected for Oversize.

Since margins are added outside the image drawing range, images will not be chipped due to the
margins.

However, you will need to print on paper that is larger than the size of the image drawing range
determined based on Detect image size setting, plus the top, bottom, left and right margins.

Note
• Not all HP-GL/2 data can be supported.

Detect image size AND Oversize EXAMPLE

The example below shows printing of data in which a figure is located in the upper left corner with
margins below and to the right, on roll paper that is larger than the command-specified image
drawing range (size normally specified by the application).

A: The image drawing range determined based on the Detect image size setting

• When OFF or Command priority is selected for Detect image size and Disable is selected for
Oversize:

Since margins are added inside the image drawing range, images may be chipped depending on the
layout.

210
 B: Position of cut

The paper is cut with the length of the image drawing range determined based on the Detect image
size setting.

• When OFF or Command priority is selected for Detect image size and Enable is selected for
Oversize:

Since margins are added outside the image drawing range, images will not be chipped due to the
margins.

C: Position of cut
The paper is cut with the length obtained by adding the upper and lower margins to the length of the
image drawing range determined based on the Detect image size setting.

211
 Detect image size and Print centered

When ON is selected for Print centered, the image drawing range determined based on the Detect image
size setting is printed in the center of the paper.

Detect image size AND Print centered EXAMPLE

A: The image drawing range determined based on the Detect image size setting

Printed image

A: Position of cut

The image drawing range determined based on the Detect image size setting is printed at the center of
the paper.

212
 Standard Size Table

The table below shows the standard sizes supported by Cut to standard size.

For details on the page size supported by your printer, refer to Paper Sizes.

Standard Size (Portrait) Width (mm) Height (mm) Standard Size (Landscape) Width (mm) Height (mm)

ISO A0 841.0 1189.0 ISO A1 841.0 594.0

ISO A1 594.0 841.0 ISO A2 594.0 420.0

ISO A2 420.0 594.0 ISO A3 420.0 297.0

A3 Nobi 329.0 483.0 No standard - -

ISO A3 297.0 420.0 ISO A4 297.0 210.0

ISO A4 210.0 297.0 No standard - -

Standard Size (Portrait) Width (mm) Height (mm) Standard Size (Landscape) Width (mm) Height (mm)

ISO B1 707.0 1000.0 ISO B2 707.0 500.0

ISO B2 500.0 707.0 ISO B3 500.0 353.0

ISO B4 250.0 353.0 No standard - -

Standard Size (Portrait) Width (mm) Height (mm) Standard Size (Landscape) Width (mm) Height (mm)

JIS B0 1030.0 1456.0 JIS B1 1030.0 728.0

JIS B1 728.0 1030.0 JIS B2 728.0 515.0

JIS B2 515.0 728.0 JIS B3 515.0 364.0

JIS B3 364.0 515.0 JIS B4 364.0 257.0

JIS B4 257.0 364.0 No standard - -

Standard Size (Portrait) Width (mm) Height (mm) Standard Size (Landscape) Width (mm) Height (mm)

ANSI E 863.6 1117.6 ANSI D 863.6 558.8

ANSI F1 711.2 1016.0 No standard - -

ANSI D 558.8 863.6 ANSI C 558.8 431.8

ANSI C 431.8 558.8 Ledger 431.8 279.4

Ledger 279.4 431.8 Letter 279.4 215.9

Letter 215.9 279.4 No standard - -

No standard - - Legal 355.6 215.9

Standard Size (Portrait) Width (mm) Height (mm) Standard Size (Landscape) Width (mm) Height (mm)

ARCH E 914.4 1219.2 ARCH D 914.4 609.6

ARCH E1 762.0 1066.8 No standard - -

ARCH E2 660.4 965.2 No standard - -

ARCH E3 685.8 990.6 No standard - -

ARCH D 609.6 914.4 ARCH C 609.6 457.2

213
ARCH C 457.2 609.6 ARCH B 457.2 304.8

ARCH B 304.8 457.2 ARCH A 304.8 228.6

ARCH A 228.6 304.8 No standard - -

Standard Size (Portrait) Width (mm) Height (mm) Standard Size (Landscape) Width (mm) Height (mm)

DIN C1 648.0 917.0 DIN C2 648.0 458.0

DIN C2 458.0 648.0 DIN C3 458.0 324.0

DIN C3 324.0 458.0 DIN C4 324.0 229.0

DIN C4 229.0 324.0 No standard - -

214
 Status Print

You can print a "Status Print" report indicating the current status of the printer.

With "Status Print", information is printed regarding the printer firmware version, various settings, and the
status of consumables.

Follow the procedure below to print.

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Device settings.

4. Tap Test print.

5. Tap Status print.

Note
• If you specify the administrator password, tap Status print (administrator).

6. Tap Yes.
The printer starts printing.

The following information is included.

Canon xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Status Print Printer model

S/N Printer serial number

Firm Firmware version

Boot Boot ROM version

Date Date and time when the status print was output

Paper Info

Roll Media Type of roll paper

Cut Sheet Type of cut sheet

Job Menu

Job History

Log * Details of up to 5 jobs (Job name is printed as "*".)

*Printed only when Status print (administrator) is selected.

Settings

215
 Printer settings

Print settings Setting values of Print head movable width setting and
Prioritize paper size

Paper-related settings Setting values of Paper-related settings

Device settings

Auto maintenance settings Setting values of Auto maintenance settings

Device user settings Setting values of Other device settings

Language selection Setting value of Language selection

Firmware update notification Setting values of Update notification setting

Monitoring service settings Setting values of Enable/disable monitoring

service

Usage Condition

Hardware error History information of Hardware error

Error History information of Recoverable error

Warning Warning history information

Jam History information of Paper feed/transfer error

Maintenance cartridge usage / Remaining ink level Values of Ink consumed

Duty counter Values of Duty counter

PARTS STATUS

COUNTER Part status

Head information

HEAD LOT NUMBER/ DATE OF INSTALLATION Information of Head information

Head alignment performance log History information of Head alignment performance log

COUNTER

MEDIA Usage status by media

THE NUMBER OF CUTS Total number of cuts

AFTER INSTALLATION Number of days from the use start date

216
Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser

Configuration Changes Using Web Browser

Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser

Setting Password

Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL Communication

(Remote UI)

Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL

Communication

Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate)

Setting Mail Server

Receiving Printer Status by E-mail

217
 Configuration Changes Using Web Browser

You can check the printer status and change the printer settings using the web browser on your
smartphone, tablet, or computer.

To check the printer status and to change the printer settings, display "Remote UI" on the web browser.

Note
• Remote UI is a software that enables you to perform operations, which are usually performed on the
printer's operation panel, using a Web browser over a network.

LAN connection with the printer is required to use Remote UI.

• You can use Remote UI on the following OS and the web browser.
• iOS device

OS: iOS 9.0 or later

Web browser: iOS standard Web browser (Mobile Safari)

• Android device

OS: Android 4.4 or later

Web browser: Android standard Web browser (Browser or Chrome)

• macOS device

OS: Mac OS X 10.9 or later

Web browser: Safari 7.0 or later

• Windows device

OS: Windows 7 SP1 or later

Web browser: Internet Explorer 11 or later, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. Check printer's IP address.

1. On the HOME screen, tap the Network icon.

Depending on the type of LAN enabled, the icon displayed on the button may differ.

218
 2. Tap the enabled LAN.
Diagonal lines are displayed for disabled LAN icons.

3. Check IPv4 address.

3. Open web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer and enter IP address.
Enter as following in the URL field of the web browser.
http://XXX.XX.X.XXX

Enter the IP address of the printer in "XXX.XX.X.XXX".

When you access, "Remote UI" will be displayed on the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or
computer.

4. If you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, select
For secure communication.
Download the root certificate, and then register it.
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL Communication (Remote UI)

Note
• Once you register the root certificate to the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer,
this step is not necessary after the next time.
• If the root certificate is not registered, a message to warn you that the secure connection is not
guaranteed may appear.

5. Select Log in.

The password authentication screen appears.

Note
• When the standard user mode is enabled, choose either administrator mode or standard user
mode to log on.

After choosing a mode and selecting Log in, the password authentication screen of each mode
appears.

6. Enter password.
When the password authentication is complete, the menus that can be utilized are displayed on the web
browser.

Important
• The password is set at the time of purchase. The password is the printer serial number. The
printer serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer. It consists of 9 alphanumeric
characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers).

For details on setting password, see Setting Password.

219
7. Check printer status and change printer settings.
For changeable setting items, see below.

Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser

8. When you finish checking printer status and changing printer settings, select Log out.

9. Close web browser.

220
 Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser

Note
• The items described here and the items displayed in the web browser may differ in display order.
• The item which can be used is different in administrator mode or in standard user mode.

Items for Security

Security (Item for administrator)
This function allows you to specify the password, the standard user mode settings, the operation
restrictions, and SSL/TLS settings of certificate for encrypted communication.

For details on setting password, see Setting Password.

Operation panel lock (Item for administrator)

Select this item from Custom settings on Device settings.

Selecting Enable disables any operations using the operation panel.

A message informing you that operations are invalid appears when you tap the touch screen. An
error or warning is displayed even while this function is enabled.

Items for Maintenance/Management

Utilities
This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning.

Job management
This function allows you to display the job history and print it. In addition, you can delete jobs from
this item.

Note
• When you are logging on in administrator mode, you can restrict this function in standard user
mode.

System info and LAN settings

This function allows you to check the system information and to change the LAN settings.

Using IP filtering in Advanced setup in LAN settings, you can permit or refuse the connection of a
specific IP address for IPv4 address or IPv6 address.

Using SNMP settings in Advanced setup in LAN settings, you can specify the SNMP and MIB
setting to management the printer via a network.

Important
• If you have refused the IP address of administrator's device using IP filtering by mistake, reset
LAN settings of the printer. To reset LAN settings, select System info and LAN settings > LAN
settings > Advanced setup > Reset LAN settings, and then select Yes.

Note
• Some of the menu is available only when you logged on in administrator mode.

221
Language selection (Item for administrator)
This function allows you to change the language on the display.

Items for Printer

Device settings
This function allows you to change the printer settings such as the energy saving settings and the
print settings.

Additionally, this function allows you to receive the printer status information such as the remaining
ink level and the error.

Setting Mail Server

Receiving Printer Status by E-mail
You can disable any operations using the operation panel from Operation panel lock on Custom
settings.

Note
• Some of the menu is available only when you logged on in administrator mode.

AirPrint settings
This function allows you to specify the AirPrint settings, such as position information.

Other Items
Printer status
This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount, the status, and detailed
error information.

You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page, and use Web Services.

Manual (Online)
This function displays the Online Manual.

222
 Setting Password

Each of passwords for administrator and standard user can be set.

When logging on with password for administrator, all settings can be changed.

When logging on with password for standard user, some of the settings can be changed.

When logging on with password for administrator, you can restrict the function for standard user.

Setting Administrator Password

Setting Standard User Password

Note
• Password can be set only when you are logged in administrator mode.

Setting Administrator Password

Change the administrator password by following the steps below.

Important
• The password is set at the time of purchase. The password is the printer serial number. The printer
serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer. It consists of 9 alphanumeric
characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers).

1. Start up Remote UI.

2. Select Security.

3. Select Administrator password setting.

4. Select Change administrator password.

If an administrator password is not specified, the confirmation message appears. Confirm the
message and select Yes. When message appears again, confirm it and select OK.

5. Select range where administrator password is valid and select OK.

Remote UI or other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the Remote UI
or some software.

Operation panel/Remote UI/other tools

Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation
panel of the printer, the Remote UI, or some software.

6. Enter password and select OK.

Important
• The following character restrictions apply to the password:

223
 • Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters.
• The allowed characters are single-byte alphanumeric characters.
• For security reasons, we recommend you use 6 and more alphanumeric characters.

7. When completion message appears, select OK.

Setting Standard User Password

For restricting the function for standard user, enable the standard user mode and set a standard user
password by following the steps below.

1. Start up Remote UI.

2. Select Security.
The menus appear.

3. Select Standard user mode settings.

4. When confirmation message appears, select Yes.

5. Enter password and select OK.

Important
• The following character restrictions apply to the password:

• Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters.

• The allowed characters are single-byte alphanumeric characters.
• For security reasons, we recommend you use 6 and more alphanumeric characters.

6. When completion message appears, select OK.

224
 Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL
Communication (Remote UI)

If the printer's root certificate has not been registered to the web browser, a message to warn you that the
secure connection is not guaranteed may appear.

When you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, download the root
certificate, and then register it to the web browser. The secure connection will be confirmed and a message
will not appear. However, the message may appear depending on a web browser even after you have
registered the root certificate.

How to register the root certificate varies depending on the web browser.

For Internet Explorer

For Safari
For Chrome on Android
For Mobile Safari on iOS

Operating procedure may differ depending on the version of your web browser. For other web browser, refer
to each help.

Important
• Make sure that you have accessed to the printer IP address correctly by checking the URL field of the
web browser before registering the root certificate.
• If the printer is connected via IPv6 using Windows, you need to generate a server certificate using
Remote UI.

For details, see Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate).

For Internet Explorer

1. Select For secure communication on Remote UI.

2. Select Download.
Downloading the root certificate is started.

3. If confirmation screen appears, select Open.

Certificate screen is displayed.

Note
• To save the certificate file to your device and register it, select Save. Select Internet options
from Tool menu of Internet Explorer, register the root certificate from Certificates on Content
sheet.

4. Select Install Certificate.

Certificate Import Wizard screen is displayed.

225
 5. Select Next.

6. Select Place all certificates in the following store.

7. Select Browse.
Select Certificate Store screen is displayed.

8. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities and OK.

9. Select Next on Certificate Import Wizard screen.

10. If Completing the Certificate Import Wizard appears, select Finish.

Security Warning screen is displayed.

11. Make sure that thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint.
The printer's thumbprint is displayed in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) column or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256) column when tapped in the following order.

(Setup) > Printer information > System information

12. If thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint, select Yes.

13. Select OK on Certificate Import Wizard screen.

The root certificate registration is completed.

For Safari

1. Select For secure communication on Remote UI.

2. Select Download.
Downloading the root certificate is started.

3. Open the downloaded file.

Keychain access starts up and Add Certificates screen is displayed.

4. Select Add.
Information on the certificate is displayed.

226
 Note
• You can also add the certificate by selecting Show Certificate, checking certificate name to
add, and then selecting the same certificate on Keychain access.

5. Make sure that fingerprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint.
The printer's thumbprint is displayed in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) column or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256) column when tapped in the following order.

(Setup) > Printer information > System information

6. If fingerprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint, display

information on certificate from the menu or by double-clicking the certificate, and select
Always Trust on Trust.
The root certificate registration is completed.

Note
• If a password is set on your device, entering a password may be required.

For Chrome on Android

1. Select For secure communication on Remote UI.

2. Select Download.
Downloading the root certificate is started and then Name the certificate screen is displayed.

3. As entering the root certificate name is required, enter an arbitrary certificate name and
select OK.
The root certificate registration is completed.

Note
• If PIN or password is not set as security type, the attention screen may appear. Select OK, and
then set the security type to PIN or password.

After Root Certificate Registration

We recommend that you make sure that the correct root certificate has been registered.

To make sure that the correct root certificate has been registered, make sure that thumbprint of
certificate information matches printer's thumbprint. Follow the steps below.

Note
• Some Android devices cannot be checked the thumbprint of a registered route certificate.

227
 1. From Settings menu on your device, select Security, Trust credentials, and USER.
The list of downloaded certificates appears.

2. Select downloaded certificate.

The certificate information appears.

3. Make sure that thumbprint of certificate information matches printer's thumbprint.

The printer's thumbprint is displayed in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) column or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256) column when tapped in the following order.

(Setup) > Printer information > System information

4. If thumbprint of certificate information screen matches printer's thumbprint, select OK.

The root certificate registration is completed.

If the message to warn you that the secure connection is not guaranteed appears when you select
Log in on Remote UI after registering the root certificate, restart the web browser. The message will
not appear on the web browser.

Note
• Depending on the Android device, a warning may appear even after registering the proper root
certificate.

For Mobile Safari on iOS

1. Select For secure communication on Remote UI.

2. Select Download.
Downloading the root certificate is started and then Install Profile screen is displayed.

3. Select Install.
Warning screen is displayed.

Note
• If a password is set on your device, entering a password may be required.

4. Select Install.

5. Select Install on displayed dialog.

The root certificate registration is completed.

228
 Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for
SSL Communication

To use Device Management Console or Accounting Manager, etc. when you connect the printer to a
computer using SSL encrypted communication, you need to register (import) the printer’s root certificate to
your computer.

Procedure to register the certificate varies depending on your operation environment.

Important
• If the printer is connected via IPv6 using Windows, you need to generate a server certificate using
Remote UI.

For details, see Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate).

For Windows 10/Windows 8.1

For Windows 7
For macOS

Operation procedure may differ depending on your OS version.

For Windows 10/Windows 8.1

The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in Windows 10/Windows 8.1.

1. Start up Remote UI.

2. Select For secure communication.

Note
• You can download a certificate from Status Monitor.

1. Open status monitor.

Open the printer's property, and select Status Monitor... on Main.

2. Download a certificate.
Select Download Security Certificate from the Remote UI menu.

3. Select Download.
The root certificate will be downloaded.

4. When download confirmation screen is displayed, select Open.

The Certificate screen appears.

5. Select Install Certificate.

229
 The Certificate Import Wizard screen appears.

6. Select Local Machine.

1. Select Local Machine on the startup screen of Certificate Import Wizard.

2. Select Next.

3. Select Yes on the displayed screen.

The Certificate Store screen appears.

7. Select Place all certificates in the following store.

8. Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities.

1. Select Browse to open the Select Certificate Store screen.

2. Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities from the list and select OK.

3. Select Next on the Certificate Store screen.

9. Select Finish.
When the Completing the Certificate Import Wizard screen appears, check the settings and select
Finish.

230
 For Windows 7
The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in Windows 7.

Important
• Be sure to create a certificate snap-in before importing a root certificate.

The root certificate will be registered to the local user if you import it without creating a certificate
snap-in.

Creating Certificate Snap-in

1. Start up Microsoft Management Console.

Enter MMC on Search programs and files in the Start menu and press the Enter key.

2. Select Yes on displayed screen.

3. Select Add/Remove Snap-in from File menu.

The Add or Remove Snap-ins screen appears.

4. Add Certificate snap-in.

1. Select Certificates from Available snap-ins list and select Add.

2. Select Computer account for This snap-in will always manage certificates for on the Certificates
snap-in screen and select Next.

3. Select Local computer on the Select computer screen and select Finish.

4. Select OK on the Add or Remove Snap-ins screen.

231
Downloading Certificate

1. Start up Remote UI.

2. Select For secure communication.

Note
• You can download a certificate from Status Monitor.

1. Open status monitor.

Open the printer's property, and select Status Monitor... on Main.

2. Download a certificate.
Select Download Security Certificate from the Remote UI menu.

3. Select Download.

4. Select Save.

Importing Certificate

1. Open Certificate Import Wizard.

1. On the left window, open Trusted Root Certificate from Certificate on Console Root.

2. Right-click Certificates and select Import from All tasks.

2. Specify certificate file to import.

1. Select Next.

2. Specify the certificate file to import on File name and select Next.

3. Specify certificate store.

1. Select Place all certificates in the following store.

2. Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities for Certificates Store.

4. Finish certificate import wizard.

1. Select Next and check the specified settings.

2. Select Finish to finish the wizard.

232
 3. Select OK on the displayed screen.

Checking Imported Certificate

Make sure the imported certificate has been registered to your computer.

1. Display certificate list.

On the left window of Microsoft Management Console, select Console Root > Certificates (Local
Computer) > Trusted Root Certificate Authorities in this order, and Select Certificates to display
the certificate list.

2. Check registered certificate.

Make sure the imported certificate name is displayed on the list.

Note
• Make sure you can see the registered certificate from Current user by creating the Current
user snap-in.

Note
• When you finish Microsoft Management Console, a message asking you whether to save the console
setting. If you continue to apply the same settings next, select Yes to save.

For macOS
The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in macOS.

1. Start up Remote UI.

2. Select For secure communication.

3. Select Download.
The root certificate will be downloaded.

4. Open downloaded certificate file.

When the download procedure is completed, a downloaded item pops up on the right of the screen.

Double-click the downloaded certificate on the list starts up Keychain Access and the Add
Certificates screen appears.

Note

• If the downloaded item does not pop up, select the Show Downloads button on the
right.

233
 • Selecting the magnifying glass icon on the right of download list displays the folder containing
the certificate.

5. Select Add.
Select the destination for the certificate on Keychain.

Selecting Add displays information on the certificate.

Note
• You can add the certificate by selecting the same certificate on Keychain Access. Check the
name of certification to add after selecting View Certificates.

6. Check certificate.
Make sure the fingerprint of certificate shown on Details corresponds with the root certificate
thumbprint of the printer.
The printer's thumbprint is displayed in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) column or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256) column when tapped in the following order.

(Setup) > Printer information > System information

7. Select Always Trust.

If the fingerprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint, display information on
certificate from the menu or by double-clicking the certificate, and select Always Trust on Trust.

The root certificate has been registered.

Note
• Entering the password may be required if you specify it for your printer.

234
 Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate)

When you use SSL connection via IPv6 network, you need to generate an IPv6 server certificate using the
printer.

Generate the server certificate from Remote UI.

Follow the procedure below.

1. Checking Printer's IP Address

2. Generating Server Certificate

3. Checking Generated Server Certificate

Important
• If you generate an IPv6 server certificate, you cannot use SSL communication via IPv4. In addition, a
warning message may appear if you are using Remote UI.

To reset the IPv6 server certificate, tap in the following order from the operation panel.

(Setup) > Device settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi / Wireless Direct / Wired LAN >
Settings > Advanced > Reset SSL certificates > Yes

Checking Printer's IP Address

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. On the HOME screen, tap the Network icon.

Depending on the type of LAN enabled, the icon displayed on the button may differ.

3. Tap the enabled LAN.

Diagonal lines are displayed for disabled LAN icons.

4. Flick the screen, check the value on IPv6 link-local address.

Write down the value on IPv6 link-local address for your reference when you open Remote UI and
generate a server certificate.

235
Generating Server Certificate

1. Open web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer and enter the printer IP
address.
Enter as following in the URL field of the web browser.

http://[XXXX::XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX]

On "XXXX::XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX", enter the IPv6 link-local address in abbreviated form.

The top screen of Remote UI appears.

2. Select Log in on Remote UI.

Note
• If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.

3. Select Security.

4. Select SSL/TLS settings.

5. Select Generate key and certificate.

6. Select Generate self-signed cert.

7. Specify each setting item.

• Signature algorithm

Select SHA256.

• Public key length (bits)

Select 2048 bits.

• Specify the expiration date.

Enter the date you generated the server certificate on Valid from.

Enter the date the server certificate expires on Valid to.

• Enter the common name.

On Common name, enter the IPv6 link-local address you checked in abbreviated form.

Note
• When you enter the common name, add [ ] to each end of the abbreviation value of the
printer's IPv6 address.
• Do not use a comma or make a space for the common name.

8. Select Next.

236
 You need not enter anything on Country, State or province, Locality, Organization, or
Organizational unit.

9. Select Generate.
The server certificate starts to be generated.

When the server certificate has been generated, Generated a self-signed certificate. appears.

10. Select Restart LAN.

LAN will be restarted.
When LAN has been restarted, Printer status on Remote UI appears.

Note
• If you cannot access to Remote UI after you restart LAN, reload your web browser.

Checking Generated Server Certificate

1. Select Security on Remote UI.

2. Select SSL/TLS settings.

3. Select Check key and certificate.

Make sure the issuer of the root certificate is displayed on Issuer, and the value you entered is
displayed on Common name on Subject.

237
 Setting Mail Server

To use mail function, specify the mail server settings.

Note
• If you did not specify the time zone setting using the printer's operation panel, a message to inform you
that the correct time may not be reflected on the sent e-mail appears. We recommended that you set
the time zone setting using the printer's operation panel.

For the time zone setting, see Other device settings.

• These functions can be set only when you are logged in administrator mode.

1. Start up Remote UI.

2. Select Device settings.

3. Select Set mail server.

The setting items for mail server appear.

4. Specify mail server settings.

Specify the following items.

Sender address
Enter the e-mail address of the sender (this printer).

Outgoing mail server (SMTP)

Enter the address of your SMTP server.

Port number (SMTP)

Enter the port number of your SMTP server.

Secure connection (SSL)

Select if you use the secure connection (SSL).

Don't verify certificates

Select if you do not verify the certificate.
Authentication method
Select one of the following authentication methods.

SMTP authentication
Select if you send e-mail with SMTP authentication.

Then select OK, and then make the following settings.

Outgoing account
Enter the account name for sending to perform the authentication.

Outgoing password
To set / change the password for sending in order to perform the authentication, check the
Set/change password and then enter the password.

238
 POP before SMTP
Select if you send e-mail with POP before SMTP authentication.
Then select OK, and then make the following settings.

Incoming mail server (POP3)

Enter the address of your POP3 server.
Port number (POP3)
Enter the port number of your POP3 server.
Incoming account
Enter the account name for receiving to perform the authentication.
Incoming password
To set / change the password for receiving in order to perform the authentication, check the
Set/change password and then enter the password.
Use APOP authentication
Select if you send the password by the encryption transmission.
Clear mailbox
Select if you delete the e-mails that remain in the POP3 server.

Important
• When this setting is enabled, e-mail in the Inbox on the server will have all been
removed. If you specify the e-mail address of your everyday, be sure to disable this
setting as unread e-mail is not deleted. We recommended that you prepare this printer
dedicated e-mail account not to accidentally delete the unread e-mail.

5. Select OK.
The setting operation is completed.

239
 Receiving Printer Status by E-mail

You receive the printer status information such as the remaining ink level and the error from the printer.

Note
• Specify the mail server settings in advance.
Setting Mail Server

• If you did not specify the date and time setting using the printer's operation panel, the date and time
may not be reflected on the sent e-mail. We recommended that you set the date and time setting using
the printer's operation panel.

For the date and time setting, see Other device settings.
• These functions can be set only when you are logged in administrator mode.

1. Start up Remote UI.

2. Select Device settings.

3. Select Status notification e-mail.

4. Select Notification recipients.

5. Specify destination settings.

Up to 5 destinations can be registered by following the steps below.

1. Select number of destination.

2. Select Add.

3. Enter e-mail address, and then select printer status to send information.

4. Select OK.
The registration for destination is completed.

6. Select Device settings > Status notification e-mail > Retry settings.

7. Specify resending settings.

The number of resending can be specified by following the steps below.

1. Specify number of resending.

2. Specify interval of resending.

3. Select OK.

240
The resending setting is completed.

241
Printer Parts

Printer Parts

Front

Side

Top Cover (Inside)

Roll Paper Cover (Inside)

Carriage

Ink Tank Cover (Inside)

Stand

Operation Panel

Optional accessories

Roll Holder Set

Stand

242
Printer Parts

Front

Side

Top Cover (Inside)

Roll Paper Cover (Inside)

Carriage

Ink Tank Cover (Inside)

Stand

Operation Panel

243
 Front

(A) Top Cover

Open this cover to install the print head and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer, as
needed. (See "Top Cover (Inside).")

(B) Roll Paper Cover

Open this cover to load rolls. (See "Roll Paper Cover (Inside).")

(C) Width Guide

When loading the sheets , move the guide to match the paper size.

(D) Paper Alignment Line

A white line for alignment of paper.

(E) Ink Tank Cover

Open this cover to replace the ink tank. (See "Ink Tank Cover (Inside).")

(F) Operation Panel

Use this screen to operate the printer and check the printer status. (See "Operation Panel.")

(G) Release Lever

When releasing the Paper Retainer, push this lever back.

(H) Output Guide

Supports output paper.

244
(I) Maintenance Cartridge
Ink used for maintenance purposes such as head cleaning is absorbed. (Replace the cartridge when it
is full.)

(J) Maintenance Cartridge Cover

Open this cover to replace the maintenance cartridge.

(K) Stand
A stand that holds the printer. Equipped with casters to facilitate moving it. (See "Stand.")

245
 Side

(A) Power Cord Connector

Connect the power cord to this connector.

(B) Carrying Grips

When carrying the printer, have three or more people hold it by these handles under both sides.
Furthermore, hold the left and right of these parts when moving the printer with a stand.

(C) Wired LAN Connector

Connect an Ethernet cable to this port. The lamp is lit if the Ethernet cable is connected correctly and
communication is possible between the computer and printer.

(D) USB Port

Connect a USB cable to this port. The printer is compatible with Hi-Speed USB connections.

246
 Top Cover (Inside)

(A) Platen
The print head moves across the platen to print.

(B) Paper Retainer

Important in supplying the paper. This retainer holds paper as it is fed.

(C) Linear Scale

The linear scale serves a key role in detecting the carriage position.

(D) Carriage Shaft

The Carriage slides along this shaft.

(E) Carriage
Moves the print head. The carriage serves a key role in printing. (See "Carriage.")

(F) Cleaning Brush

When cleaning inside the printer under the top cover, use this brush to sweep away paper dust on the
platen.

(G) Borderless Printing Ink Grooves

For catching ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing.

247
(H) Cutter Blade
A round-bladed cutter for automatic paper cutting.

248
 Roll Paper Cover (Inside)

(A) Slide Guide

Move the roll holder along this guide.

(B) Roll Holder Slot

Slide the roll holder into this slot.

(C) Holder Stopper

Secure the roll on the roll holder with this part.

(D) Roll Holder

Load the roll on this holder.

249
 Carriage

(A) Print Head

The printhead is equipped with ink nozzles. The carriage serves a key role in printing.

(B) Print Head Locking Cover

Secures the print head.

(C) Angle Adjustment Lever

Fine-tunes the line misalignment when printing.

(D) Print Head Lock Lever

Lock print head locking cover.

250
 Ink Tank Cover (Inside)

(A) Ink Tank

Cartridges of ink in various colors.

(B) Ink Tank Lock Lever

A lever that locks the ink tank in place and protects it. Lift and press down the lever when replacing an
ink tank.

251
 Stand

(A) Basket Handle

Hold this handle to support the sliding basket as you put the basket in its extended position B and to
return it to its normal position. For details about the extended position, see "Using the Basket".

(B) Paper Guide

Guides the output printed documents to the basket.

(C) Adjustable Stopper

Extends according to the paper size when using the basket in the extended position A. For details about
the extended position, see "Using the Basket".

(D) Support Rod

Can change the position when changing the position of the basket. For details about the extended
position, see "Using the Basket".

(E) Basket Release Lever

Releases the basket when it is set in the extended position B and the lever is pulled forward. For details
about the extended position, see "Using the Basket".

(F) Locking Caster

The casters can be locked securely. When moving the printer, be sure to unlock the 4 casters. If you
move it while the locking casters are locked, the floor may become scratched.

252
(G) Basket
Catches the ejected printed documents.

(H) Basket Ejection Guides

This guide supports output paper when using the basket in the extended position B.

(I) Accessory Pocket

Stores the printer's accessories.

Note
• For details about the extended position, see "Using the Basket".

253
Optional accessories

Roll Holder Set

Stand

254
 Roll Holder Set

Load a roll on the roll holder and then load the holder in the printer. The roll holder in the roll holder set
RH2-35 is for use with both 2-inch and 3-inch paper cores. Use the correct attachment for the particular
paper core. (See "Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder.")

• Roll holder set RH2-35

◦ Roll holder (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores)

◦ 3-inch paper core attachment

255
 Stand

(A) Basket Handle

Hold this handle to support the sliding basket as you put the basket in its extended position B and to
return it to its normal position. For details about the extended position, see "Using the Basket".

(B) Paper Guide

Guides the output printed documents to the basket.

(C) Adjustable Stopper

Extends according to the paper size when using the basket in the extended position A. For details about
the extended position, see "Using the Basket".

(D) Support Rod

Can change the position when changing the position of the basket. For details about the extended
position, see "Using the Basket".

(E) Basket Release Lever

Releases the basket when it is set in the extended position B and the lever is pulled forward. For details
about the extended position, see "Using the Basket".

(F) Locking Caster

The casters can be locked securely. When moving the printer, be sure to unlock the 4 casters. If you
move it while the locking casters are locked, the floor may become scratched.

256
(G) Basket
Catches the ejected printed documents.

(H) Basket Ejection Guides

This guide supports output paper when using the basket in the extended position B.

(I) Accessory Pocket

Stores the printer's accessories.

Note
• For details about the extended position, see "Using the Basket".

257
Network Setting

Network Connection Tips

Printer Connection Methods

Default Network Settings

Another Printer Found with Same Name

Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN

Connection

Printing Network Settings

Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi

Connection

Reconfiguration of Network Settings using the Remote UI

Network Status and Troubleshooting

IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)

IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings

Performing/Changing Network Settings

List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function

Other Network Information

IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)

IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings

List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function

Other Network Information

Sharing the Printer on a Network (Windows)

Setting Up a Shared Printer

258
 Restrictions on Printer Sharing

Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS)

Settings on Print Server

Settings on Client PC

Restrictions on Printer Sharing

Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer via Wi-Fi

Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer via Wireless Router

259
Network Connection Tips

Printer Connection Methods

Default Network Settings

Another Printer Found with Same Name

Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN

Connection

Printing Network Settings

Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi

Connection

Reconfiguration of Network Settings using the Remote UI

Network Status and Troubleshooting

260
 Printer Connection Methods

LAN or USB connection is available to connect the printer to a smartphone/tablet.

LAN Connection:
USB Connection:
Another Connection Method:

LAN Connection:
Connect the printer to a smartphone/tablet via LAN.

Select one of the methods below for LAN connection.

• Connection via wired LAN

Connect the printer and computer to a router using a LAN cable. If your router supports Wi-Fi
connection, you can connect a device via Wi-Fi.

Note
• Devices connected to the router must be connected to the same network

What Is Ethernet Cable?

Advantages of Connecting Printer via Wired LAN
Restrictions

• Connection via a wireless router

Connect the printer and computer or smartphone/tablet to a wireless router via Wi-Fi.

261
 Note
• Devices connected via Wi-Fi must be connected to the same network

Advantages of Connecting Printer over Wi-Fi

Restrictions

USB Connection:
Connect the printer to a computer using a USB cable.

What Is USB Cable?

In USB connection, the printer is connected one-on-one to the computer.

If your computer is connected to LAN, you can use the printer with other devices by enabling the sharing
setting on your computer.

Note
• You can connect the printer to a computer via USB even when the printer is already connected to
another one via wired LAN.

Another Connection Method:

Using Wireless Direct enables you to connect the printer directly to a computer or smartphone/tablet
without a wireless router.

262
263
 Default Network Settings

LAN Connection Defaults

Item Default

Enable/Disable LAN Wired LAN enabled

Network name (SSID) BJNPSETUP

Communication mode Infrastructure

Wi-Fi security Disable

IP address (IPv4) DHCP

IP address (IPv6) Auto setup

Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX

Enable/disable IPv6 Enable

Enable/disable WSD Disable

Timeout setting 15 minutes

Enable/disable Bonjour Enable

Service name Canon TM-300

LPR protocol setting Enable

Wi-Fi DRX setting Enable

Wired LAN DRX setting Enable

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.

LAN settings

Wireless Direct Defaults

Item Default

Network (SSID)/device name DIRECT-abXX-TM-300 *1

Password YYYYYYYYYY *2

Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK (AES)

Connection request confirmation Displayed

*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's wireless MAC address.

264
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.

265
 Another Printer Found with Same Name

When the printer is found during setup, other printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.

Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.

Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.

Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.

Check the printer's MAC address and the serial number by one of the following methods.

• Display on the touch screen.

MAC address

LAN settings

Serial number

Printer information
• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

266
 Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB
to LAN Connection

For Windows:
For macOS:

For Windows:
To add a computer to connect to the printer on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform
setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

For macOS:
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection,
perform setup from the web page.

267
 Printing Network Settings

Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.

Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.

1. Check that printer is turned on.

2. Load plain paper.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer

If you use sheets, prepare at least 10 sheets (A4 or Letter-sized).

Loading Sheets in the Printer

3. Select (Setup) icon on HOME screen.

4. Select Device settings.

5. Select LAN settings.

6. Select Print details.

7. Select Yes on displayed screen.

8. Select Yes or No on displayed screen.

The printer starts printing network settings information.

Note

• You can also print the printer's network settings. Select the (Setup) icon > Device settings >
Test print > Print LAN details > Yes > Yes.

The printed network settings information is as follows: (Some setting values are not displayed depending on
the printer settings.)

Item Description Setting

LAN Setting Basic setting information -

Basic Info IPv4 setting information (Wired LAN) -

268
LAN Interface Mode Current interface Wired LAN/Wireless LAN(Infra)/Wireless
LAN(AP)/Wireless(Wireless direct)/Disa-
bled

Link Active Operation status Inactive/Active

IP Address IPv4 IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Gateway Address IPv4 default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Subnet Mask IPv4 subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

IP Mode Acquiring method of IPv4 IP address Auto IP/DHCP/Manual

Use DNS Auto Mode Acquiring DNS server automatically On/Off

Primary DNS Server Address Primary DNS server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Secondary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Control Filtering SNMP filtering setting information -

Use IP Filtering Operation status of IP filtering On/Off

IP Filtering Select IP filtering method Disabled/Enabled

IP Filtering Permission Address IP filtering permission address -

Start Address 1 Start address 1 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 1 End address 1 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 1 Use single on 1 On/Off

Start Address 2 Start address 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 2 End address 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 2 Use single on 2 On/Off

Start Address 3 Start address 3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 3 End address 3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 3 Use single on 3 On/Off

Start Address 4 Start address 4 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 4 End address 4 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 4 Use single on 4 On/Off

Start Address 5 Start address 5 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 5 End address 5 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 5 Use single on 5 On/Off

269
IP Filtering Prohibit Address IP filtering prohibit address -

Start Address 1 Start address 1 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 1 End address 1 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 1 Use single on 1 On/Off

Start Address 2 Start address 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 2 End address 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 2 Use single on 2 On/Off

Start Address 3 Start address 3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 3 End address 3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 3 Use single on 3 On/Off

Start Address 4 Start address 4 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 4 End address 4 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 4 Use single on 4 On/Off

LAN Setting Basic setting information -

Basic Info IPv4 setting information (Wired LAN) -

Control Filtering SNMP filtering setting information -

IP Filtering Prohibit Address IP filtering prohibit address -

Start Address 5 Start address 5 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 5 End address 5 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 5 Use single on 5 On/Off

Print Filtering Print filtering setting information -

Use IP Filtering Operation status of IP filtering On/Off

IP Filtering Select IP filtering method Disabled/Enabled

IP Filtering Permission Address IP filtering permission address -

Start Address 1 Start address 1 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 1 End address 1 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 1 Use single on 1 On/Off

Start Address 2 Start address 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 2 End address 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

270
Use Single On 2 Use single on 2 On/Off

Start Address 3 Start address 3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 3 End address 3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 3 Use single on 3 On/Off

Start Address 4 Start address 4 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 4 End address 4 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 4 Use single on 4 On/Off

Start Address 5 Start address 5 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 5 End address 5 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 5 Use single on 5 On/Off

IP Filtering Prohibit Address IP filtering prohibit address -

Start Address 1 Start address 1 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 1 End address 1 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 1 Use single on 1 On/Off

Start Address 2 Start address 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 2 End address 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 2 Use single on 2 On/Off

Start Address 3 Start address 3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 3 End address 3 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 3 Use single on 3 On/Off

Start Address 4 Start address 4 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 4 End address 4 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 4 Use single on 4 On/Off

Start Address 5 Start address 5 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

End Address 5 End address 5 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX

Use Single On 5 Use single on 5 On/Off

LAN Setting Basic setting information -

IPv6 Info IPv6 setting information (Wired LAN) -

Link Local Address Link local address -

271
IP Address IPv6 IP address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length Link local address prefix length XXX (0 to 128)

Use Manual Mode Operation status of IPv6 manual address On/Off

Manual Address Manual address -

IP Address IPv6 IP address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length Prefix length XXX (0 to 128)

Use Stateful Address Mode Operation status of stateful address mode On/Off

Stateful Address Stateful address -

IP Address IPv6 IP address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length Prefix length XXX (0 to 128)

Stateless Address Stateless address -

IP Address 1 IP address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length 1 Prefix length 1 XXX (0 to 128)

IP Address 2 IP address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length 2 Prefix length 2 XXX (0 to 128)

IP Address 3 IP address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length 3 Prefix length 3 XXX (0 to 128)

IP Address 4 IP address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length 4 Prefix length 4 XXX (0 to 128)

Gateway Address Gateway address -

IP Address 1 IP address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length 1 Prefix length 1 XXX (0 to 128)

IP Address 2 IP address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

272
 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length 2 Prefix length 2 XXX (0 to 128)

IP Address 3 IP address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length 3 Prefix length 3 XXX (0 to 128)

IP Address 4 IP address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Prefix Length 4 Prefix length 4 XXX (0 to 128)

Use DNS Auto Mode Acquiring DNS server automatically On/Off

Primary DNS Server Address Primary DNS server address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Secondary DNS Server Address Secondary DNS server address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Control Filtering SNMP filtering setting information -

Use IP Filtering Operation status of IP filtering On/Off

IP Filtering Select IP filtering method Disabled/Enabled

IPv6 Filtering Permission Info IPv6 filtering permission information -

IP Filtering Start Address 1 IP filtering start address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 1 IP filtering end address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 1 Use single on 1 On/Off

LAN Setting Basic setting information -

IPv6 Info IPv6 setting information (Wired LAN) -

Control Filtering SNMP filtering setting information -

IP Filtering Start Address 2 IP filtering start address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 2 IP filtering end address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 2 Use single on 2 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 3 IP filtering start address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

273
 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 3 IP filtering end address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 3 Use single on 3 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 4 IP filtering start address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 4 IP filtering end address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 4 Use single on 4 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 5 IP filtering start address 5 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 5 IP filtering end address 5 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 5 Use single on 5 On/Off

IPv6 Filtering Prohibit Info IPv6 Filtering prohibit information -

IP Filtering Start Address 1 IP filtering start address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 1 IP filtering end address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 1 Use single on 1 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 2 IP filtering start address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 2 IP filtering end address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 2 Use single on 2 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 3 IP filtering start address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 3 IP filtering end address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 3 Use single on 3 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 4 IP filtering start address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

274
IP Filtering End Address 4 IP filtering end address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 4 Use single on 4 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 5 IP filtering start address 5 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 5 IP filtering end address 5 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 5 Use single on 5 On/Off

Print Filtering Print filtering setting information -

Use IP Filtering Operation status of IP filtering On/Off

IP Filtering Select IP filtering method Disabled/Enabled

IP Filtering Permission Info IP filtering permission information -

IP Filtering Start Address 1 IP filtering start address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 1 IP filtering end address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 1 Use single on 1 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 2 IP filtering start address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 2 IP filtering end address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 2 Use single on 2 On/Off

LAN Setting Basic setting information -

IPv6 Info IPv6 setting information (Wired LAN) -

Print Filtering Print filtering setting information -

IP Filtering Start Address 3 IP filtering start address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 3 IP filtering end address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 3 Use single on 3 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 4 IP filtering start address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

275
IP Filtering End Address 4 IP filtering end address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 4 Use single on 4 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 5 IP filtering start address 5 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 5 IP filtering end address 5 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 5 Use single on 5 On/Off

IPv6 Filtering Prohibit Info IPv6 Filtering prohibit information -

IP Filtering Start Address 1 IP filtering start address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 1 IP filtering end address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 1 Use single on 1 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 2 IP filtering start address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 2 IP filtering end address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 2 Use single on 2 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 3 IP filtering start address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 3 IP filtering end address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 3 Use single on 3 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 4 IP filtering start address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 4 IP filtering end address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 4 Use single on 4 On/Off

IP Filtering Start Address 5 IP filtering start address 5 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

IP Filtering End Address 5 IP filtering end address 5 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

276
 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX

Use Single On 5 Use single on 5 On/Off

MAC Info MAC address setting information -

(Wired/Wi-Fi)

MAC Address(Wired) MAC address (Wired LAN) XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address(Wireless) MAC address (Wi-Fi) XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

Use MAC Address Filtering Operation status of MAC address filtering On/Off

MAC Filtering Select MAC address filtering method Disabled/Enabled

MAC Filtering Permission Info MAC filtering permission information -

MAC Address 1 MAC address 1 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address 2 MAC address 2 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address 3 MAC address 3 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address 4 MAC address 4 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address 5 MAC address 5 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

LAN Setting Basic setting information -

MAC Info MAC address setting information -

(Wired/Wi-Fi)

MAC Filtering Prohibit Info MAC filtering prohibit information -

MAC Address 1 MAC address 1 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address 2 MAC address 2 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address 3 MAC address 3 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address 4 MAC address 4 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

MAC Address 5 MAC address 5 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX

Proxy Setting Proxy server setting information -

Use Proxy Use proxy server On/Off

Proxy Server Address Proxy server address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 128 char-
acters)

Proxy Port Number Proxy port specification 1 to 65535

Use User Authority Mode Use user authority mode On/Off

Proxy Server User Name Proxy server user name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 64 char-
acters)

277
Wireless LAN Setting Wi-Fi setting information -

Channel Channel (infrastructure) XXX (0 to 255)

SSID SSID Wi-Fi (infrastructure) SSID (up to 32

characters)

Security Type Security type for Wi-Fi (infrastructure) Disabled/WEP 64bit/WEP 128bit/WPA
PSK TKIP/WPA PSK AES/WPA2 PSK
TKIP/WPA2 PSK AES/MIXED

WEP1 WEP key 1 for Wi-Fi (infrastructure) XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

WEP2 WEP key 2 for Wi-Fi (infrastructure) XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

WEP3 WEP key 3 for Wi-Fi (infrastructure) XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

WEP4 WEP key 4 for Wi-Fi (infrastructure) XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

WEP Certificate WEP certificate for Wi-Fi (infrastructure) Open/Shared/Auto

WEP Format WEP format for Wi-Fi (infrastructure) Hex/String

Direct Connection Setting Wireless direct setting information -

Device Name Wireless direct device name Wireless direct device name (up to 32
characters)

Channel Channel (Wireless direct) XXX (0 to 255)

SSID SSID Wireless direct network name (SSID) de-

vice name (up to 32 characters)

Security Type Security type for Wi-Fi (Wireless direct) Disabled/WPA2 PSK TKIP/WPA2 PSK
AES

WSD Setting WSD setting information -

Use WSD Use WSD On/Off

WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]

Use WSD Rx Optimization Use WSD reception optimization On/Off

Protocol Setting Protocol setting information -

Printer Name Printer name XXXXXXXX (up to 16 characters)

Use LPR Use LPR On/Off

Use Wired DRX Discontinuous reception (Wired LAN) On/Off

Use Wireless DRX Discontinuous reception (Wi-Fi) On/Off

Use RAW Use RAW On/Off

Use LLMNR Use LLMNR On/Off

278
Use Spanning Tree Use spanning tree On/Off

Use Dedicated Port Dedicated port setting On/Off

SNMP Setting SNMP setting information -

Use SNMPv1 Use SNMPv1 On/Off

Use SNMPv3 Use SNMPv3 On/Off

SNMP Community Name1 SNMPv1 community name 1 XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

SNMP Community Name2 SNMPv1 community name 2 XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

SNMP Extra Access Authority SNMPv1 extra access authority Disable/Read Only/Read Write

SNMP Access Authority1 SNMPv1 community1/2 access authority Read Only/Read Write

SNMP Access Authority2 SNMPv1 community1/2 access authority Disable/Read Only/Read Write

SNMPv3 Setting SNMPv3 setting information -

User1 User 1 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

Use SNMPv3 Use SNMPv3 On/Off

MIB Access Restriction MIB access restriction Read Only/Read Write

Security Setting Security setting No Auth No Priv/Auth No Priv/Auto Priv

Authority Algorithm Authority algorithm Null/MD5/SHA1

Encryption Algorithm Encryption algorithm Null/AES/DES

User2 User 2 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

Use SNMPv3 Use SNMPv3 On/Off

MIB Access Restriction MIB access restriction Read Only/Read Write

Security Setting Security setting No Auth No Priv/Auth No Priv/Auto Priv

Authority Algorithm Authority algorithm Null/MD5/SHA1

Encryption Algorithm Encryption algorithm Null/AES/DES

User3 User 3 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

Use SNMPv3 Use SNMPv3 On/Off

MIB Access Restriction MIB access restriction Read Only/Read Write

279
Security Setting Security setting No Auth No Priv/Auth No Priv/Auto Priv

Authority Algorithm Authority algorithm Null/MD5/SHA1

Encryption Algorithm Encryption algorithm Null/AES/DES

User4 User 4 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

Use SNMPv3 Use SNMPv3 On/Off

MIB Access Restriction MIB access restriction Read Only/Read Write

Security Setting Security setting No Auth No Priv/Auth No Priv/Auto Priv

Authority Algorithm Authority algorithm Null/MD5/SHA1

Encryption Algorithm Encryption algorithm Null/AES/DES

User5 User 5 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

Use SNMPv3 Use SNMPv3 On/Off

MIB Access Restriction MIB access restriction Read Only/Read Write

Security Setting Security setting No Auth No Priv/Auth No Priv/Auto Priv

Authority Algorithm Authority algorithm Null/MD5/SHA1

Encryption Algorithm Encryption algorithm Null/AES/DES

Dynamic DNS Setting Dynamic DNS setting -

IPv4 IPv4 -

Use Dynamic DNS Operation status of Dynamic DNS On/Off

Host Name Host name XXXXXXXX (up to 64 characters)

Domain Name Domain name XXXXXXXX (up to 65 characters)

IPv6 IPv6 -

Use Manual Address DNS dynamic setting of manual address On/Off

Use Stateless Address DNS dynamic setting of stateless address On/Off

Use Stateful Address DNS dynamic setting of stateful address On/Off

Use Name As IPv4 Use same host name/domain name as On/Off

that used for IPv4

Host Name Host name XXXXXXXX (up to 64 characters)

Domain Name Domain name XXXXXXXX (up to 65 characters)

280
SNTP Setting SNTP setting information -

Use SNTP Use SNTP On/Off

SNTP Polling Interval SNTP polling interval 1 to 48 [sec]

SNTP Server Name SNTP server name XXXXXXXX (up to 256 characters)

FTP Setting FTP setting information -

Use FTP Use FTP On/Off

Use FTP Authority Use FTP authority On/Off

FTP User Name FTP user name XXXXXXXX (up to 33 characters)

Bonjour Setting Bonjour setting information -

Use Bonjour Use Bonjour On/Off

Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 50 alphanu-
meric characters)

802.1X Setting 802.1X setting information -

Authority Type Enable/disable 802.1X and authority type Do not use/EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP

EAP TTLS Type Internal authority type for EAP-TTLS MSCHAPv2/PAP

Weak Encryption Restriction Weak encryption restriction Do not restrict/Restrict

Weak Certificate Restriction Weak certificate restriction Do not restrict/Restrict

Login Name Login name XXXXXXXX (up to 24 characters)

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 24 characters)

Server Name Server name XXXXXXXX (up to 43 characters)

IPsec Setting IPsec setting information -

Use IPsec Use IPsec On/Off

Previous Shared Key Previous shared key for IPsec XXXXXXXX (up to 17 characters)

Phase2 Protocol IPsec phase2 protocol AH/ESP/AH+ESP

IPP Setting IPP confirmation setting -

Use IPP Use IPP On/Off

Use IPP Authority Use IPP authority On/Off

IPP User Setting IPP confirmation user setting -

User1 User 1 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

281
User2 User 2 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

User3 User 3 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

User4 User 4 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

User5 User 5 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

User6 User 6 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

User7 User 7 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

User8 User 8 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

User9 User 9 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

User10 User 10 -

User Name User name XXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)

Email Setting E-mail setting information -

Retry Count E-mail retry count 0 to 5

Retry Interval E-mail retry interval 1 to 60 (min)

Use Email Notification Use E-mail notification On/Off

Use SSL Use SSL On/Off

Use SSL Cert No Check Use SSL certification On/Off

Use Mailbox Delete Use mailbox delete On/Off

SMTP Server Address SMTP server address XXXXXXXX (up to 256 characters)

SMTP Server Port No SMTP server port number 1 to 65535

SMTP State SMTP state Invalid/Authorized/POP before SMTP

From Address From address XXXXXXXX (up to 128 characters)

282
To Address 1 To address 1 XXXXXXXX (up to 128 characters)

Reply Address 1 Reply address 1 XXXXXXXX (up to 128 characters)

Notice Conditions 1 Notice conditions 1 -

Job End Job end On/Off

Error Occurred Error occurred On/Off

Warning Occurred Warning occurred On/Off

Signature 1 Signature 1 XXXXXXXX (up to 128 characters)

To Address 2 To address 2 XXXXXXXX (up to 128 characters)

Reply Address 2 Reply address 2 XXXXXXXX (up to 128 characters)

Notice Conditions 2 Notice conditions 2 -

Job End Job end On/Off

Error Occurred Error occurred On/Off

Warning Occurred Warning occurred On/Off

Signature 2 Signature 2 XXXXXXXX (up to 128 characters)

RUI Setting Remote UI setting information -

Use RUI Use Remote UI On/Off

("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)

283
 Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration
Method of Wi-Fi Connection

Changing LAN Connection Method

Changing Wireless LAN Connection Method

Changing LAN Connection Method

Follow either procedure below to change LAN connection method (wired or wireless).

• For Windows:

◦ Redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
◦ Select Enable for Enable/disable Wired LAN or Enable/disable Wi-Fi in the touch screen
menu.

After that, perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

For details, refer to Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings or Performing/Changing Wired LAN

Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings.

• For macOS:

Redo setup from the web page.

Changing Wi-Fi Connection Method

Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or wireless direct).

• For Windows:

◦ Redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

Important
• Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, change the printer settings
following the procedure below.

1. Check that printer is turned on.

2. Select (Network status) icon.

Menu Operations

If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.

3. Select Wi-Fi.

4. Select Settings.

284
 5. Select Wi-Fi setup.

6. Select Easy wireless connect.

7. Check message and select OK.

Follow instructions on your smartphone or tablet.

8. If message saying setup is completed appears, select OK.

• For macOS:

Redo setup from the web page.

285
 Reconfiguration of Network Settings using the Remote UI

You can use Remote UI on the following OS and the web browser.

• iOS device
OS: iOS 9.0 or later

Web browser: iOS standard Web browser (Mobile Safari)

• Android device

OS: Android 4.4 or later

Web browser: Android standard Web browser (Browser or Chrome)

• macOS device
OS: Mac OS X v10.9 or later

Web browser: Safari 7.0 or later

• Windows device

OS: Windows 7 SP1 or later

Web browser: Internet Explorer 11 or later, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox

For more on Remote UI, refer to Configuration Changes Using Web Browser.

Important
• Enable JavaScript and cookies in the web browser.
• If you access Remote UI with the printer name instead of its IP address, make sure the DNS settings
are correctly configured.
• Depending on the network environment, you may not be able to start Remote UI.

• On the HOME screen, select (Setup) > Device settings > Other device settings > Operation
restrictions >, and then make sure Do not restrict is selected for Remote UI.

Note
• Remote UI also offers many other features. You can display the ink levels, check error messages and
other status information, and cancel print jobs.

286
 Network Status and Troubleshooting

Check the network status referring to LAN setting information on the touch screen.

Confirm LAN settings

Network Status What to Do

Connected normal- 1. If you are unable to print, check the items below:
ly. • whether the computer is connected to Wi-Fi
If you are unable to • whether the firewall of your security software is enabled
print, see 1 on What • whether a privacy separator, SSID separator, or Network separation function is enabled
to Do. on your wireless router

If one of the above is enabled, disable it before setup.

• whether the SSID of the printer (see "3-2-6" of network setting information printout)
matches that of the router to connect

2. To change the network connection method (wired/wireless), change it on the printer's net-
work setting screen.

LAN is disabled on Perform printer setup following the instructions of the manual.
the printer.

Wired LAN connec- • Make sure the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable.
tion is disabled. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the cable properly.

If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN
side of the router.
• Make sure the network devices (e.g. hub or router) are turned on.

IP address is not • If you specify the printer's IP address automatically, enable DHCP on the router.
assigned. • If you specify the printer's IP address manually, the address is disabled because it is out of
the valid range. You specified (0.0.0.0) as the IP address, for example.

Specify the valid IP address.

The default gate- Check the items below to communicate by hopping routers (e.g. using a cloud application).
way is not specified. • If you specify the printer's IP address manually, make sure the correct default gateway ad-
dress is specified for the printer manually.

• Make sure the device specified as the default gateway is turned on.

• Specify the default gateway address correctly.

To check the default gateway, print out the network settings information.

Note
• For some printers, you can check the default gateway on the operation panel.

Cannot connect to Check the status of the printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), or smartphone/tablet.
the specified net- • If they are turned off, turn them on.
work. • Make sure wireless signal is strong.

Monitor signal status and move the printer and wireless router as necessary.

• The security key specified for the wireless router may not match that you entered.

287
 The security key is case-sensitive.

Enter the correct security key.

The number of con- • Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
nected clients rea- • Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
ches the upper limit.
If you add a device to connect, disconnect a device you do not use before adding the device.
Make sure wireless
signal is strong.

A link local address • Perform printer setup again.

is assigned. • The security key specified for the wireless router may not match that you entered.

The security key is case-sensitive.

Enter the correct security key.

The specified SSID The SSID is not specified.

is left default value. Enter the SSID specified for the destination.

288
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)

IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings

List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function

289
 IJ Network Device Setup Utility

If anything is wrong with connection, IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses the settings of the printer
and those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, IJ Network Device Setup Utility restores the status
of the printer and computer.

Important
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install IJ Network Device Setup Utility, disable block function of firewall.

290
 Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

When you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility, the screen below appears.

Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. IJ Network Device Setup Utility
starts diagnosis and repair of network.

Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings

291
 Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings

IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the
computer and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.

Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.
For details:

List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function

IJ Network Device Setup Utility starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.

Note
• This function checks the following items:
• whether the computer is connected to the router
• whether the printer can be detected on the network
• whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
• whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting

292
 List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function

The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4000 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-560
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-6000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series

293
Other Network Information

Technical Terms

Restrictions

Firewall

List of Devices Which May Interfere with Wi-Fi Communication

294
 Technical Terms

In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained.

A
B
C
D
E
F
H
I
K
L
M
O
P
R
S
T
U
W

• Ad-hoc

Client computer and printer setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer-to-peer basis,
i.e., all clients in with the same network name (SSID) communicate directly with each other. No
wireless router is required. This printer does not support ad-hoc communication.

• Admin Password
Administrator password in IJ Network Device Setup Utility to restrict access to network users. It must
be entered to access the printer and change printer settings.

• AES
An encryption method. It is optional for WPA. Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U.S.
government organizations for information processing.

• Authentication Method
The method that a wireless router uses to authenticate a printer through a Wi-Fi. The methods are
agreeable each other.

For WPA/WPA2, authentication method is PSK.

295
B

• Bonjour
A service built into macOS operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network
automatically.

• Channel

Frequency channel for wireless communication. In the infrastructure mode, the channel is
automatically adjusted to match that set to the wireless router. This printer supports channels 1 to 13.
(Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase.) Note that
the number of channels that can be used for your Wi-Fi varies depending on the region or country.

• Default Gateway

A relay device to connect to another network such as a router or a computer.

• Default router address

A default IP address set for a router.

• DHCP server functionality

The router assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a
network starts up.

• DHCPv6

A protocol to assign necessary information automatically when a computer connects to network.

DHCPv6 can be used when IPv6 is enabled.

• DNS server

A server that converts device names into IP addresses. When specifying IP addresses manually,
specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server.

• Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup)

Specifies a wireless router settings using a device (e.g. smartphone) directly without using a wireless
router.

296
 F

• Firewall
It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the
firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation
system for computer.

• Host name

A name for a computer or printer on network so that it can be recognized easily. Single-byte
alphanumeric characters are used generally.

• IEEE802.11b

International standard for Wi-Fi using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11
Mbps.

• IEEE802.11g

International standard for Wi-Fi using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54
Mbps. Compatible with 802.11b.

• IEEE802.11n

International standard for Wi-Fi using the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges. Even when using two
or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple
communication channels at the same time, the transmission speed may be influenced by the
connected apparatus.

At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps, it is possible to communicate with multiple computer
terminals within a dozen or so metre radius.

Compatible with 802.11b and 802.11g.

• Infrastructure

One of the wireless communication methods. Wireless communication devices (e.g. computer or
printer) are connected to the network via a wireless router.

• IP Address

A unique number with four parts separated by dots. Every network device that is connected to the
Internet has an IP address. Example: 192.168.0.1

An IP address is usually assigned by a wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically.

• IPv4/IPv6

They are internetwork-layer protocol used on the internet. IPv4 uses 32-bit addresses and IPv6 uses
128-bit addresses.

297
 K

• Key Format
Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format. The character that can be used for the WEP key
differs depending on the selected key formats.

◦ ASCII

Specify with a 5 or 13-character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore "_"
characters. It is case-sensitive.

◦ Hex

Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f).

• Key Length
Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits. Longer key length allows you to set a more
complex WEP key.

• Link local address

An IP address generated automatically from a specific prefix (information of current network: fe80::)
and an interface identifier generated from printer's MAC address.

• Link Quality

The status of the connection between the wireless router and the printer excluding noise
(interference) is indicated with a value from 0 to 100%.

• LPR

A platform-independent printing protocol used in TCP/IP networks. It does not support bidirectional
communication.

• MAC Address

Also known as the physical address. A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to
network devices by its manufacturer. MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a
hexadecimal number separated by colons, i.e., 11:22:33:44:55:66.

• Operation Status

Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used.

298
 P

• Prefix length
The number of bits on the network part of an IP address. The number of bits is 8 bit to 24 bit for IPv4,
and 64 bit for IPv6.

• Proxy server

A server that links a LAN-connected computer to the Internet. When using a proxy server, specify the
address and the port number of the proxy server.

• PSK

An encryption method employed by WPA/WPA2.

• Router

A relay device to connect to another network.

• Signal Strength

The strength of the signal received by the printer from the wireless router is indicated with a value
from 0 to 100%.

• Network name (SSID)

Unique label for Wi-Fi. It is often represented such as a network name or a wireless router name.

network name (SSID) distinguishes one Wi-Fi from another to prevent interference.

The printer and all clients on a Wi-Fi must use the same network name (SSID) in order to
communicate with each other. The network name (SSID) can be up to 32 characters long, and is
made up of alphanumeric characters. The network name (SSID) may also be referred to by its
network name.

• Stealth

In the stealth mode, a wireless router hides itself by not broadcasting its network name (SSID). The
client must specify the network name (SSID) set to the wireless router to detect it.

• Stateful address

An IPv6 address acquired from a DHCP server using DHCPv6.

• Stateless address

A tentative IPv6 address generated automatically using a prefix included in RA (Router

Advertisement) and a MAC address. An IPv6 address is generated in an environment where a DHCP
server is not available.

299
• Subnet Mask
IP address has two components, the network address and the host address. Subnet Mask used to
calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address. A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by a
wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically.

Example:

IP Address: 192.168.127.123

Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0

Subnet Mask Address: 192.168.127.0

• TCP/IP

Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN. This protocol
allows different terminals to communicate with each other.

• TKIP

An encryption protocol employed by WPA/WPA2.

• USB

Serial interface designed to enable you to "hot-swap" devices, i.e., by plugging and unplugging them
without turning off the power.

• WCN (Windows Connect Now)

Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network
(WCN-NET).

• WEP/WEP Key

An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt
data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of
ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4.

• Wi-Fi

International association that certifies interoperability of Wi-Fi products based on the IEEE 802.11
specification.

This printer is a Wi-Fi authorized product.

300
• Wireless Direct
The printer is used as a wireless router to connect external wireless communication devices (e.g.
computers, smartphones, or tablets) in an environment where no wireless router is available. You can
connect up to 5 devices to the printer using Wireless Direct.

• Wireless LAN
A network that, instead of being connected by physical wires, is connected by a wireless technology,
such as Wi-Fi.

• Wireless Router

A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients/the printer and
rebroadcasts it. Required in an infrastructure network.

• WPA

Security framework announced by the Wi-Fi Alliance in October 2002. The security has been
strengthened more than WEP.

◦ Authentication

WPA defines the following authentication methods: PSK that can be used without an
authentication server, plus WPA-802.1x that do require an authentication server.

This printer supports WPA-PSK.

◦ Passphrase

This encrypted key is used to perform WPA-PSK authentication.

The password should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal

value.

• WPA2

Security framework released by the Wi-Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA.
Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
◦ Authentication

WPA2 defines the following authentication methods: PSK that can be used without an
authentication server, plus WPA2-802.1x that do require an authentication server.
This printer supports WPA2-PSK.

◦ Passphrase

This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2-PSK authentication.

The password should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal

value.

• WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)

WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network.

There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi-Fi Protected Setup:

PIN entry: a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices

301
Push button configuration (PBC): an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push
button in the software.

302
 Restrictions

If you use a printer over the Wi-Fi, we highly recommend you perform security settings for Wi-Fi network
using WPA/WPA2 from the viewpoint of security. Wireless communication with a product that does not
comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed.

Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.

If you use a printer with Wireless Direct, you cannot perform the following settings:

• Specifying an IP address manually

• Enabling/disabling IPv6

303
 Firewall

A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer,
and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network.

Precautions When Firewall Function is Enabled

• A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer. This may disable
printer setup and communications.
• During the printer setup, you may be prompted to enable or disable communications, depending on
the firewall function of the security software or operation system. If so, choose to enable
communications.
• When using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, you may be prompted to enable or disable
communications, depending on the firewall function of the security software. If so, choose to enable
communications.
• If you cannot set up the printer, temporarily disable the firewall function of the security software or
operation system.

Important
• If you disabled the firewall function, disconnect your network from the Internet.

• Some applications (like the network configuration software) override firewall settings. Check the
application's settings beforehand.

Note
• For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings, refer to the
instruction manual of the computer or software, or contact its manufacturer.

304
 List of Devices Which May Interfere with Wi-Fi Communication

While using the printer via Wi-Fi, the following devices near the printer or wireless router may cause radio
frequency interference and affects connection between the printer and wireless router. Radio frequency
interference may cause sending print jobs or printing speed to slow down.

• Microwave oven
• Baby monitor
• Wireless mouse
• Wireless keyboard
• Wireless earphone/headphones
• Wireless camera (e.g. security camera)

We recommend you take measures below to avoid radio frequency interference.

• Place the devices above as far away from the printer or wireless router as possible.
• Turn the devices off and stop using them temporarily.

305
 Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS)

When multiple computers are being used in the network environment, you can share the printer connected
to one computer with the other computers.

Before carrying out the setup for printer sharing, select Network from System Preferences, and check
whether the network settings have been set.

This section describes the procedure for sharing a printer among Mac.

• Settings on Print Server

This section describes how to set up a computer that connects with this printer.
• Settings on Client PC

This section describes the procedure for setting a computer that uses this printer though a network.
When you execute print, the data is sent to the printer through the print server system.

Related Topic
Restrictions on Printer Sharing

306
 Settings on Print Server

When you use the printer on a network, set up the printer driver for sharing on the print server system.

The procedure for setting up the print server systems is as follows:

1. Install the printer driver on the print server system

2. Check that the printer to be used has been added

Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
The printer list displays the printers that are connected to the computer.

3. Set sharing
Check the Share this printer on the network check box.

Note
• Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may
be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.

The setup on the print server system is complete. Next, set up the client systems.

307
 Settings on Client PC

After setting up the print server system, set up the client system.

The procedure for setting up the client systems is as follows:

1. Install the printer driver on the client systems

2. Display the printer list

Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
Click + to display the printer list.

3. Add a printer to be shared

Select a shared printer displayed in the printer list, and then click Add.

The setup on the client systems is now completed.

Note
• The print procedures are the same as when the computer is connected directly to the printer with a USB
cable.
At the Page Setup dialog, select the printer that is connected to the print server to be used.

308
 Restrictions on Printer Sharing

These are restrictions that apply when you are using a printer in a network environment.

• Install the same version of the printer driver in the print server system and the client systems. You can
download the latest printer driver from our web site.
• Use printer sharing with users who have the administrator privilege.
• Depending on how the computer is connected with the printer, the computer may not be able to access
the function information that was set on the printer and display the correct settings.
• Media information on the printer driver cannot be changed when using a client machine.

309
 Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer via Wi-Fi

• To connect a smartphone or tablet to printer via a wireless router:

Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer via Wireless Router

• To connect a smartphone or tablet to printer without a wireless router:

Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer Directly (Wireless Direct)

310
 Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer via Wireless Router

You can connect devices (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.

• Wi-Fi connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)

• Wireless Direct connection (connecting devices without using a wireless router)
This section describes Wi-Fi connection via a wireless router.

Follow the procedure below to connect via a wireless router.

1. Confirm the Printer's Wi-Fi Connection is Enabled

2. Connect Smartphones and Tablets to the Printer

Important
• Check the usage restrictions and change the printer LAN setting.

Restrictions

• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.

Confirm the Printer's Wi-Fi Connection is Enabled

If a different network icon is displayed on the HOME screen, follow the procedure below to enable Wi-Fi
connection.

1. On the HOME screen, tap the Network icon.

Menu Operations

2. Tap Wi-Fi.

3. Tap Settings.

4. Tap Enable/disable Wi-Fi.

5. Tap Enable.
The printer's Wi-Fi is enabled and you can connect the Wi-Fi you connected previously.

311
Connect Smartphones and Tablets to the Printer
For Android device
For iOS device

For Android device

1. Open "Settings" menu on your device.

2. Enable "Wi-Fi".

3. Select wireless router SSID you use from detected device list.

4. Enter wireless LAN router password.

Your device is connected to the printer.

5. Start printing from application.

For iOS device

1. Open "Settings" menu on your device.

2. Enable "Wi-Fi".

3. Select wireless router SSID you use from detected device list.

312
4. Enter wireless LAN router password.
Your device is connected to the printer.

5. Start printing from application.

313
Adjustments for Better Print Quality

Adjusting the Print Head

Adjusting the Print Head

Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

Adjusting Feed Amount

Adjusting Feed Amount

Adjusting Vacuum Strength

314
Adjusting the Print Head

Adjusting the Print Head

Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

315
 Adjusting the Print Head

If printed documents are affected by the following problems, try adjusting the print head.

• If printing is faint or affected by banding in different colors

Execute Print nozzle check pattern in the touch screen menu to check for print head nozzle clogging.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

• If printed lines are misaligned, vertical lines are warped, or colors are out of alignment

If printed lines are misaligned, execute Print head angle adjustment in the touch screen menu to
adjust the print head angle.

Always adjust the print head angle after replacing the print head.
After executing Print head angle adjustment, adjust the print head position.

Adjusting Line Misalignment

If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, execute Print head alignment in the
touch screen menu to adjust the print head position.

First, execute Auto (standard) of Print head alignment. If the print result is not improved, execute
Auto (fine) or Manual.

Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

• If paper rubs against the print head, or image edges are blurred

Setting Paper Thickness (Head Height) in the touch screen menu and changing the height of the print
head may improve the situation.

Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

316
 Adjusting Line Misalignment

If printed lines are misaligned, execute Print head angle adjustment to adjust the print head angle. Print
head angle adjustment requires you to examine a printed test pattern and adjust the angle using the angle
adjustment lever.

Always adjust the print head angle after replacing the print head.

Important
• Because the results of adjustment vary depending on the type of paper used for adjustment, use the
same type of paper as you will use for printing.
• When using cut sheets, do not move the release lever until instructions (guidance) for removing the
paper are displayed.
Moving the release lever during printing or maintenance operations will cause the printer to stop.

Paper to Prepare

When using rolls

An unused roll at least 10.00 inches (254.0 mm) wide

When using sheets

One sheet of unused paper of at least A4/Letter size

Perform adjustment as follows.

1. Load paper.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Important
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified on the printer.
Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings.

2. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

3. Tap Print head angle adjustment.

A confirmation message appears.

4. Tap Yes.
The carriage moves and the guidance for the print head angle adjustment procedure appears on the
touch screen.

317
5. Open the top cover.

6. Align the angle adjustment lever with the red square and close the top cover.

A test pattern is printed for adjustment.

Important
• Do not touch the linear scale (A) or carriage shaft (B). Touching these may cause malfunction.

318
7. Examine the test pattern for adjustment. Determine the straightest set of lines.
In the example in the figure below, select "+2" in pattern (C).

8. Open top cover and move angle adjustment lever to match number (or square) of
straightest set of lines.
If no single set of lines is perfectly straight, move the angle adjustment lever to a position between the
numbers (or between the number and the square) of the two sets of lines that are least misaligned.

9. Close the top cover.

The print head is now straight, and adjustment is complete.

319
 Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, execute Print head alignment and adjust
the print head position.

Choose from Auto (standard) or Auto (fine) for automatically adjusting the print head.

Minor warping and misaligned colors can usually be improved by executing Auto (standard). If there is no
improvement, perform Auto (fine) or Manual.

Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

When you execute Auto (standard) or Auto (fine), the adjustment pattern is printed, and the print head
position is adjusted based on the printing result automatically.

Important
• If the problem, such as misaligned lines, is conspicuous, adjust the print head angle first.

Adjusting Line Misalignment

• Because the results of adjustment vary depending on the type of paper used for adjustment, use the
same type of paper as you will use for printing.
• This function is not available with Tracing Paper, Translucent Matte Film, or Clear Film.
• When using cut sheets, do not move the release lever until instructions (guidance) for removing the
paper are displayed.

Moving the release lever during printing or maintenance operations will cause the printer to stop.

Note
• After print head replacement, execute Print head alignment. When Print pattern after new head is
set to ON, print head position adjustment is automatically executed after print head replacement.
• To change the paper type or for more beautiful color borders, perform Auto (standard).
• To ensure clear quality and when replacing the print head, perform Auto (fine) to fine-tune the position
between nozzles and colors. To ensure high-quality printing, we recommend that you execute Auto
(fine).
• If adjustment is not possible as expected using special paper, try another type of paper or try Manual
adjustment.

Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

Paper to Prepare

When using rolls

An unused roll at least 10.00 inches (254.0 mm) wide

When using sheets

Auto (standard): Three sheets of unused paper, A4/Letter size or larger (or one sheet when using A2
or larger)

320
 Auto (fine): Five sheets of unused paper, A4/Letter size or larger (or one sheet when using A2 or
larger)

Perform adjustment as follows.

1. Load paper.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Important
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified on the printer.
Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings.

2. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

3. Tap Print head alignment.

4. Tap Auto (standard) or Auto (fine).

A confirmation message appears.

5. Tap Yes.
The paper source setting screen appears.

6. Tap Roll paper or Manual.

A test pattern is printed for adjustment.

Note
• If you are printing on sheets smaller than A2 size, a confirmation message prompting you to
continue printing appears on the touch screen. Tap OK and follow the instructions on the touch
screen.

321
 Manual Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, execute Print head alignment and adjust
the print head position.

Normally, execute Auto (standard).

Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

However, when printing on special paper or if printing is not improved after Auto (fine), try Manual.

Manual adjustment requires you to examine the printed test pattern and enter an adjustment value.

Important
• Because the results of adjustment vary depending on the type of paper used for adjustment, use the
same type of paper as you will use for printing.
• When using cut sheets, do not move the release lever until instructions (guidance) for removing the
paper are displayed.

Moving the release lever during printing or maintenance operations will cause the printer to stop.

Paper to Prepare

When using rolls

An unused roll at least 10.00 inches (254.0 mm) wide

When using sheets

Four sheets of unused paper, A4/Letter size or larger (or two sheets when using A2 or larger)

Perform adjustment as follows.

1. Load paper.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Important
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified on the printer.
Adjustment cannot be completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings.

2. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

322
 3. Tap Print head alignment.

4. Tap Manual.
A confirmation message appears.

Note
• If you do not execute Auto (fine), a confirmation message prompting you to execute Auto (fine)
appears. In this case, tap Yes and execute Auto (fine).

5. Tap Yes.
The paper source setting screen appears.

6. Tap Roll paper or Manual.

A test pattern is printed for adjustment.

7. Tap D-1.

8. Examine adjustment test pattern D-1 and determine the number with straight lines.

A: Example with straight lines

B: Example with misaligned lines

Note
• If two patterns seem equally good and you cannot decide which one is better, choose an
intermediate value. For example, choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is
better.

9. Repeat steps 7–8 to specify adjustment value for D-2 to D-41.

Note that D-6, D-12, D-18, D-24, D-30, and D-36 cannot be configured.

10. Tap OK.

The adjustment value is now registered, and adjustment is complete.

323
 Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

The print head height setting affects printing quality.

Specifying a low print head height makes images clearer and enhances printing quality but may cause paper
to rub against the print head.

On the other hand, specifying a high print head height will prevent paper from rubbing against the print head
but may reduce the printing quality.

Important
• Paper rubbing against or becoming caught on the print head may jam or result in printed documents
that are soiled.

Note
• Raise or lower print head, depending on nature of the problem.

Paper rubs against the Print Head

The edges of the paper are dirty
Image edges are blurred or white banding occurs

1. Tap paper setting display area on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Paper menu screen appears.

2. Tap Paper settings.

The Paper settings screen appears.

3. Tap Advanced.
The Advanced paper settings screen appears.

4. Tap Paper Thickness (Head Height).

5. Drag slider to set paper thickness (head height) and tap OK.

324
 Note
• When Auto is set to ON, before printing, the printer automatically adjusts the print head height to
the level optimal for the ambient temperature and humidity. You can check the setting for the
previous print job in Values applied with auto settings.

Printer information
• When Auto is set to OFF, the setting selected during this procedure is applied.
• Depending on the type of paper, some setting values may not be available.

325
Adjusting Feed Amount

Adjusting Feed Amount

Adjusting Vacuum Strength

326
Adjusting Feed Amount

Selecting Feed Amount Adjustment Method

Automatic Banding Adjustment

Manual Banding Adjustment

Fine-Tuning Paper Feed Amount

Adjusting Line Length

327
 Selecting Feed Amount Adjustment Method

There are two methods of adjusting the paper feed amount, Prioritize print quality and Prioritize length
accuracy, either of which will be applied during printing.

Since the method that is applied during printing is determined from the value of the Set priority setting,
configure Set priority to match the print target.

Follow the procedure below to perform settings.

1. Load paper.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Maintenance.

4. Tap Paper feed adjustment.

5. Tap Set priority.

6. Tap paper to adjust.

7. Tap setting.
Auto
Prioritize print quality or Prioritize length accuracy is selected, depending on the setting as
selected in the printer driver at the time of printing.

Prioritize print quality

Adjusts the feed amount to reduce banding across the sheet in printed documents. Adjust print
quality settings are applied. When Paper feed fine adjustment is executed, the Paper feed fine
adjustment settings are applied in addition to the Adjust print quality settings.

Prioritize length accuracy

Adjusts the feed amount for better accuracy of lines in printed documents. The value of Change
adjustment values in Adjust feed length is applied.

8. Tap OK.

328
 Automatic Banding Adjustment

If printed images are affected by banding in different colors across the sheet, execute Adjust print quality
for automatic adjustment of the paper feed amount.

The printer prints and reads a test pattern for automatic adjustment of the feed amount.

Important
• When using highly transparent media, use manual adjustment.

Manual Banding Adjustment

Note
• We recommend executing the adjustment if you have changed the paper type or paper size.
• Always check the Set priority values.

Selecting Feed Amount Adjustment Method

• If additional fine-tuning is necessary, execute Paper feed fine adjustment.

Fine-Tuning Paper Feed Amount

• Use Adjust feed length to ensure that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length.

Adjusting Line Length

• This may take some time, depending on the type of paper.

Items to Prepare

When Using Rolls An unused roll at least 254.0 mm (10.00 in) wide

When Using Sheets One sheet of unused paper of at least A4/Letter size

Follow the procedure below to adjust.

1. Load paper.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Maintenance.

4. Tap Paper feed adjustment.

5. Tap Adjust print quality.

6. Tap Auto.

329
7. Tap paper to adjust.
A test pattern is printed for adjustment and adjustment is finished.

330
 Manual Banding Adjustment

If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, execute Adjust print quality for adjustment of
the paper feed amount.

Use manual adjustment with highly transparent media.

Manual adjustment requires you to enter an adjustment value after a test pattern is printed.

Note
• We recommend executing the adjustment if you have changed the paper type or paper size.
• Always check the Set priority values.

Selecting Feed Amount Adjustment Method

• If additional fine-tuning is necessary, execute Paper feed fine adjustment.

Fine-Tuning Paper Feed Amount

• Use Adjust feed length to ensure that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length.

Adjusting Line Length

Items to Prepare

When Using Rolls An unused roll at least 254.0 mm (10.00 in) wide

When Using Sheets Two sheets of unused paper of at least A4/Letter size

Follow the procedure below to adjust.

1. Load paper.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Important
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified. Adjustment cannot be
completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings.

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Maintenance.

4. Tap Paper feed adjustment.

5. Tap Adjust print quality.

6. Tap Manual.

331
 7. Tap paper to adjust.
Test pattern A is printed for manual adjustment.

Note
• When printing on sheets, follow the instructions on the screen and remove the sheet.

8. Examine test pattern A for adjustment. Determine pattern in which banding is least
noticeable.

Note
• If banding seems least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better,
choose an intermediate value. For example, choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or
12 is better.

9. Tap number you decided.

Test pattern B is printed for manual adjustment.

Note
• If you printed test pattern A on a sheet, follow the instructions on the screen and use another
sheet of the same type of paper. Additionally, after test pattern B is printed, follow the instructions
on the screen and remove the sheet.

10. Examine test pattern B for adjustment. Determine pattern in which banding is least
noticeable.

11. Tap number you decided.

The adjustment value is now registered, and adjustment is complete.

332
 Fine-Tuning Paper Feed Amount

If the contrast is uneven or banding in different colors appears at 30 mm (1.2 in) intervals in printed
documents, try executing Paper feed fine adjustment during printing to fine-tune the feed amount.

Note
• The Paper feed fine adjustment menu is only displayed during printing.
Additionally, it is displayed when you have selected Auto or Prioritize print quality in Set priority in
Paper feed adjustment.

• Always execute Adjust print quality before Paper feed fine adjustment.

Once you execute Adjust print quality, the Paper feed fine adjustment value will revert to 0.
Automatic Banding Adjustment
Manual Banding Adjustment

Follow the procedure below to adjust.

1. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

Menu Operations

2. Tap Maintenance.

3. Tap Paper feed fine adjustment.

4. Tap value.
At this time, if banding in dark colors appears, select a setting value in the range 1 to 5, and if banding in
light colors appears, select a setting value in the range -1 to -5.

333
 Adjusting Line Length

To ensure that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly the right length, use Adjust feed length to
adjust the amount that paper is advanced.

There are two options in Adjust feed length : Print alignment pattern and Change adjustment values.

Note
• We recommend executing the adjustment if you have changed the paper type or paper size.
• Always check the Set priority values before adjustment.

Selecting Feed Amount Adjustment Method

Items to Prepare

When Using Rolls • An unused roll at least 254.0 mm (10.00 in) wide
• High-precision ruler

When Using Sheets • One sheet of unused paper of at least A4/Letter size
• High-precision ruler

Follow the procedure below to adjust.

1. Load paper.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Important
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the type of paper specified. Adjustment cannot be
completed correctly unless the loaded paper matches the settings.

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Setup).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Maintenance.

4. Tap Paper feed adjustment.

5. Tap Adjust feed length.

6. Tap Print alignment pattern or Change adjustment values.

• If you tap Print alignment pattern:

The test pattern is printed for you to measure the scale and calculate the discrepancy.

The scale bar prints "Millimeter" in 50 mm increments and "Inch" in 1-inch increments.

334
 • If you tap Change adjustment values:

No test pattern is printed. Instead, you will measure a document already printed to determine the
discrepancy.

7. Tap amount of discrepancy.

If the scale is shorter than the actual size, use a positive setting value. If it is longer, use a negative
value.
The feed amount can be adjusted in 0.02% increments.

335
 Adjusting Vacuum Strength

When printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily, if the print head rubs against
paper, adjusting the level of suction against paper on the platen may improve results.

Important
• Paper rubbing against or becoming caught on the print head may jam or result in printed documents
that are soiled.

1. On the HOME screen, tap paper information area.

2. Tap Paper settings.

3. Tap Advanced.

4. Tap Transport unit vacuum strength.

5. Tap vacuum strength.

336
Maintenance and Consumables

Ink Tanks

Ink Tanks

Replacing Ink Tanks

Checking Ink Tank Levels

When to Replace Ink Tanks

Print Head

Print Head

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

Cleaning the Print Head

Replacing the Print Head

Maintenance Cartridge

Maintenance Cartridge

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity

When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge

Cutter Blade

Cutter Blade

Replacing the Cutter Blade

Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows)

Cleaning the Print Heads

Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern

Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS)

Opening Remote UI for Maintenance

Cleaning the Print Heads

Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern

Cleaning the Printer

337
 Cleaning the Printer Exterior

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

Cleaning the Print Head

Other Maintenance

Preparing to Transfer the Printer

Reinstalling the Printer

Firmware update

338
Ink Tanks

Ink Tanks

Replacing Ink Tanks

Checking Ink Tank Levels

When to Replace Ink Tanks

339
 Ink Tanks

When purchasing, check the Model number.

4.4 fl oz (130 ml)

Colors Model number

Matte Black PFI-120 MBK

Black PFI-120 BK

Cyan PFI-120 C

Magenta PFI-120 M

Yellow PFI-120 Y

10.1 fl oz (300 ml)

Colors Model number

Matte Black PFI-320 MBK

Black PFI-320 BK

Cyan PFI-320 C

Magenta PFI-320 M

Yellow PFI-320 Y

340
 Note
• For instructions on replacing the ink tanks, see Replacing Ink Tanks.

341
 Replacing Ink Tanks

Compatible Ink Tanks

For details on compatible ink tanks, see Ink Tanks.

You can replace ink tanks in 4.4 fl oz (130 ml) and 10.1 fl oz (300 ml).

Note
• Depending on the color, you can also use an ink tank with a different capacity.

Precautions When Handling Ink Tanks

Take the following precautions when handling ink tanks.

Caution
• For safety, keep ink tanks out of the reach of children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.

Important
• There may be ink around the ink holes of an ink tank you removed. Handle the ink tanks carefully
during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.
• Do not install ink tanks used in this printer in another model of printer. This will prevent correct ink
level detection, which may damage the printer or cause other problems.
• We recommend using up an ink tank in the course of printing within six months after breaking the
seal. Printing quality may be affected if you use older ink tanks.
• Do not leave the printer without ink tanks installed for extended periods (a month or more). Residual
ink may become clogged inside the printer and affect printing quality.

How to Replace an Ink Tank

If a message indicates you should replace an ink tank, check the message details and go to step 2.

1. Selecting Ink Tank Replacement from Menu

2. Removing Ink Tanks

Removing ink tank

3. Loading New Ink Tanks

Loading ink tank

Important
• Do not remove an ink tank during initialization immediately after turning on the printer, or during print
head cleaning. Ink may leak out.

Note
• Ink tank replacement is possible even during printing, when print jobs are being canceled, or when
paper is being advanced.

342
Selecting Ink Tank Replacement from Menu

1. Tap (Ink information) on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Current estimated ink levels screen appears.

2. Tap Replace.
Instructions for the ink tank replacement procedure appear on the touch screen.

Removing ink tank

1. Open ink tank cover.

Important
• Avoid jarring the printer a lot when replacing an ink tank. Handle the printer gently when
replacing tanks. Jarring the printer during printing may affect printing quality.

2. Press tip of ink tank lock lever of color for replacement horizontally and pull ink tank lock
lever up to open it.

343
3. Remove ink tank by grips (A), and then tap OK.

Important
• Do not turn off the printer, except transport preparation, while the ink tank is removed. It may
cause the interior of the ink tank cover to become soiled.
• Store the removed ink tank with ink remaining with the ink holes (B) facing up. Otherwise, ink
may leak and cause stains. Put the removed ink tank in a plastic bag and close the bag.

Note
• Dispose of the used ink tank in accordance with local regulations.

Loading ink tank

1. Before opening the pouch, tilt the ink tank to the left and right gently one or two times.
Agitate the ink in the ink tank by slowly rotating the ink tank upside-down and right side up repeatedly.

344
 Important
• Do not remove and agitate an ink tank that has already been installed in the printer. Ink may
leak out.
• Failure to agitate the ink tank may cause the ink components to precipitate and may affect
printing quality.

Note
• If the ink tank is at a low temperature, allow it to warm up to room temperature before installing.

2. Open the pouch and remove the ink tank.

Important
• Never touch the ink holes (B) or the metal contacts (C). This may cause stains, damage the ink
tank, and affect printing quality.

345
 • Avoid dropping the ink tank after removing it from the pouch. Otherwise, ink may leak and
cause stains.

3. Tap OK and insert ink tank into holder with ink holes down and metal contacts in front.

Important
• An ink tank cannot be loaded in the holder if the color or orientation is incorrect.

If the ink tank does not fit in the holder, do not force it into the holder. Reinstall while checking
the label color display, ink tank color, and ink tank orientation.

4. Push the ink tank lock lever closed until it clicks into place.

346
 Important
• Do not push the ink tank in by hand. Forcing the ink tank into the holder may damage the
printer.

• If a 4.4 fl oz (130 ml) ink tank is installed facing the wrong direction, the rotating part of the ink
tank lock lever come out of place. If this happens, open the ink tank lock lever to return it to the
proper position.

5. Close ink tank cover.

347
 Checking Ink Tank Levels

On the touch screen, you can check how much ink is left in the ink tank.

1. Tap (Ink information) on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Current estimated ink levels screen appears.

This printer has ink tanks (A) and sub-ink tanks (B). Even if ink runs out, printing can continue with ink in
the sub-ink tanks.

When the remaining ink is low, will appear on the remaining ink level. When ink runs out, will
appear. See the figure below.

If the touch screen indicates to replace the ink tank, replace the ink tank. If a message is displayed
indicating to check the remaining ink levels, or after tasks that consume a lot of ink such as large-format
printing or head cleaning, check the remaining levels and replace ink tank as needed.

Replacing Ink Tanks

Note
• Tap Order ink now to view the ink supplier information.
• When the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, will appear on the
remaining ink level.
• If an ink tank is not inserted, there is no ink tank display.

348
 When to Replace Ink Tanks

Replace or prepare to replace ink tanks in the following situations.

• If ink confirmation message appears on touch screen

If ink is low, the Status lamp lights orange and a notification message will appear on the touch screen.
You can continue to print, but prepare the ink tanks.

Checking Ink Tank Levels

• Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot of ink

If little ink is left, there may not be enough for large-format printing, head cleaning, and maintenance,
which require a lot of ink. Replace or prepare to replace the ink tanks in the following situations.

• If message for ink replacement appears on touch screen

When the ink runs out, the Status lamp flashes orange, a message regarding ink tanks replacement
appears on the touch screen, and printing is disabled. Replace the ink tank.

349
Print Head

Print Head

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

Cleaning the Print Head

Replacing the Print Head

350
 Print Head

When purchasing, check the Model number.

Model number: PF-06

Note
• For instructions on replacing the print head, see Replacing the Print Head.

351
 Checking for Nozzle Clogging

If printing is faint or affected by banding in different colors, make sure the print head nozzles are clear by
printing a test pattern to check the nozzles.

Important
• When using cut sheets, do not move the release lever until instructions (guidance) for removing the
paper are displayed.

Moving the release lever during printing or maintenance operations will cause the printer to stop.

Note
• By default, nozzles are checked at fixed intervals.
Auto maintenance settings

Paper to Prepare

When using rolls

An unused roll at least 10.00 inches (254.0 mm) wide

When using sheets

One sheet of unused paper of at least A4/Letter size

1. Load paper.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

2. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

3. Tap Print nozzle check pattern.

A confirmation message appears.

4. Tap Yes.
The printer now prints a test pattern for checking the nozzles.

5. Check the printing results.

If the horizontal lines are not faint or incomplete, the nozzles are clear.

352
If some sections of the horizontal lines are faint or incomplete, the nozzles for those colors are clogged.

If horizontal lines are faint or incomplete, execute print head cleaning.

Cleaning the Print Head

353
 Cleaning the Print Head

If printing is faint, cleaning the print head may improve results.

Choose one of three print head cleaning modes (Cleaning, Deep cleaning, or System cleaning),
depending on the problem to resolve.

• Cleaning
Use this mode if printing is faint or contains foreign substances. This method of cleaning consumes the
least amount of ink.

It takes about 2 to 3 minutes.

• Deep cleaning
Use this mode if no ink is ejected at all or if Cleaning does not solve the problem.

It takes about 3 minutes.

• System cleaning

Use this mode if printing is not improved after Deep cleaning. System cleaning consumes a very large
amount of ink. Performing this frequently consumes the ink faster. Perform this only when needed.

It takes about 4 minutes.

Important
• Do not remove the maintenance cartridge or ink tanks during Cleaning, Deep cleaning, or System
cleaning.

Ink may leak or an error may occur.

• If printing is not improved after System cleaning, the print head may be at the end of its service life.
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
• When using cut sheets, do not move the release lever until instructions (guidance) for removing the
paper are displayed.

Moving the release lever during printing or maintenance operations will cause the printer to stop.

Note
• Check the nozzle check pattern and select an ink group for which to perform cleaning as needed. You
can clean all print heads or select pattern 1 or 2 to clean the print heads with a clogged nozzle.

354
 • By default, nozzles are checked at fixed intervals.

Auto maintenance settings

Perform cleaning as follows.

1. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

2. Tap Print head cleaning.

3. Tap Cleaning, Deep cleaning, or System cleaning.

4. Tap ink group to be cleaned.

• All colors
• Pattern 1: MBK / BK
• Pattern 2: Y / M / C

A confirmation message appears.

5. Tap Yes.
Head cleaning is now executed.

6. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and determine whether cleaning has cleared the
nozzles.
Checking for Nozzle Clogging

355
 Replacing the Print Head

If the touch screen indicates to replace the print head or if instructed to do so by your Canon dealer, replace
the print head.

Compatible Print Head

For details on compatible print head, see Print Head.

Precautions When Handling Print Head

Take the following precautions when handling the print head.

Caution
• For safety, keep print head out of the reach of children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.
• Do not touch the print head immediately after printing. The print head becomes extremely hot, and
there is a risk of burns.

Important
• There may be ink around the nozzles of the print head you remove. Handle the print head carefully
during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.
• Do not open the print head pouch until immediately before installation. After removing the print head
from the pouch, install it right away. If the print head is left as is after the pouch is opened, the
nozzles may dry out, which may affect printing quality.

How to Replace Print Head

Caution
• When replacing the print head immediately after printing, wait a few minutes before replacing it. The
metal parts of the print head become hot during printing, and there is a risk of burns from touching
these parts.

Important
• Your hands may become dirty during print head replacement. Use the gloves provided in the box with
the new print head for replacement.

Note
• Prepare a new ink tank when ink levels are low.
• Prepare a new maintenance cartridge when the remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge is
low.

1. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

356
 The Maintenance screen appears.

2. Tap Head replacement.

A confirmation message appears.

3. Tap Yes.
Ink begins being drawn in. When it finishes, instructions for the print head replacement procedure
appear on the touch screen.
It takes about 1 to 2 minutes for ink to be drawn into the system and remove ink from the print head.

4. Open top cover.

5. If the print head locking cover and print head lock lever are dirty, use a damp cloth that
you have wrung out completely to wipe them clean.

Important
• Do not touch the linear scale (A) or carriage shaft (B). Touching these may cause malfunction.

357
 • Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so
as not to scratch the surface.

6. Pull down print head lock lever toward the front while holding its center (C) with your
fingertip.

7. Grab grip (D) and open print head locking cover.

358
8. Grab grips (E), remove print head, and then tap OK.

Important
• Never touch the metal contacts of the carriage. Furthermore, do not allow any dirt or debris to
become adhered to the metal contacts of the carriage. These may damage the printer.

Note
• Dispose of the used print head in accordance with local regulations.

9. Take new print head out of its pouch by grabbing grips (E).

359
10. Remove orange protective caps (F, G).
Grab grip (H) to remove protective cap (G).

Important
• Always carry the print head by holding its right and left grips. Never touch nozzle (I) or metal
contacts (J). This may damage the print head and affect printing quality.
• Never touch the ink holes (K). This may affect printing quality.

360
 • The inside surface of the protective cap is coated with ink to protect the nozzle. Be careful not
to touch these surfaces when removing the caps.
• The print head contains ink to protect the nozzle. We recommend removing the protective cap
while holding it over the pouch that contained the print head or otherwise safely out of the way
to avoid spilling ink and staining your clothes or the surrounding area. If ink accidentally spills,
wipe off the ink with a dry cloth.
• If you need to put a print head somewhere temporarily before installation, do not set it down
with the nozzles and metal contacts facing down. If the nozzles or metal contacts are damaged,
it may affect the printing quality.
• Do not reattach the removed protective part. Dispose of these materials in accordance with
local regulations.

11. Turn ink holes (K) toward the front and insert print head into carriage.
Insert the print head all the way into the carriage, while taking care to keep parts that were protected
by the protective caps from touching the carriage.

12. Grasp tab (D) of print head locking cover and lower it to front to lock print head.

361
13. While holding center part (C) of print head lock lever, lower it toward back.

14. Align angle adjustment lever with the red square position.

15. Close top cover.

362
Ink now fills the print head. It takes about 10 minutes.

Important
• While ink is being filled, definitely do not remove the ink tank or maintenance cartridge. Ink may
leak out.

Note
• Print head position adjustment is executed when Print pattern after new head is set to ON.
Follow the instructions on the touch screen to load paper.

Auto maintenance settings

363
Maintenance Cartridge

Maintenance Cartridge

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity

When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge

364
 Maintenance Cartridge

When purchasing, check the Model number.

Model number: MC-31

Note
• For instructions on replacing the maintenance cartridge, see Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge.

365
 Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

Compatible Maintenance Cartridges

For details on compatible maintenance cartridge, see Maintenance Cartridge.

Precautions When Handling Maintenance Cartridge

Take the following precautions when handling the maintenance cartridge.

Caution
• For safety, keep maintenance cartridge out of the reach of children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.

Important
• Do not remove the maintenance cartridge except to replace it. Ink may leak out.
• Do not remove a maintenance cartridge during initialization immediately after turning on the printer,
during print head cleaning, while ink is being drawn out, or during initialization immediately after
replacing the maintenance cartridge.

The maintenance cartridge may become damaged or ink may leak out.
• To prevent ink from leaking from a used maintenance cartridge, avoid dropping the cartridge or
storing it at an angle. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• Ink adheres to the top of the maintenance cartridge after it has been used. Handle the maintenance
cartridge carefully during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.

How to Replace a Maintenance Cartridge

If a message indicates you should replace a maintenance cartridge, check the message details and go to
step 4.

1. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

2. Tap Maintenance cartridge info.

The Maintenance cartridge info screen appears.

3. Tap Replace.
Instructions for the maintenance cartridge replacement procedure appear on the touch screen.

4. Open box, and remove plastic bag and maintenance cartridge.

366
 Important
• Never touch the metal contacts (A). This may damage the maintenance cartridge.

5. Open maintenance cartridge cover.

6. Hold the used maintenance cartridge by the grip (B) with one hand and put your other
hand under the maintenance cartridge to hold it firmly on the bottom, keeping it level as
you pull it out.

367
 Important
• A used maintenance cartridge is heavy. Always grasp the cartridge firmly and keep the
cartridge level during removal. If you drop a used maintenance cartridge or store it at an angle,
ink may leak and cause stains.

7. Put used maintenance cartridge in supplied plastic bag and store on flat surface.

8. Check the top and bottom of the maintenance cartridge, place in the box, and store the
box on a flat surface.

Important
• Always put the used maintenance cartridge back in the box and store the box on a flat surface.

Note
• Dispose of the used maintenance cartridge in accordance with local regulations.

9. Wipe away any soiling on the maintenance cartridge cover.

368
 Important
• Support the maintenance cartridge cover from underneath as you wipe it.

10. Keeping the new maintenance cartridge level, insert it all the way in.
The maintenance cartridge is initialized.

Important
• Do not remove the maintenance cartridge during initialization immediately after replacing the
maintenance cartridge. The maintenance cartridge may become damaged.

11. Close maintenance cartridge cover.

369
 Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity

The maintenance cartridge absorbs excess ink from borderless printing and print head cleaning. You can
confirm the remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge by checking the touch screen.

1. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

2. Tap Maintenance cartridge info.

The Maintenance cartridge info screen appears.

If the touch screen indicates to replace the maintenance cartridge, replace the maintenance cartridge.

If a message appears indicating to check the remaining capacity of the maintenance cartridge, or before
tasks that deplete much of the capacity such as head cleaning or preparations to move the printer, check
the remaining maintenance cartridge capacity and prepare a new maintenance cartridge as needed.

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

370
 When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge

Replace or prepare to replace the maintenance cartridge in the following situations.

• If maintenance cartridge confirmation message appears on touch screen

When the maintenance cartridge is almost used up, the Status lamp lights orange and a notification
message will appear on the touch screen. You can continue to print, but check the remaining
maintenance cartridge capacity and prepare to replace the maintenance cartridge with a new one.

Checking the Remaining Maintenance Cartridge Capacity

• When the maintenance cartridge capacity is drastically depleted

Print head cleaning, print head replacement, and preparations to transfer the printer deplete much of the
maintenance cartridge capacity. (In particular, preparing to move the printer depletes a lot of the
capacity.)

Check the remaining maintenance cartridge capacity before this maintenance and replace the
maintenance cartridge if necessary.

• If message for maintenance cartridge replacement appears on touch screen

When the maintenance cartridge is used up, the Status lamp blinks orange, a message regarding
maintenance cartridge replacement appears on the touch screen, and printing is disabled. Replace the
maintenance cartridge with a new one.

371
Cutter Blade

Cutter Blade

Replacing the Cutter Blade

372
 Cutter Blade

When purchasing, check the Model number.

Model number: CT-08

Note
• For instructions on replacing the cutter blade, see Replacing the Cutter Blade.

373
 Replacing the Cutter Blade

Compatible Cutter Blade

For details on compatible cutter blade, see Cutter Blade.

How to Replace Cutter Blade

1. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

2. Tap Replace cutter blade unit.

A confirmation message appears.

3. Tap Yes.
The carriage moves and after it stops moving, instructions for the cutter blade replacement procedure
appear on the touch screen.

4. If cutter blade is dirty, use damp cloth that you have wrung out completely to wipe it
clean.

Important
• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so
as not to scratch the surface.

5. Turn hex screw with hex wrench until loose.

6. Remove cutter blade while holding A.

374
 Caution
• Never touch any part other than A. This may stain your hands or cause injury. Additionally, this
may damage the printer.
• Do not disassemble the cutter blade. Touching the blade may cause injury.

Note
• Dispose of the used cutter blade in accordance with local regulations.

7. Install new cutter blade while aligning B to C and D to E.

8. Turn hex screw until securely fixed.

375
 Important
• After the cutter blade is secured, check that the cutter blade does not come off. If the cutter
blade comes off, this may damage the printer.

9. Tap Done.

10. Tap Yes.

376
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer
(macOS)

Opening Remote UI for Maintenance

Cleaning the Print Heads

Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern

377
 Opening Remote UI for Maintenance

You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.

1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners

2. Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...

3. Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab

Remote UI starts.

Note
• The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, see "Password and Cookie."

Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer Used in Shared Environment)
Confirm the Printer Paper Information

378
 Cleaning the Print Heads

The print head cleaning and Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform
print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink.
If you perform Cleaning and the condition still does not improve, perform system cleaning.

The procedure for cleaning is as follows:

Cleaning

1. Select Utilities from Remote UI

2. Click Cleaning
Before running the cleaning, check the following items:
Check that the printer power is on. Then open the ink tank cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.

• Is there ink remaining in the tank?

• Is the ink tank attached properly?
If the ink lamp is not lit, remove it and attach it again.
• Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?

3. Execute cleaning
Click Yes.

Print head cleaning starts.

4. Check the results

Check the print results.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.

Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform
cleaning only when necessary.

Deep cleaning
Deep cleaning is more thorough than cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.

1. Select Utilities from Remote UI

2. Click Deep cleaning

Before running the deep cleaning, check the following items:

379
 Check that the printer power is on. Then open the ink tank cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep cleaning.
• Is there ink remaining in the tank?
• Is the ink tank attached properly?
If the ink lamp is not lit, remove it and attach it again.
• Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?

3. Execute deep cleaning

Click Yes.
Print head deep cleaning starts.

4. Check the results

Check the print results.

Important
• Deep cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform
cleaning only when necessary.

System cleaning
Execute System cleaning if the status does not improve even after Deep cleaning is performed.

1. Select Utilities from Remote UI

2. Click System cleaning

Before running the system cleaning, check the following items:

Check that the printer power is on. Then open the ink tank cover.
Check the following items for each ink.

• Is there ink remaining in the tank?

• Is the ink tank attached properly?
If the ink lamp is not lit, remove it and attach it again.
• Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?

In addition, System cleaning consumes an extremely large amount of ink.

Before executing this function, check the items below. Then, if you feel it necessary, execute System
cleaning.
• Did you use Print nozzle check pattern to check the nozzle status and was there a problem?
• Did the status remain unchanged even after Deep cleaning was executed?

3. Execute system cleaning

Click Yes.

System cleaning starts.

380
4. Check the results
Check the print results.

Important
• System cleaning consumes an extremely large amount of ink.
Executing system cleaning frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Therefore, execute
system cleaning only when necessary.

Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern

381
 Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern

The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a
nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print.

The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows:

Print nozzle check pattern

1. Select Utilities from Remote UI

2. Click Print nozzle check pattern

Before printing the nozzle check pattern, check the following items:
Check that the printer power is on. Then open the ink tank cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Print nozzle check pattern.

• Is there ink remaining in the tank?

• Is the ink tank attached properly?
If the ink lamp is not lit, remove it and attach it again.
• Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?

3. Print a nozzle check pattern

Click Yes.
Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins.

4. Check the print result

Check the print result.

(A) As long as the horizontal lines are in line, and not missing, the nozzle is working normally.
(B) Where the horizontal lines are not in line or are missing, the color nozzle is blocked.

From the nozzle check pattern printing results, if it becomes patchy or there are areas that cannot be
printed, clean the print heads from Cleaning.

Related Topic
Cleaning the Print Heads

382
Cleaning the Printer

Cleaning the Printer Exterior

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

Cleaning the Print Head

383
 Cleaning the Printer Exterior

Clean the printer regularly to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.

To ensure a comfortable working environment, clean the printer exterior about once a month.

1. Turn printer off.

Turning the Printer On and Off

2. Unplug power cord from outlet.

Caution
• Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning or maintenance.
Accidentally leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the
printer.

3. Wring out soft cloth with water or watered-down neutral detergent, and use it to wipe off dirt.
Clean the printer exterior and the power cord plug.

Warning
• Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol, benzene, or thinner. If these substances come
into contact with electrical components inside the printer, there is a risk of fire or electrical shock.

Important
• If the output guide is dirty, it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut. We recommend
cleaning the output guide even if it does not appear dirty, because it may actually be covered with
paper dust.

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as
not to scratch the surface.
• When neutral detergent is used, be sure to wipe off the detergent with soft cloth with water.

4. When dirt is wiped off, wipe off water with dry soft cloth.

5. Plug power cord into outlet.

384
 Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

Clean inside the top cover about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.

Also clean inside the top cover in the following situations to ensure optimal operation.

• If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing

• After you have used up a roll
• After borderless printing
• After printing on small paper
• After printing on paper that generates a lot of cutting debris
• If you have replaced the roll
• After printing on paper that generates a lot of paper dust
• After printing on adhesive paper

Important
• If the platen inside the top cover becomes dirty, it may soil the underside of paper. We recommend
cleaning the platen after borderless printing or printing on small paper.
• If the output guide is dirty, it may soil the edge of the paper when the paper is cut. We recommend
cleaning the output guide even if it does not appear dirty, because it may actually be covered with
paper dust.
• Printing on adhesive paper may leave adhesive on the platen, paper retainer, or other parts. To prevent
paper jams, we recommend cleaning inside the top cover after printing.

1. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.

Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

2. Tap Platen cleaning.

A confirmation message appears.

3. Tap Yes.
The carriage moves and after it stops moving, instructions appear on the touch screen.

4. Open top cover.

385
5. If paper dust has accumulated in vacuum holes (A) on platen or in borderless printing ink
grooves (B), use cleaning brush (C), provided with printer, to wipe it away.

Important
• Do not touch the linear scale (D) or carriage shaft (E). Touching these may cause malfunction.

Note
• If the cleaning brush is dirty, rinse it in water.

6. Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely, wipe inside the top cover to clean
it.

386
Wipe away any ink residue and paper dust (debris from cutting) on entire platen (F), paper retainer (G),
borderless printing ink grooves (H), and output guide (I), and so on.

Warning
• Never use flammable solvents such as alcohol, benzene, or thinner. If these substances come
into contact with electrical components inside the printer, there is a risk of fire or electrical shock.

Important
• Do not use a dry cloth to wipe inside the top cover. This may create a static charge, which may
attract dust and affect the printing quality.
• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as
not to scratch the surface.

Note
• When cleaning between the platen and ejection guide, use a damp cloth that you have wrung out
completely to wipe over the output tray and along grooves.

387
2. Close top cover.

388
Other Maintenance

Preparing to Transfer the Printer

Reinstalling the Printer

Firmware update

389
 Preparing to Transfer the Printer

To protect the internal parts in transit, always follow these steps before transferring the printer to a new
location.

For details on packing the printer and installing it after transfer, see Reinstalling the Printer.

Important
• Avoid tilting the printer excessively in transit. This may cause ink in the printer to leak and cause stains.

Note
• The maintenance cartridge replacement may be required when you execute the Prepare to move
menu. Prepare the maintenance cartridge in advance while referring below. The number of
maintenance cartridge required varies depending on the amount remaining in the maintenance
cartridge being used.
• If you can move the printer in a level state using casters or something similar, you do not need to
execute Prepare to move.
• Always follow the instructions of the service representative when preparing to transfer the printer.

The following lists transport restrictions by type of transport.

Move on the same floor

Usage Examples: Move indoors by carrying

• Transport and storage in low temperature environments: No
• Required maintenance cartridges: 1

Transport outdoors

Usage Examples: Transport by vehicle

• Transport and storage in low temperature environments: Yes
• Required maintenance cartridges: 1

Preparing for Transportation

1. Remove the paper.

• Rolls

Removing the Roll from the Printer

• Sheet

Removing Sheets

2. If touch screen indicates to replace maintenance cartridge, replace maintenance

cartridge.
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

390
3. Tap (Setup) > Maintenance on HOME screen.
Touch Screen

The Maintenance screen appears.

4. Tap Prepare to move.

5. Tap Move on the same floor or Transport outdoors.

A confirmation message appears.

6. Tap Yes.
The printer is now prepared for transfer.
When the preparation is finished, a message prompting you to open the ink tank cover appears on the
touch screen.

Important
• If consumables must be replaced, a message appears on the touch screen, and preparation is
disabled. If the message appears, tap OK and contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

7. Open ink tank cover to remove all ink tanks.

Replacing Ink Tanks

8. Push all ink tank lock levers closed until they click into place.

9. Close ink tank cover.

Ink is now drawn into the maintenance cartridge.

A confirmation message will appear when the process is finished.

Important
• Do not remove the maintenance cartridge except when the message indicating replacement is
displayed.

391
 If you remove the maintenance cartridge while ink is being removed, the ink may leak out.

10. Press ON button and turn off printer.

Packing Printer

1. Disconnect power cord and interface cable.

Important
• Turn off the printer before you unplug it. Unplugging the printer before it is off and moving it may
damage the printer. If you accidentally unplug the printer, plug it in again, reinstall the ink tanks,
and follow this procedure again.

2. Tape down printer covers to secure them, in the reverse order of tape removal during
installation.

3. Remove the stand by reversing the installation procedure, when it was attached to the
printer.

4. Disassemble and repackage the stand by following the installation procedure in reverse.

5. Repack roll holder, holder stopper, and printer in shipping materials, and then package
them in shipping box.

392
 Reinstalling the Printer

The basic workflow for reinstalling the printer is as follows.

For detailed instructions, see the Setup Guide.

Assemble the stand (Option)

1. To use the optional stand, assemble the stand by referring to the Printer Stand Setup
Guide that was provided with the stand.

Caution
• The stand must be assembled by at least two people on a flat surface. Attempting assembly by
yourself poses a risk of injury or bending the Stand.

• When assembling the stand, lock all four of the casters. Attempting to move the stand when the
casters are locked poses a risk of injury or damage to the location site.

• Before moving the assembled stand, lift the support rod to the position shown (A) and unlock all
four casters. Moving the stand with the support rod lowered or the casters locked may cause
injury or damage the area of installation or basket cloth.

393
Install the printer

1. Mount the printer on the assembled stand and tighten the screws firmly.

Caution
• Moving the printer requires at least three people. Be careful to avoid back strain and other
injuries.

394
 • When moving the printer, firmly grasp the carrying grips. The printer may be unsteady if you
hold it at other positions, which poses a risk of injury from dropping the printer.

• When placing the printer on the stand, lock all four of the casters of the stand. Attempting to
place the printer on the stand while the casters are not locked poses a risk of injury.

2. Remove tape and packaging material attached to the printer.

395
3. Connect the power cord to the power cord connector on the right side of the printer.

4. Plug the power cord into the outlet.

5. Press ON button to turn on printer.

When "Install the printer here? Do not install the ink tanks yet." appears, tap Yes.

6. When instructions for loading ink tank appear on operation panel, open ink tank cover
and load ink tank.

7. Loading Rolls on the roll holder

(See "Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder.")

396
8. Load the Roll Media in the printer.
(See "Loading Rolls in the Printer.")

9. Install the software.

Note that the driver installation procedure varies depending on the type of connection.

(See "Installing the Printer Driver" (Windows).)

(See "Installing the Printer Driver" (macOS).)

Important
• When the printer is connected to a network (via TCP/IP), the printer's IP address may be
changed if you reinstall the printer.

In this case, be sure to reconfigure the printer's IP address.

397
 Firmware update

This setting item is displayed by tapping Device settings after tapping (Setup) on the HOME
screen.

Important
• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.

You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.

Note
• If LAN is disabled, you can not use Install update, DNS server setup, Proxy server setup.

• Install update

Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the on-
screen instructions to perform update.

Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.

Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.

• Check the network settings such as a wireless router.

• If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the touch screen, select OK and try again
after a while.

• Check current version

You can check the current firmware version.

• Update notification setting

When Yes is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the touch screen.

• DNS server setup

Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.

• Proxy server setup

Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings.

398
Specifications

Specifications

Print Area

399
 Specifications

Important
• The following values may vary depending on the operating environment.

Printer
Power supply 100-240 V AC (50/60 Hz)

Power consumption When printing: 69 W max. *1

In Sleep mode: 3.6 W max. *1

When power is off: 0.3 W max. *2

*1 Wired LAN connection

*2 The printer uses a trace amount of power even when turned off. To stop all
power consumption, turn off the printer and unplug the power cord.

Operating environment Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)

Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (with no condensation)

Dimensions (W x D x H) Printer and Stand SD-32 (Extended position A)*:

Approx. 50.8 x 35 x 41.8 inches (1289 x 887 x 1060 mm)

Printer and Stand SD-32 (Extended position B)*:

Approx. 50.8 x 43.4 x 41.8 inches (1289 x 1100 x 1060 mm)

* For Extended position, see Using the Basket.

Weight Printer and Stand SD-32 (without print head and ink tanks):

Approx. 132 lb (60 kg)

Space for installation (W x D x Printer and Stand SD-32:

H) Approx. 66.5 x 67 x 53.6 inches (1689 x 1700 x 1360 mm)

Printing performance
Print method Bubblejet

Maximum resolution 2400 dpi (horizontally) * x 1200 dpi (vertically)

* Prints with a minimum 1/2400 inch dot pitch between ink droplets.

Print head PF-06

Number of nozzles MBK: 5120 nozzles, others: each 2560 nozzles

Memory
Memory 2 GB

400
 Interface
You can use both USB and LAN at the same time.

You cannot use Wi-Fi and wired LAN at the same time.

USB Hi-Speed USB *

* To use Hi-Speed USB, your computer must support Hi-Speed USB. Addition-
ally, the Hi-Speed USB interface is completely backward compatible with USB
1.1, so the printer can be connected even if the computer interface is USB 1.1.

USB memory USB flash drive

LAN Wired LAN: IEEE802.3ab (1000BASE-T) / IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX) /

IEEE802.3 (10BASE-T)
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b

Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP (Canon-MIB compatible), HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6), FTP

Wired LAN specifications Compliance standards: IEEE802.3ab (1000BASE-T) / IEEE802.3u

(100BASE-TX) / IEEE802.3 (10BASE-T)

Transmission speed: 10 Mbps / 100 Mbps / 1000 Mbps (automatically selec-

ted)

Wi-Fi specifications Compliance standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b

Frequency range: 2.4 GHz

Channels: 1-11 or 1-13 *

* Varies by country and region.

Effective range: Indoors 164 feet/50 m *

* Varies according to environmental conditions.

Security:

WEP (64/128 bits)

WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)

WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)

Setup:

WPS (push button method/PIN code method)

WCN (WCN-NET)

Easy wireless connect

Other: Admin password

Operating Conditions
If operating conditions of the operating system are high, follow those.

401
 Windows
Compatible Operating System (Stand- 32-bit version:
ard supplied printer driver) Windows 10

Windows 8.1

Windows 7

Use the latest Service Pack available.

64-bit version:

Windows 10

Windows 8.1

Windows 7

Windows Server 2008 R2

Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2012 R2

Windows Server 2016

Use the latest Service Pack available.

Recommended operating environment * CPU: Pentium 4 or later, or Athlon 64 or later processor

Memory: 1 GB or more

Free hard disk space: 20 GB or more

* Depending on the application software and data being used, the printer may not output correctly even
with the above environmental conditions.

macOS
Compatible Operating System (Stand- OS X 10.10.5 - OS X 10.11, macOS 10.12 - macOS 10.13
ard supplied printer driver)

Recommended operating environment CPU: Intel multi-core processor or later

* Memory: 2 GB or more

Free hard disk space: 20 GB or more

* Depending on the application software and data being used, the printer may not output correctly even
with the above environmental conditions.

• An Internet connection is required to use the Online Manual.

• To install the software while using Windows, you must have a CD-ROM drive or a network
connection.
• To install the software while using macOS, you must have a network connection.

Ink
For information on the ink the printer supports, see Ink Tanks.

402
 Paper
For details on the compatible media types, see Paper Information List.

Paper width For details on the paper widths supported by the printer, see Paper Sizes.

Minimum paper length 11.00 inches (279.4 mm)

Maximum printable length Rolls: 59 feet (18 m) *

* Varies depending on the operating system or application.

Sheets: 5.2 feet (1.6 m)

Thickness Rolls: 3-31 mil (0.07-0.8 mm)

Sheets: 3-31 mil (0.07-0.8 mm)

Roll maximum outer diameter 5.9 inches (150 mm) or shorter

Supported paper core inner diam- 2.00 inches/3.00 inches (50.8 mm/76.2 mm)
eter

Print area For details about Print Area, see Print Area.

403
 Print Area

A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer. Except in
borderless printing, the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size minus the space for this margin.

Note
• Printable Area: The area that can be printed.
• For borderless printing with roll paper, the margin is 0 inch (0 mm).
However, depending on the paper size, minor margins may be available.

Printing without Edges Based on the Scenarios (Windows)

Printing without Edges Based on the Scenarios (macOS)

• Recommended Print Area: We recommend printing within this area.

• To match the document size with the actual printing area, print on oversize paper with the required
margin added.

Printing to Oversized Paper Sizes (Windows)

Printing to Oversized Paper Sizes (macOS)

Sheets

Printable Area:

A margin of 0.2 inch (3 mm) on top, 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) on bottom*, and 0.2 inch (3 mm) on left and right
sides is required.

Recommended Print Area:

A margin of 0.8 inch (20 mm) on top, 0.8 inch (20 mm) on bottom*, and 0.2 inch (3 mm) on left and right
sides is required.

* The bottom margin for cut sheet depends on an OS and applications.

A: Top Edge
B: Bottom Edge
C: Left Edge
D: Right Edge

404
 Rolls

Printable Area:

A margin of 0.2 inch (3 mm) on top and bottom and 0.2 inch (3 mm) on left and right sides is required. For
borderless printing, the margins on top, bottom, left, and right are 0 inch (0 mm). For paper that supports
borderless printing, see Paper Information List.

Recommended Print Area:

A margin of 0.8 inch (20 mm) on top, 0.2 inch (3 mm) on bottom, and 0.2 inch (3 mm) on left and right
sides is required.

A: Top Edge
B: Bottom Edge
C: Left Edge
D: Right Edge

405
Safety

Safety Precautions

Regulatory Information

WEEE (EU&EEA)

When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer

406
Safety Precautions

Choosing a location
• Never install the printer on an unstable or vibrating surface.
• Do not install the printer in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close
to a heating source.
To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the printer under the operating environment specified in
the Specifications.
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer with its back attached to the wall.
• We recommend ensuring ample space for installation.
• Do not install the printer near sources of strong electromagnetic fields, whether equipment that
generates such fields or places where such fields occur.

Power Supply
• Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the
power cord if necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.
• Do not use an extension lead/cord.

Working Around the Printer

• Never put your hands or fingers in the printer while it is printing.
• Moving the printer requires at least 3 people, holding it on the left, right, and rear sides. Be careful to
avoid back strain and other injuries due to the weight of the printer.
• When moving the printer, firmly grasp the carrying handles under each side and at the rear side.
Holding the printer at other positions is dangerous and cause injury and damage if the printer is
dropped.
• When using and transferring the printer, do not tilt it, stand it on its side, or turn it upside down. There
is a risk of the ink spilling.
• When transferring the printer tilted, always perform the steps in "Preparing to Transfer the Printer" in
order to protect the internal structure.
• Do not place any object on the printer. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples,
etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the printer.

Print Heads/Ink Tanks/Maintenance Cartridges

• Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out
mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical
advice immediately.
• In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with
skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice
immediately.

407
• Never touch the electrical contacts on a print head after printing.
The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.
• Do not throw ink tanks and maintenance cartridges into fire.
• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the print head, ink tanks, and maintenance cartridges.
• Avoid dropping or shaking print head, ink tanks, and maintenance cartridges.

408
 Regulatory Information

Users in the U.S.A.

FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10488 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30357)

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
FCC ID:AZDK30357

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.

Canon U.S.A., Inc.

One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666

409
 Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.

410
 WEEE (EU&EEA)

Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)

These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to
the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU), the Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) and/or national legislation
implementing those Directives. If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, in
accordance with the Battery Directive, this indicates that a heavy metal (Hg = Mercury, Cd = Cadmium,
Pb = Lead) is present in this battery or accumulator at a concentration above an applicable threshold
specified in the Battery Directive. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point,
e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized
collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) and batteries and
accumulators. Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on the environment
and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. Your
cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about the recycling of this product, please contact your local city office,
waste authority, approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www.canon-
europe.com/weee, or www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und

Liechtenstein)

Diese Symbole weisen darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß WEEE-Richtlinie (2012/19/EU; Richtlinie
über Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräte), Batterien-Richtlinie (2006/66/EG) und nationalen Gesetzen zur
Umsetzung dieser Richtlinien nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden darf. Falls sich unter dem oben
abgebildeten Symbol ein chemisches Symbol befindet, bedeutet dies gemäß der Batterien-Richtlinie,
dass in dieser Batterie oder diesem Akkumulator ein Schwermetall (Hg = Quecksilber, Cd = Cadmium, Pb
= Blei) in einer Konzentration vorhanden ist, die über einem in der Batterien-Richtlinie angegebenen
Grenzwert liegt. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden.
Dies kann z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines neuen ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer
autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten sowie
Batterien und Akkumulatoren geschehen. Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund
potenziell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell mit Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen,
negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch Ihre Mitarbeit bei
der umweltgerechten Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher
Ressourcen bei. Um weitere Informationen über die Wiederverwertung dieses Produkts zu erhalten,
wenden Sie sich an Ihre Stadtverwaltung, den öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, eine autorisierte
Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihr örtliches

411
Entsorgungsunternehmen oder besuchen Sie www.canon-europe.com/weee, oder www.canon-
europe.com/battery.

Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.

Ces symboles indiquent que ce produit ne doit pas être mis au rebut avec les ordures ménagères, comme
le spécifient la Directive européenne DEEE (2012/19/UE), la Directive européenne relative à l'élimination
des piles et des accumulateurs usagés (2006/66/CE) et les lois en vigueur dans votre pays appliquant ces
directives. Si un symbole de toxicité chimique est imprimé sous le symbole illustré ci-dessus
conformément à la Directive relative aux piles et aux accumulateurs, il indique la présence d'un métal
lourd (Hg = mercure, Cd = cadmium, Pb = plomb) dans la pile ou l'accumulateur à une concentration
supérieure au seuil applicable spécifié par la Directive. Ce produit doit être confié au distributeur à chaque
fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis en place par les collectivités
locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et Électroniques (DEEE). Le
traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions sur l'environnement et la
santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement dangereuses généralement
associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Votre entière coopération dans le cadre de la
mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour
plus d'informations sur le recyclage de ce produit, contactez vos services municipaux, votre éco-
organisme ou les autorités locales compétentes, ou consultez le site www.canon-europe.com/weee, ou
www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,

IJsland en Liechtenstein)

Met deze symbolen wordt aangegeven dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn
(2012/19/EU), de richtlijn 2006/66/EG betreffende batterijen en accu's en/of de plaatselijk geldende
wetgeving waarin deze richtlijnen zijn geïmplementeerd, niet bij het normale huisvuil mag worden
weggegooid. Indien onder het hierboven getoonde symbool een chemisch symbool gedrukt staat, geeft dit
in overeenstemming met de richtlijn betreffende batterijen en accu's aan dat deze batterij of accu een
zwaar metaal bevat (Hg = kwik, Cd = cadmium, Pb = lood) waarvan de concentratie de toepasselijke
drempelwaarde in overeenstemming met de genoemde richtlijn overschrijdt. Dit product dient te worden
ingeleverd bij een hiervoor aangewezen inzamelpunt, bijv. door dit in te leveren bij een hiertoe erkend
verkooppunt bij aankoop van een gelijksoortig product, of bij een officiële inzameldienst voor de recycling
van elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA) en batterijen en accu's. Door de potentieel gevaarlijke
stoffen die gewoonlijk gepaard gaan met EEA, kan onjuiste verwerking van dit type afval mogelijk
nadelige gevolgen hebben voor het milieu en de menselijke gezondheid. Uw medewerking bij het op juiste
wijze weggooien van dit product draagt bij tot effectief gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor verdere
informatie over recycling van dit product kunt u contact opnemen met uw plaatselijke gemeente,

412
afvaldienst, officiële dienst voor klein chemisch afval of afvalstortplaats, of kunt u terecht op www.canon-
europe.com/weee, of www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,

Islandia y Liechtenstein)

Estos iconos indican que este producto no debe desecharse con los residuos domésticos de acuerdo con
la Directiva sobre RAEE (2012/19/UE) y la Directiva sobre Pilas y Acumuladores (2006/66/CE) y/o la
legislación nacional. Si aparece un símbolo químico bajo este icono, de acuerdo con la Directiva sobre
Pilas y Acumuladores, significa que la pila o el acumulador contiene metales pesados (Hg = Mercurio, Cd
= Cadmio, Pb = Plomo) en una concentración superior al límite especificado en dicha directiva. Este
producto deberá entregarse en un punto de recogida designado, por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de
venta al adquirir un producto nuevo similar o en un centro autorizado para la recogida de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE), baterías y acumuladores. La gestión incorrecta de este tipo de
residuos puede afectar al medio ambiente y a la salud humana debido a las sustancias potencialmente
nocivas que suelen contener estos aparatos. Su cooperación en la correcta eliminación de este producto
contribuirá al correcto aprovechamiento de los recursos naturales. Los usuarios tienen derecho a
devolver pilas, acumuladores o baterías usados sin coste alguno. El precio de venta de pilas,
acumuladores y baterías incluye el coste de la gestión medioambiental de su desecho, y no es necesario
mostrar la cuantía de dicho coste en la información y la factura suministradas a los usuarios finales. Si
desea más información sobre el reciclado de este producto, póngase en contacto con su municipio, el
servicio o el organismo encargado de la gestión de residuos domésticos o visite www.canon-europe.com/
weee, o www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,

Islàndia i Liechtenstein)

Aquests símbols indican que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar amb les escombraries de la llar, d’acord
amb la RAEE (2012/19/UE), la Directiva relativa a piles i acumuladors (2006/66/CE) i la legislació
nacional que implementi aquestes directives. Si al costat d’aquest símbol hi apareix imprès un símbol
químic, segons especifica la Directiva relativa a piles i acumuladors, significa que la bateria o
l’acumulador conté un metall pesant (Hg = mercuri, Cd = cadmi, Pb = plom) en una concentració superior
al límit aplicable especificat en la Directiva. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un dels punts de
recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant un per un en comprar un producte similar o lliurant-lo
en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i electrònics (RAEE) i piles
i acumuladors. La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu en
l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment estan
associades a l'RAEE. La vostra cooperació a l’hora de rebutjar correctament aquest producte contribuirà
a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Els usuaris tenen dret a retornar les bateries o els

413
acumuladors usats sense cap càrrec. El preu de venda de les bateries i els acumuladors inclou el cost de
la gestió ambiental dels residus i no es necessari mostrar l’import d’aquest cost en aquest fullet o en la
factura que es lliuri a l’usuari final. Per a més informació sobre el reciclatge d’aquest producte, contacteu
amb l’oficina municipal, les autoritats encarregades dels residus, el pla de residus homologat o el servei
de recollida d’escombraries domèstiques de la vostra localitat o visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee, o
www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)

Questi simboli indicano che il prodotto non può essere smaltito con i rifiuti domestici, ai sensi della
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE), della Direttiva sulle Batterie (2006/66/CE) e/o delle leggi nazionali che
attuano tali Direttive. Se sotto il simbolo indicato sopra è riportato un simbolo chimico, in osservanza della
Direttiva sulle batterie, tale simbolo indica la presenza di un metallo pesante (Hg = Mercurio, Cd =
Cadmio, Pb = Piombo) nella batteria o nell'accumulatore con un livello di concentrazione superiore a una
soglia applicabile specificata nella Direttiva sulle batterie. Il prodotto deve essere conferito a un punto di
raccolta designato, ad esempio il rivenditore in caso di acquisto di un nuovo prodotto simile oppure un
centro di raccolta autorizzato per il riciclaggio di rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche (RAEE)
nonché di batterie e accumulatori. Un trattamento improprio di questo tipo di rifiuti può avere
conseguenze negative sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana a causa delle sostanze potenzialmente nocive
solitamente contenute in tali rifiuti. La collaborazione dell'utente per il corretto smaltimento di questo
prodotto contribuirà a un utilizzo efficace delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di incorrere in sanzioni
amministrative ai sensi dell'art. 255 e successivi del Decreto Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori
informazioni sul riciclaggio di questo prodotto, contattare le autorità locali, l'ente responsabile della
raccolta dei rifiuti, un rivenditore autorizzato o il servizio di raccolta dei rifiuti domestici, oppure visitare il
sito www.canon-europe.com/weee, o www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e

Liechtenstein)

Estes símbolos indicam que este produto não deve ser eliminado juntamente com o seu lixo doméstico,
segundo a Diretiva REEE de 2012/19/UE, a Diretiva de Baterias (2006/66/CE) e/ou a sua legislação
nacional que transponha estas Diretivas. Se houver um símbolo químico impresso como mostrado
abaixo, de acordo com a Diretiva de Baterias, isto indica que um metal pesado (Hg = Mercúrio, Cd =
Cádmio, Pb = Chumbo) está presente nesta pilha ou acumulador, numa concentração acima de um limite
aplicável especificado na Diretiva. Este produto deve ser entregue num ponto de recolha designado, por
exemplo num local autorizado de troca quando compra um equipamento novo idêntico, ou num local de
recolha autorizado para reciclar equipamento elétrico e eletrónico (EEE) em fim de vida, bem como pilhas
e baterias. O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduos pode ter um impacto negativo no ambiente e
na saúde humana, devido a substâncias potencialmente perigosas que estão associadas com

414
equipamentos do tipo EEE. A sua cooperação no tratamento correto deste produto irá contribuir para a
utilização mais eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para obter mais informações acerca de como reciclar este
produto, por favor contacte as suas autoridades locais responsáveis pela matéria, serviço de recolha
aprovado para pilhas e baterias ou serviço de recolha de resíduos sólidos domésticos da sua
municipalidade, ou visite www.canon-europe.com/weee, ou www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og

Liechtenstein)

Disse symboler betyder, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation i henhold til
WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EF) og/eller den lokale lovgivning, som disse
direktiver er gennemført i. Hvis der i overensstemmelse med batteridirektivet er trykt et kemisk symbol
under det symbol, der er vist ovenfor, betyder det, at batteriet eller akkumulatoren indeholder tungmetaller
(Hg = kviksølv, Cd = cadmium, Pb = bly) i en koncentration, som ligger over de grænseværdier, der er
beskrevet i batteridirektivet. Produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted, f.eks. i
overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt, eller
på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald samt for batterier og akkumulatorer. Forkert
håndtering af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred
på grund af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk
udstyr. Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af produktet, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Kontakt din kommune, den lokale affaldsmyndighed, det lokale affaldsanlæg, eller
besøg www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-europe.com/battery for at få flere oplysninger om
genbrug af dette produkt.

Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)

Αυτά τα σύμβολα υποδεικνύουν ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία για τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ), την Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες (2006/66/ΕΚ) ή/και την εθνική νομοθεσία που
εφαρμόζει τις Οδηγίες εκείνες. Εάν κάποιο χημικό σύμβολο είναι τυπωμένο κάτω από το σύμβολο που
φαίνεται παραπάνω, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες, υποδηλώνει ότι κάποιο βαρύ
μέταλλο (Hg = Υδράργυρος, Cd = Κάδμιο, Pb = Μόλυβδος) υπάρχει στην μπαταρία ή τον συσσωρευτή σε
συγκέντρωση μεγαλύτερη από το ισχύον επίπεδο που καθορίζεται στην Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες.
Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη
βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για
την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού (ΗΗE) και των ηλεκτρικών
στηλών και συσσωρευτών. Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων μπορεί να έχει
αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικά επικίνδυνων ουσιών που

415
γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Η συνεργασία σας για τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα
συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με
ανακύκλωση αυτού του προϊόντος, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία
απορριμμάτων, το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων ή επισκεφθείτε τη
διεύθυνση www.canon-europe.com/weee ή www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og

Liechtenstein)

Disse symbolene indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold
til WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EF) og/eller nasjonal lov som har
implementert disse direktivene. Hvis et kjemisk symbol vises under symbolet vist ovenfor, i samsvar med
batteridirektivet, indikerer dette at et tungmetall (Hg = kvikksølv, Cd = kadmium, Pb = bly) finnes i batteriet
eller akkumulatoren i en konsentrasjon over en gjeldende øvre grense som er spesifisert i batteridirektivet.
Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når en
kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk
og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr) og batterier og akkumulatorer. Feil håndtering av denne typen avfall kan
være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Din
innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet vil bidra til effektiv bruk av naturressurser. Du kan få mer
informasjon om resirkulering av dette produktet ved å kontakte lokale myndigheter,
avfallsadministrasjonen, et godkjent program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap, eller gå til
www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)

alueelle.

Nämä tunnukset osoittavat, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,

2012/19/EU), paristoista ja akuista annettu direktiivi (2006/66/EY) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät
tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Jos yllä olevan symbolin alapuolelle on paristodirektiivin
mukaisesti painettu kemiallisen aineen tunnus, kyseinen paristo tai akku sisältää raskasmetalleja (Hg =
elohopea, Cd = kadmium, Pb = lyijy) enemmän kuin paristodirektiivin salliman määrän. Tuote on vietävä
asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta ostettaessa
tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun tai paristojen ja akkujen keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää myös luonnonvaroja. Jos haluat lisätietoja tämän tuotteen kierrätyksestä, ota yhteys
kunnan jätehuoltoviranomaisiin tai käyttämääsi jätehuoltoyhtiöön tai käy osoitteessa www.canon-
europe.com/weee, tai www.canon-europe.com/battery.

416
 Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)

De här symbolerna visar att produkten inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall enligt WEEE-
direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EG) och/eller nationell lagstiftning som implementerar
dessa direktiv. Om en kemisk symbol förekommer under ovanstående symbol innebär detta enligt
Batteridirektivet att en tungmetall (Hg = Kvicksilver, Cd = Kadmium, Pb = Bly) förekommer i batteriet eller
ackumulatorn med en koncentration som överstiger tillämplig gräns som anges i Batteridirektivet.
Produkten ska lämnas in på en avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att
hantera elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning (EE-utrustning) samt batterier och ackumulatorer eller hos
handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande köps (en mot en). Olämplig
hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha negativ inverkan på miljön och människors hälsa på grund av
de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning. Din medverkan till en
korrekt avfallshantering av produkten bidrar till effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Om du vill ha mer
information om var du kan lämna in den här produkten, kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd
myndighet eller företag för avfallshantering eller se www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-
europe.com/battery.

Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)

Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice OEEZ (2012/19/EU), směrnice o bateriích (2006/66/ES) a/
nebo podle vnitrostátních právních prováděcích předpisů k těmto směrnicím nemá být tento výrobek
likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Je-li v souladu s požadavky směrnice o bateriích vytištěna pod výše
uvedeným symbolem chemická značka, udává, že tato baterie nebo akumulátor obsahuje těžké kovy (Hg
= rtuť, Cd = kadmium, Pb = olovo) v koncentraci vyšší, než je příslušná hodnota předepsaná směrnicí.
Tento výrobek má být vrácen do určeného sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru
jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný podobný výrobek, nebo do autorizovaného sběrného místa pro
recyklaci odpadních elektrických a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ), baterií a akumulátorů. Nevhodné
nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví,
protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše
spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku napomůže efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů.
Chcete-li získat podrobné informace týkající se recyklace tohoto výrobku, obraťte se prosím na místní
úřad, orgán pro nakládání s odpady, schválený systém nakládání s odpady či společnost zajišťující
likvidaci domovního odpadu, nebo navštivte webové stránky www.canon-europe.com/weee nebo
www.canon-europe.com/battery.

417
 Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban

Ezek a szimbólumok azt jelzik, hogy a termék hulladékkezelése a háztartási hulladéktól különválasztva,
az elektromos és elektronikus berendezések hulladékairól (WEEE) szóló (2012/19/EU) irányelvnek és az
elemekről és akkumulátorokról, valamint a hulladék elemekről és akkumulátorokról szóló (2006/66/EK)
irányelvnek megfelelően és/vagy ezen irányelveknek megfelelő helyi előírások szerint történik.
Amennyiben a fent feltüntetett szimbólum alatt egy vegyjel is szerepel, az elemekről és akkumulátorokról
szóló irányelvben foglaltak értelmében ez azt jelzi, hogy az elem vagy az akkumulátor az irányelvben
meghatározott határértéknél nagyobb mennyiségben tartalmaz nehézfémet (Hg = higany, Cd = kadmium,
Pb = ólom). E terméket az arra kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre kell juttatni – pl. hasonló termék vásárlásakor a régi
becserélésére vonatkozó hivatalos program keretében, vagy az elektromos és elektronikus berendezések
(EEE) hulladékainak gyűjtésére, valamint a hulladék elemek és hulladék akkumulátorok gyűjtésére kijelölt
hivatalos gyűjtőhelyre. Az ilyen jellegű hulladékok nem előírásszerű kezelése az elektromos és
elektronikus berendezésekhez (EEE) általánosan kapcsolható potenciálisan veszélyes anyagok révén
hatással lehet a környezetre és az egészségre. E termék megfelelő leselejtezésével Ön is hozzájárul a
természeti források hatékony használatához. A termék újrahasznosítását illetően informálódjon a helyi
polgármesteri hivatalnál, a helyi közterület-fenntartó vállalatnál, a hivatalos hulladéklerakó telephelyen
vagy a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző szolgáltatónál, illetve látogasson el a www.canon-
europe.com/weee, vagy www.canon-europe.com/battery internetes oldalra.

Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i

Liechtenstein)

Te symbole oznaczają, że produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z odpadami gospodarstwa domowego,
zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE w sprawie zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) lub
dyrektywą w sprawie baterii (2006/66/WE) bądź przepisami krajowymi wdrażającymi te dyrektywy. Jeśli
pod powyższym symbolem znajduje się symbol chemiczny, zgodnie z dyrektywą w sprawie baterii
oznacza to, że bateria lub akumulator zawiera metal ciężki (Hg = rtęć, Cd = kadm, Pb = ołów) w stężeniu
przekraczającym odpowiedni poziom określony w dyrektywie w sprawie baterii. Użytkownicy baterii i
akumulatorów mają obowiązek korzystać z dostępnego programu zwrotu, recyklingu i utylizacji baterii
oraz akumulatorów. Niewłaściwe postępowanie z tego typu odpadami może mieć wpływ na środowisko i
zdrowie ludzi ze względu na substancje potencjalnie niebezpieczne, związane ze zużytym sprzętem
elektrycznym i elektronicznym. Państwa współpraca w zakresie właściwej utylizacji tego produktu
przyczyni się do efektywnego wykorzystania zasobów naturalnych. W celu uzyskania informacji o
sposobie recyklingu tego produktu prosimy o kontakt z właściwym urzędem miejskim lub zakładem
gospodarki komunalnej bądź zapraszamy na stronę www.canon-europe.com/weee, lub www.canon-
europe.com/battery.

418
 Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)

Tieto symboly označujú, že podľa Smernice o odpade z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (OEEZ)
2012/19/EÚ, Smernice o batériách (2006/66/ES) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento
produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Ak je chemická značka vytlačená pod vyššie
uvedeným symbolom, znamená to, že táto batéria alebo akumulátor obsahuje ťažký kov (Hg = ortuť, Cd =
kadmium, Pb = olovo) v koncentrácii vyššej, ako je príslušná povolená hodnota stanovená v Smernici o
batériách. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny za kúpu
nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva odpad z elektrických
a elektronických zariadení (EEZ), batérií a akumulátorov. Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom
odpadu môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a
elektronické zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii tohto
produktu prispejete k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o recyklácii tohto
produktu získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee, alebo www.canon-europe.com/battery.

Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)

Antud sümbolid viitavad sellele, et vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale

direktiivile (2012/19/EL), patareisid ja akusid ning patarei- ja akujäätmeid käsitlevale direktiivile
(2006/66/EÜ) ja/või nimetatud direktiive rakendavatele riiklikele õigusaktidele ei või seda toodet koos
olmejäätmetega ära visata. Kui keemiline sümbol on trükitud eespool toodud sümboli alla, siis tähendab
see, et antud patareis või akus leiduva raskemetalli (Hg = elavhõbe, Cd = kaadmium, Pb = plii)
kontsentratsioonitase on kõrgem kui patareisid ja akusid ning patarei- ja akujäätmeid käsitlevas direktiivis
sätestatud piirmäär. Antud tootest tekkinud jäätmed tuleb anda vastavasse kogumispunkti, nt
müügipunkti, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või vastavasse
elektri- ja lektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ning patareide ja akude ümbertöötlemiseks mõeldud
kogumispunkti. Antud liiki jäätmete vale käitlemine võib kahjustada keskkonda ja inimeste tervist elektri- ja
elektroonikajäätmetes tavaliselt leiduvate potentsiaalselt ohtlike ainete tõttu. Antud tootest tekkinud
jäätmete nõuetekohase kõrvaldamisega aitate kasutada loodusvarasid efektiivselt. Täiendava teabe
saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete ning patarei- ja akujäätmete tagastamise
ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase valitsusasutusega,
asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet leitate ka Interneti-
leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee või www.canon-europe.com/battery.

419
 Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)

Šie simboli norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA), Direktīvai (2006/66/EK) par baterijām un akumulatoriem, un akumulatoru atkritumiem,
ar ko atceļ Direktīvu 91/157/EEK, un vietējiem tiesību aktiem šo izstrādājumu nedrīkst izmest kopā ar
sadzīves atkritumiem. Ja zem iepriekš norādītā simbola ir uzdrukāts ķīmiskais simbols, saskaņā ar
direktīvu par baterijām un akumulatoriem tas nozīmē, ka šīs baterijas vai akumulatori satur smagos
metālus (Hg = dzīvsudrabs, Cd = kadmijs, Pb = svins) un to koncentrācijas līmenis pārsniedz direktīvā par
baterijām un akumulatoriem minēto piemērojamo slieksni. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā
savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat
veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu un bateriju un akumulatoru
pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi un cilvēka veselību tādu
iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās iekārtās. Jūsu atbalsts pareizā
šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu
pilnīgāku informāciju par šāda veida izstrādājumu nodošanu otrreizējai pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo
pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvaroto organizāciju vai iestādi, kas veic sadzīves
atkritumu apsaimniekošanu, vai apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee, vai www.canon-
europe.com/battery.

Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)

Šie simboliai reiškia, kad šio gaminio negalima išmesti į buitines atliekas, kaip reikalaujama WEEE
Direktyvoje (2012/19/ES) ir Baterijų direktyvoje (2006/66/EB) ir (ar) jūsų šalies nacionaliniuose
įstatymuose, kuriais šios Direktyvos yra įgyvendinamos. Jeigu cheminio ženklo simbolis yra nurodytas
žemiau šio ženklo, tai reiškia, kad vadovaujantis Baterijų direktyvą, baterijų ar akumuliatorių sudėtyje yra
sunkiųjų metalų (Hg = gyvsidabrio, Cd = kadmio, Pb = švino), kurių koncentracija viršija Baterijų
direktyvoje nurodytas leistinas ribas. Šį gaminį reikia pristatyti į specialųjį surinkimo punktą, pavyzdžiui,
mainais, kai jūs perkate naują panašų gaminį, arba į specialiąją surinkimo vietą, kurioje perdirbamos
elektrinės ir elektroninės įrangos atliekos bei naudotos baterijos ir akumuliatoriai. Dėl netinkamo šio tipo
atliekų tvarkymo gali nukentėti aplinka ir iškilti grėsmė žmogaus sveikatai dėl galimai kenksmingų
medžiagų, iš esmės susijusių su elektrine ir elektronine įranga. Bendradarbiaudami ir teisingai
utilizuodami šiuos gaminius, jūs padėsite efektyviai naudoti gamtinius išteklius. Daugiau informacijos apie
gaminio perdirbimą jums gali suteikti vietinis biuras, atliekų tvarkymo bendrovė, sertifikuoti organai ar
buitinių atliekų surinkimo įmonės. Taip pat siūloma apsilankyti interneto svetainėje www.canon-
europe.com/weee, arba www.canon-europe.com/battery.

420
 Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)

Ti simboli pomenijo, da tega izdelka skladno z Direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU), Direktivo 2006/66/ES in/ali
nacionalno zakonodajo, ki uvaja ti direktivi, ne smete odlagati z nesortiranimi gospodinjskimi odpadki. Če
je pod zgoraj prikazanim simbolom natisnjen kemijski simbol, to v skladu z Direktivo pomeni, da je v tej
bateriji ali akumulatorju prisotna težka kovina (Hg = živo srebro, Cd = kadmij, Pb = svinec), in sicer v
koncentraciji, ki je nad relevantno mejno vrednostjo, določeno v Direktivi. Ta izdelek je potrebno odnesti
na izbrano zbirno mesto, t. j. pooblaščeno trgovino, kjer ob nakupu novega (podobnega) izdelka vrnete
starega, ali na pooblaščeno zbirno mesto za ponovno uporabo odpadne električne in elektronske opreme
(EEO) ter baterij in akumulatorjev. Neustrezno ravnanje s to vrsto odpadkov lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človeško zdravje zaradi potencialno nevarnih snovi, ki so pogosto povezane z EEO. Vaše
sodelovanje pri pravilnem odlaganju tega izdelka predstavlja pomemben prispevek k smotrni izrabi
naravnih virov. Za več informacij o ponovni uporabi tega izdelka se obrnite na lokalen mestni urad,
pristojno službo za odpadke, predstavnika pooblaščenega programa za obdelavo odpadkov ali na lokalno
komunalo. Lahko pa tudi obiščete našo spletno stran www.canon-europe.com/weee, ali www.canon-
europe.com/battery.

Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и

Лихтенщайн)

Тези символи показват, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC), Директивата за батерии (2006/66/ЕО) и/или Вашето
национално законодателство, прилагащо тези Директиви. Ако под показания горе символ е
отпечатан символ за химически елемент, съгласно разпоредбите на Директивата за батерии, този
втори символ означава наличието на тежък метал (Hg = живак, Cd = кадмий, Pb = олово) в
батерията или акумулатора в концентрация над указаната граница за съответния елемент в
Директивата. Този продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране,
например на база размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт
за рециклиране на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО), батерии
и акумулатори. Неправилното третиране на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални
отрицателни последствия за околната среда и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните
вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО. В същото време Вашето съдействие за
правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за ефективното използване на природните
ресурси. За повече информация относно това къде можете да предадете за рециклиране на този
продукт, моля свържете се с Вашите местни власти, с органа, отговорен за отпадъците, с
одобрената система за ИУЕЕО или с Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци, или посетете
www.canon-europe.com/weee, или www.canon-europe.com/battery.

421
 Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)

Aceste simboluri indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat împreună cu deşeurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (2012/19/UE), Directiva referitoare la baterii (2006/66/CE) şi/sau legile
dvs. naţionale ce implementează aceste Directive. Dacă un simbol chimic este imprimat sub simbolul de
mai sus, în conformitate cu Directiva referitoare la baterii, acest simbol indică prezenţa în baterie sau
acumulator a unui metal greu (Hg = Mercur, Cd = Cadmiu, Pb = Plumb) într-o concentraţie mai mare
decât pragul admis specificat în Directiva referitoare la baterii. Acest produs trebuie înmânat punctului de
colectare adecvat, ex: printr-un schimb autorizat unu la unu atunci când cumpăraţi un produs nou similar
sau la un loc de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea reziduurilor de echipament electric şi electronic
(EEE) şi baterii şi acumulatori. Administrarea neadecvată a acestui tip de deşeuri, ar putea avea un
impact asupra mediului şi asupra sănătăţii umane datorită substanţelor cu potenţial de risc care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. Cooperarea dvs. în direcţia reciclării corecte a acestui produs va contribui la o
utilizare eficientă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii despre reciclarea acestui produs, vă
rugăm să contactaţi biroul dvs. local, autorităţile responsabile cu deşeurile, schema aprobată sau serviciul
dvs. responsabil cu deşeurile menajere sau vizitaţi-ne la www.canon-europe.com/weee, sau www.canon-
europe.com/battery.

Samo za Europsku uniju i EEA (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)

Oznaka pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s komunalnim i ostalim vrstama otpada, u skladu
s direktivom WEEE (2012/19/EC), Direktivom o baterijama (2006/66/EC) i Pravilnikom o gospodarenju
otpadnim baterijama i akumulatorima te Pravilnikom o gospodarenju otpadnim električnim i elektroničkim
uređajima i opremom. Ako je ispod prethodno prikazane oznake otisnut kemijski simbol, u skladu s
Direktivom o baterijama, to znači da se u ovoj bateriji ili akumulatoru nalazi teški metal (Hg = živa, Cd =
kadmij, Pb = olovo) i da je njegova koncentracija iznad razine propisane u Direktivi o baterijama. Ovaj bi
proizvod trebalo predati ovlašenom skupljaču EE otpada ili prodavatelju koji je dužan preuzeti otpadni
proizvod po sistemu jedan za jedan, ukoliko isti odgovara vrsti te je obavljao primarne funkcije kao i
isporučena EE oprema. Otpadne baterije i akumulatori predaju se ovlaštenom skupljaču otpadnih baterija
ili akumulatora ili prodavatelju bez naknade i obveze kupnje za krajnjeg korisnika. Neodgovarajuće
rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može utjecati na okoliš i ljudsko zdravlje zbog potencijalno opasnih
supstanci koje se najčešće nalaze na takvim mjestima. Vaša suradnja u pravilnom zbrinjavanju ovog
proizvoda pridonijet će djelotvornom iskorištavanju prirodnih resursa. Dodatne informacije o recikliranju
ovog proizvoda zatražite od svog lokalnog gradskog ureda, službe za zbrinjavanje otpada, odobrenog
programa ili komunalne službe za uklanjanje otpada ili pak na stranicama www.canon-europe.com/weee
ili www.canon-europe.com/battery.

422
 Korisnici u Srbiji

Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU), Direktivom o baterijama (2006/66/EC) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ukoliko
je ispod gore navedenog simbola odštampan hemijski simbol, u skladu sa Direktivom o baterijama, ovaj
simbol označava da su u ovoj bateriji ili akumulatoru prisutni teški metali (Hg – živa, Cd – kadmijum, Pb -
olovo) u koncentracijama koje premašuju prihvatljivi prag naveden u Direktivi o baterijama. Ovaj proizvod
treba predati određenom centru za prikupljanje, npr. po principu „jedan-za-jedan“ kada kupujete sličan
novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme
(EEE), baterija i akumulatora. Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativne posledice
po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za
EEE. Vaša saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih
resursa. Više informacija o tome kako možete da reciklirate ovaj proizvod potražite od lokalnih gradskih
vlasti, komunalne službe, odobrenog plana reciklaže ili servisa za odlaganje kućnog otpada, ili posetite
stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee, ili www.canon-europe.com/battery.

423
 When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer

If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.

When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.

• Initializing network settings

(Setup) > Device settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi / Wireless Direct / Wired LAN >
Settings > Advanced > Reset LAN settings > Yes

• Initializing SSL information

(Setup) > Device settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi / Wireless Direct / Wired LAN >
Settings > Advanced > Reset SSL certificates > Yes

• Deleting the administrator password

(Setup) > Device settings > Administrator password setting > Enter the administrator
password > OK > Remove administrator password > Yes > OK

424
 Screenshots in This Manual

For Windows:
The screenshots used in this manual are the screens that appear when the operating system Windows 10
is used.

For macOS:
The screenshots used in this manual are the screens that appear when the operating system macOS
High Sierra 10.13 is used.

425
Basic Printing Workflow

Printing procedure

Canceling print jobs

Pausing Printing

426
Printing procedure

Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets

Turning the Printer On and Off

Loading and Printing on Rolls

Loading and Printing on Sheets

Printing in Windows

Printing from macOS

427
 Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets

The printer supports both rolls and sheets.

This section introduces the main features of each, as well as the main printing methods available. Select
rolls or sheets to suit your particular printing application.

Note
• For information on the types of paper the printer supports, see "Types of Paper."

• A variety of other ways to print are available besides those introduced here. For details, see "Enhanced
Printing Options."

Roll printing
Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media. Rolls are loaded on the roll holder, which are in turn
loaded in the printer.

Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular
sheets.

• Large-format printing

Easily print vertical or horizontal banners from familiar applications such as Microsoft Office
applications.

(See "Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing)" (Windows).)

(See "Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing)" (macOS).)

• Borderless printing

Print without a margin (border) around posters or photos.

(See "Printing without Edges Based on the Scenarios" (Windows).)

(See "Printing without Edges Based on the Scenarios" (macOS).)

• Banner printing

You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
(See "Printing by Connecting Multiple Pages" (Windows).)

(See "Printing by Connecting Multiple Pages" (macOS).)

• 90-degree rotation before printing

Originals in portrait orientation are rotated 90 degrees when possible to use paper more efficiently.

(See "Saving Roll Paper by Rotating Document 90 Degrees" (Windows).)

(See "Saving Roll Paper by Rotating Document 90 Degrees" (macOS).)

• Enlarged/reduced printing
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing.

(See "Scaled Printing" (Windows).)

(See "Scaled Printing" (macOS).)

428
 • imagePROGRAF Free Layout (Windows), imagePROGRAF Free Layout (macOS) and Canon Free
Layout plus (Windows)

Print multiple documents from multiple applications (such as word-processing programs, spreadsheet
programs, and so on) next to each other.

(See "Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents" (Windows).)

(See "Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents" (macOS).)

Sheet printing
Sheets refer to individual sheets of paper.

Insert the sheet between the platen and the paper retainer.

• Enlarged/reduced printing

You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing.

(See "Scaled Printing" (Windows).)

(See "Scaled Printing" (macOS).)

• imagePROGRAF Free Layout (Windows), imagePROGRAF Free Layout (macOS) and Canon Free
Layout plus (Windows)

Print multiple documents from multiple applications (such as word-processing programs, spreadsheet
programs, and so on) next to each other.

(See "Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents" (Windows).)

(See "Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents" (macOS).)

429
Turning the Printer On and Off

Turning the printer on

1. Press ON button to turn on printer.

The ON button lights up and the printer will now start up.

The Canon logo appears on the operation panel, and then "Starting the system...Please wait
momentarily" appears.

When startup is finished, the printer enters standby mode.

The printer will not enter standby mode in the following situations. Take action as necessary.

• The top cover is open

Close the top cover.

• The ink tank cover is open

Close the ink tank cover.

• The print head is not installed

Replacing the Print Head

430
 • The ink tank is not installed

Replacing Ink Tanks

• If "Error" is shown on the operation panel

Check the message on the operation panel and take action as necessary.

• The ON button and Status lamp never light up, and nothing appears on the operation
panel

Check the connection at the plug and electrical outlet.

Turning the printer off

Important
• Never disconnect the printer's power supply or unplug it during a print job. This may damage the
printer.

1. Make sure no print jobs are in progress.

While the Status lamp is flashing, the printer is running. The color of the lamp indicates the following
states.

If the Status lamp is flashing orange, check the message on the operation panel and take action as
necessary.

If the Status lamp is flashing white, the printer is printing, receiving data, etc. Turn off the power after
the Status lamp turns off.

2. Hold down the ON button for more than a second.

"Ending... Please wait momentarily" appears on the operation panel, and the printer turns off.

431
 Loading and Printing on Rolls

These are the basic steps for loading and printing on rolls.

Follow these steps to load and print on rolls.

Note
• For details on roll paper sizes and types that can be used, see "Paper Sizes" or "Paper Information
List".

• To wait until the ink dries after printing before cutting the roll, set Drying Time in the printer driver. (See
"Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls.")

• Once you have used all the paper on a roll, clean the platen. If the platen inside the top cover becomes
dirty, it may soil the underside of paper. (See "Cleaning Inside the Top Cover.").

1. Turn the printer on. (See "Turning the Printer On and Off.")

2. Load a roll on the roll holder. (See "Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder.")

3. Load the Roll Media in the printer. (See "Loading Rolls in the Printer")

432
4. Select the type of paper. (See "Changing the Type of Paper.")

Note
• If no barcode has been printed on the roll paper and you have set Manage remaining roll
amount to Barcodes, specify the roll length after selecting the media type. (See "Specifying the
Paper Length.")

5. Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window (Windows)

How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog (macOS)

433
6. Send the print job.
Printing in Windows

Printing from macOS

Start printing.

Important
• Do not move the release lever during printing.

434
 Loading and Printing on Sheets

These are the basic steps for loading sheets and then printing.

Follow the steps below to load and print on sheets.

Note
• For details on paper sizes and types that can be loaded, see "Paper Sizes" or "Paper Information List".

• Borderless printing is not supported on sheets. For the features and the main printing methods
available for sheet printing, see "Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets."

1. Turn the printer on. (See "Turning the Printer On and Off.")

2. Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window (Windows)

How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog (macOS)

435
3. Send the print job.
• Printing in Windows

• Printing from macOS

4. Load the sheet. (See "Loading Sheets in the Printer.")

Start printing.

Important
• Do not move the release lever until instructions (guidance) for removing the paper are displayed.
Moving the release lever during printing will cause printing to stop.

436
 Printing in Windows

Print from the application menu.

Important
• We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while
printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.

1. In the source application, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for
printing conditions.

2. After confirming that the printer is selected in the dialog box, click Print or OK to start
printing.

Note
• The appearance of the dialog box varies depending on the software application. In most cases,
the dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the
range of pages, number of copies, and so on.

Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application

• If another printer is selected, select the printer you want to use under Select Printer or in the
dialog box displayed after clicking Printer.

437
You can use the printer driver dialog box to configure various printing settings such as for enlarged or
reduced printing and borderless printing. You can open the printer driver dialog box from the application
software or from the operating system menu. For details, see "How to Open the Printer Driver Setup
Window" (Windows) or "How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog" (macOS).

438
 Printing from macOS

Print from the application menu after registering the printer.

Important
• We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while
printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.

Registering the printer

The printer needs to be registered in Print & Scan (identified as Printers & Scanners or Print & Fax in
other versions of macOS X) in System Preferences before printing.

For instructions on registering printers, see "Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS)."

Important
• During this setup process, the printer will not be listed among available printers if it is off or
disconnected.

Printing from the application software

1. In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for
printing conditions.

Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify
the range of pages, number of copies, and so on.

2. Select the printer in the Printer list.

3. Click Print to start printing.

439
As shown in the following illustration, you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete
settings for various methods of printing, including enlarged and reduced printing, borderless printing,
and so on.

440
Canceling print jobs

Canceling Print Jobs from the Operation Panel

Canceling Print Jobs from Windows

Canceling Print Jobs from macOS

441
 Canceling Print Jobs from the Operation Panel

To cancel printing or reception of print jobs, press the Stop button on the operation panel.

When you press the Stop button during printing, the printer operation varies depending on the current
status.

• You press the Stop button before printing starts

Pressing the Stop button before printing starts displays a confirmation message. To cancel the print job,
select Yes.

• You press the Stop button during printing

Pressing the Stop button during printing displays a confirmation message. To cancel the print job
immediately, select Yes.

442
 Canceling Print Jobs from Windows

In the printer window, you can cancel jobs that are being sent to the printer.

Using CanonIJ Status Monitor, you can cancel print jobs that have already been received by the printer or
that are currently being printed.

1. Click the printer icon in the taskbar to display the printer window.

Note
• You can proceed from the folder for configuring the printer settings in the OS you are using.
For example, in Windows 7, open the Devices and Printers window from the start menu and
double-click the printer icon.

2. Right-click the job to cancel and select Cancel.

3. If job to be canceled is not shown in printer window (that is, if print data has already been
received by printer), click taskbar icon to display CanonIJ Status Monitor.

4. Click Cancel Printing.

443
 Note
• The screen may differ slightly depending on the model you are using.

444
 Canceling Print Jobs from macOS

In the printer window, you can cancel jobs that are being sent to the printer.

Note
• Print jobs are shown in the printer window while they are being sent from the computer. After
transmission, jobs are not displayed even during printing.

1. Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the printer window.

2. Either click × for the job to cancel printing or select the job to cancel printing and then click
Delete to delete the job.

Note
• If the job to be canceled is not shown in the printer window (that is, if the print data has already
been received by the printer), you can cancel printing from the operation panel on the printer or
from RemoteUI. For details, "Canceling Print Jobs from the Operation Panel" or see
"Configuration Changes Using Web Browser."

445
Pausing Printing

Pausing Printing

446
 Pausing Printing

During printing, if you set Pause printing to Enable, the printer enters a state in which printing is paused,
after the completion of the printing process when this setting was made.

Printing from the job queue is not possible in this state.

To restore normal operation after pausing printing, set Pause printing to Disable.

Note
• In the following cases, the status is cleared even if you do not set Pause printing to Disable, and
printing from the job queue resumes.

• When paper is advanced

• If you changed the media type from the paper settings display area

1. Tap (Jobs) on Home screen during printing.

Note
• If the Home screen does not appear, press the HOME button.

2. Tap Pause printing.

3. Tap Enable or Disable.

447
Enhanced Printing Options

Printing from Your Computer (Windows)

Printing with Easy Setup Basics

Changing the Type of Paper

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

Printing Photos and Business Documents

Printing By Setting Print Purpose

Edit in PosterArtist and Print

Printing CAD Drawings

Printing By Setting Print Purpose

Printing from AutoCAD

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

Adjusting Color Balance

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

Specifying Color Correction

Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver

Printing with ICC Profiles

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Contrast

Printing Using Detailed Setting Mode

Scaled Printing

Printing to Oversized Paper Sizes

Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

Printing without Edges Based on the Scenarios

Printing without Margins to Match Paper Size

Printing without Margins to Match Roll Paper Width

448
 Printing Full-Size without Margins

Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing)

Printing by Dividing/Joining Documents

Laying out a Multiple-File Document on One Page

Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents to Cut Sheets

Printing by Connecting Multiple Pages

Printing Multiple Pages All on One Page

Dividing and Printing Posters

Printing Document in Center of Paper

Printing by Saving Roll Paper

Saving Roll Paper by Rotating Document 90 Degrees

Saving Roll Paper by Eliminating Upper and Lower Margins on Document

Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose

Displaying the Print Results before Printing

Other Convenient Settings

Stamp Printing

Registering a Stamp

Setting a Page Size and Orientation

Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile

Cutting Roll Paper after Printing

Printing from Computer (macOS)

Printing with Easy Setup Basics

Changing the Type of Paper

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

Adjusting Color Balance

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

Specifying Color Correction

449
 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data

Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Contrast

Scaled Printing

Printing to Oversized Paper Sizes

Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

Print Area

Printing without Edges Based on the Scenarios

Printing without Margins to Match Roll Paper Width

Printing Full-Size without Margins

Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing)

Printing by Dividing/Joining Documents

Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents

Printing by Connecting Multiple Pages

Printing Multiple Pages All on One Page

Printing Document in Center of Paper

Printing by Saving Roll Paper

Saving Roll Paper by Rotating Document 90 Degrees

Saving Roll Paper by Eliminating Upper and Lower Margins on Document

Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose

Cutting Roll Paper after Printing

Printing Using AirPrint

HP-GL/2 Printing

Printing from Smartphone/Tablet

Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer Directly (Wireless Direct)

450
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)

451
Printing from Computer (macOS)

Printing with Easy Setup Basic

Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

Scaled Printing

Printing to Oversized Paper Sizes

Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

Print Area

Prints without Edges Based on the Scenarios

Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing)

Printing by Dividing/Joining Documents

Printing Document in Center of Paper

Printing by Saving Roll Paper

Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose

Cutting Roll Paper after Printing

Printing Using AirPrint

452
 Printing with Easy Setup

The simple setup procedure for carrying out appropriate printing on this printer is as follows:

1. Check that printer is turned on

2. Load paper on the printer

Set roll paper or cut paper.

3. Select the printer

Select your model from the Printer list in the Print Dialog.

Note
• Click Show Details to switch the Setup window to the detailed display.
However, depending on the application you are using, Show Details may not be displayed.

4. Select the paper size

For Paper Size, select the paper size to be used.
If necessary, set the number of copies, the pages to be printed, and the orientation.

453
5. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu

6. Select the media type

For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
If Auto (Use Printer Settings) is selected, the paper configured in printer settings is printed.

454
 Important
• In the Presets section, click Save Current Settings as Preset... to register the specified settings.
• See "Paper Information List" for Canon authentic paper or Canon output check paper.

7. Select the paper source

For Paper Source, select the setting that matches your purpose.

Important
• The paper feed method will differ according to the paper settings.

455
8. Select print priority
For Print Priority, select Image, Line Drawing/Text, or Auto (Use Printer Settings) according to your
purpose.

Important
• The selectable print priority differs depending on media type settings.

9. Select the print quality

For Print Quality, select High, Standard or Fast according to your purpose.

456
 Important
• The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile.

10. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu

11. Selecting Roll Paper Width

If you selected a roll paper for Paper Source, set Roll Paper Width to the width of the roll paper loaded
in the printer.

457
 Important
• If Cut Sheet is selected for Paper Source in Quality & Media, Roll Paper Width is grayed out
and cannot be set.

12. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the document will be printed in accordance with the type and size of the media.

Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error message may appear on the printer's operation panel. You can still print but you may not be able
to obtain correct print results.

458
 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order

Collate pages + Reverse Collate pages + Normal Reverse

The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows:

1. Specify the number of copies to be printed

Specify the number of copies to print from the Copies in the Print Dialog.

2. Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu

3. Check the Collate pages check box when you are specifying multiple copies in the Copies
box
Check the Collate pages check box to print all the pages of a single copy together.
Uncheck this check box to print all pages with the same page number together.

4. Specify the print order

Check Page Order.

When you select Reverse, printing starts from the last page.
When you select Automatic or Normal, printing starts from the first page.

459
5. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.

Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the
settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.

460
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data

Adjusting Color Balance

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

Specifying Color Correction

Adjusting Brightness

Adjusting Contrast

461
 Adjusting Color Balance

You can adjust the color tints when printing.

Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes
the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color
balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so
that the overall colors are more uniform.

No adjustment Adjust color balance

The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows:

1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Adjust color balance

There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the
corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved
to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

462
3. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you execute print, the document is printed with the adjusted color balance.

Important
• When Monochrome or Monochrome Bitmap is selected in Color Mode under Quality & Media, the
color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) are unavailable.
• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) appear
grayed out and are unavailable.

Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast

463
 Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)

The print quality level can be set in the Custom.

The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows:

1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog

2. Select the print quality

Select Custom for Print Quality.

Important
• If Auto (Use Printer Settings) is selected for Media Type, Custom cannot be selected.

3. Setting the print quality level

Move the Quality slider to select the print quality level.

Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of media type.

4. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the image data is printed with the selected print quality level.

464
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast

465
 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows:

1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog

2. Set monochrome printing

Select Monochrome or Monochrome Bitmap in Color Mode.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color
document in monochrome.

Note
• With monochrome printing, inks other than black ink may be used as well.

466
 Important
• Depending on the settings in Media Type and Print Priority, Monochrome Bitmap appears grayed
out and is unavailable.

467
 Specifying Color Correction

You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Normally, when data is printed, the printer driver automatically adjusts the colors.

When you want to print by using the color space of the image data effectively or by specifying a printing ICC
profile from your application software, select ColorSync. When you want to print by having the printer driver
correct the colors, select Canon Color Matching.

The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows:

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select color correction

Select the item below that matches your purpose.

ColorSync
Perform color correction using ColorSync.

Canon Color Matching

The driver will perform necessary adjustments during printing.
For information about driver matching, see "Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver."

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the document data is printed with the specified color correction.

Important
• Depending on the application software, when a printing ICC profile is specified from that application
software, Canon Color Matching cannot be selected because ColorSync is selected automatically.
• The Quality & Media setting is necessary even when ColorSync or Canon Color Matching is
selected.

468
Related Topics
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)

469
 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data

When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ
from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor.
To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method
that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose.

Color Management
Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently. Color
management (color matching) is a method that manages device-dependent "colors" as a common color
space.
For macOS, a color management system called "ColorSync" is built into the operating system.
sRGB is one of the common color spaces that is frequently used.

ICC profiles convert device-dependent "colors" into a common color space. By using an ICC profile and
carrying out color management, you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color
reproduction area that the printer can express.

Note
• Normally, image files are saved in JPEG format. Some digital cameras allow you to save images in a
format called RAW. RAW data refers to an image saving format that requires a computer to develop
the image. You can embed an input ICC profile tag into a RAW file by using special application
software.

Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data

The recommended printing method depends on the color space of the image data or the application
software to be used.

There are two typical printing methods.

Check the color space of the image data and the application software to be used, and then select the
printing method suited to your purpose.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color correction function of the printer driver.
Select this function when you want to print impressions that are close to those displayed on the
monitor, for example, if you corrected the colors while checking the print image on the monitor.

Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of the image data effectively.
You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver
so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data.
The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used.

470
 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver

To use driver matching when printing, turn on the printer driver's color correction function. Driver matching
accurately applies the characteristics of data displayed on the monitor and allows you to obtain print results
of impressions that are close to those displayed on the monitor.

Important
• When printing using driver matching, Canon recommends that you set the monitor and the environment
light as follows:
• Monitor
Color temperature: D50 (5000K)
Brightness: 100 to 120cd/m2
Gamma: 2.2
• Environment light
Fluorescent light for D50 color evaluation (color temperature 5000K, high color rendering
properties)
Brightness when looking at printed materials: 500 lx ± 125 lx

Note
• When printing from an application software that allows you to identify and specify ICC profiles, use an
ICC profile for printing with that application software and select setting items that manage colors.

The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows:

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select color correction

Select Canon Color Matching.

3. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu

471
4. Select the rendering intent
Select the coloring adjustment method in Rendering Intent.

Perceptual (Photo)
Reproduces colors of general photos naturally and features smooth gradation. In addition, selecting
this setting allows you to adjust colors easily using an application software.

Saturation (Poster/CAD)
Reproduces vivid colors on data such as a poster. In addition, prints in easy-to-see colors suitable
for line drawing.
No Color Correction
Performs printing without color matching.

5. Set the other items

From the pop-up menu, select Color Options. If necessary, adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow) and adjust Brightness, and Contrast settings.

6. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data.

Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast

472
 Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the
Application Software)

When you print from Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional, or any application software that
can identify input ICC profiles and allows you to specify such profiles, printer uses the color management
system (ColorSync) built-into macOS when printing. The printer prints the editing and touch-up results of the
application software and effectively uses the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data.

To use this printing method, use your application software to select color management items and specify an
input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data.
Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself, be sure to select color management
items from your application software.
For instructions, refer to the manual of the application software you are using.

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select color correction

Select ColorSync.
You can leave Profile set to Automatic.

Important
• Depending on the application software you use, you may not be able to select setting items other
than ColorSync.
• If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or "Printing Paper ICC Profile", the printer
will not be able to print with the correct colors.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.

473
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast

474
 Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the
Printer Driver)

Print from an application software that cannot identify or specify input ICC profiles by using the color space
of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data.

1. Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select color correction

Select ColorSync.
You can leave Profile set to Automatic.

Important
• If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or "Printing Paper ICC Profile", the printer
will not be able to print with the correct colors.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.

Important
• You cannot specify an input ICC profile from the printer driver.

Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast

475
 Adjusting Brightness

You can brighten or darken the colors of the overall image data during printing.
The following sample shows the case when light colors are darkened when the image data is printed.

No adjustment Darken light colors

The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows:

1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Adjust brightness
Moving the Brightness slider to the right brightens the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens
the colors.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the data is printed at the adjusted brightness.

476
 Important
• In the following cases, Brightness appears grayed out and is unavailable.
• If ColorSync is selected for Color Matching.
• If Monochrome Bitmap is selected for Color Mode in Quality & Media.

Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Contrast

477
 Adjusting Contrast

You can adjust the image contrast during printing.

To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase
the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images
smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.

No adjustment Adjust the contrast

The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows:

1. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Adjust the contrast

Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider to the left decreases
the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.

478
 Important
• In the following cases, Contrast appears grayed out and is unavailable.
• If ColorSync is selected for Color Matching.
• If Monochrome Bitmap is selected for Color Mode in Quality & Media.

Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness

479
 Scaled Printing

The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows:

Printing by Enlarging/Reducing Document to Specified Ratio

1. Select the printer

In the Page Setup Dialog, select your model name from the Format For list.

2. Set scaled printing

Specify the scaling factor in the Scale box, and click OK.

Note
• Depending on the Scale value that you set, an error message may be displayed.

3. Complete the setup

On the Print Dialog, click Print.
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.

Important
• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the Page Setup dialog.

480
Printing by Enlarging/Reducing Document to Match Roll Paper Width

1. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Setting Enlarged/Reduced Printing

For Fit Roll Paper Width, select On (Bordered) or On (Borderless).

Note
• Depending on the Paper Size settings, the settings you can choose will differ.
• When selecting "XXX oversize" from Paper Size, On (Borderless) cannot be selected.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you print, the document is expanded or reduced to match the roll paper width and then printed.

481
 Printing to Oversized Paper Sizes

When printing a created document so that it fills the entire paper width, select a paper size from the "XXX
oversize" (sizes resulting from adding margins necessary for printer operation to the document sizes) so that
all areas of the document are printed at their actual size.

A printout that has the same area as the document can be obtained by trimming the outer margins after
printing.

The procedure for printing with oversize is as follows:

1. Select oversized paper size

In the Print dialog, select "XXX oversize" for Paper Size.

2. Select the paper source

Select Roll Paper for Paper Source.

Important
• The paper feed method will differ according to the paper settings.

3. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu

4. Select roll paper width

Set Roll Paper Width to the width of the roll paper loaded in the printer.

482
5. Complete the setup
Click Print.
When you print, the document is printed so that it fills the paper width.

Important
• When printing to oversized paper sizes, use paper that has the following necessary margins added to
the document size.
• Cut sheet: 6 mm or more added to width and 23 mm or more added to height of document size
• Roll paper: 6 mm or more added to width and 6 mm or more added to height of document size

Note
• An oversized paper size cannot be used for the largest paper size that can be loaded in the printer.

483
 Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)

You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Paper Size menu.
Such a paper size is called "custom size."

The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows:

1. Creating a new custom paper size

In the Print Dialog, select Manage Custom Sizes... from Paper Size.
In the displayed dialog, click +.

Untitled will be added to the list.

2. Setting details about the custom paper size

Double-click Untitled, enter the name of the paper size you want to register, and specify the Width and
Height of the paper for Paper Size.
Select User Defined or your model for Non-Printable Area, and enter the margins.

3. Registering the custom paper size

Click OK.
The custom size is registered.

Important
• If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width
values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a
function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver
to set the values.

Note
• To duplicate the registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to duplicate from the
Custom Paper Sizes list, and click Duplicate.
• To delete a registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to delete from the Custom Paper
Sizes list, and click -.

484
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error message may appear on the printer's operation panel. You can still print but you may not be able
to obtain correct print results.

485
 Print Area

A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer. Except in
borderless printing, the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size minus the space for this margin.

Note
• Printable Area: The area that can be printed.
• For borderless printing with roll paper, the margin is 0 in (0 mm).
However, depending on the paper size, minor margins may be available.
Prints without Edges Based on the Scenarios

• Recommended Print Area: We recommend printing within this area.

• To match the document size with the actual printing area, print on oversize paper with the required
margin added.
Printing to Oversized Paper Sizes

Sheets

A: Top Edge

B: Bottom Edge

C: Left Edge
D: Right Edge
• Printable Area:
A margin of 0.2 inch (3 mm) on top, 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) on bottom*, and 0.2 inch (3 mm) on left and
right sides is required.
• Recommended Print Area:
A margin of 0.8 inch (20 mm) on top, 0.8 inch (20 mm) on bottom*, and 0.2 inch (3 mm) on left and
right sides is required.

* The bottom margin for cut sheet depends on an OS and applications.

486
 Rolls

A: Top Edge

B: Bottom Edge

C: Left Edge

D: Right Edge

• Printable Area:
A margin of 0.2 inch (3 mm) on top and bottom and 0.2 inch (3 mm) on left and right sides is required.
For borderless printing, the margins on top, bottom, left, and right are 0 inch (0 mm). For paper that
supports borderless printing, see "Paper Information List."
• Recommended Print Area:
A margin of 0.8 inch (20 mm) on top, 0.2 inch (3 mm) on bottom, and 0.2 inch (3 mm) on left and right
sides is required.

487
Printing without Edges Based on the Scenarios

Printing without Margins to Match Roll Paper Width

Printing Full-Size without Margins

488
 Printing without Margins to Match Roll Paper Width

Procedure for printing borderless (without white margins around the edges) by enlarging/reducing
documents to match roll paper width.

1. Select the paper size for whole-surface borderless printing

Select "XXX Borderless" from Paper Size in the print dialog.

2. From the pop-up menu, select Page Processing

3. Select roll paper width

For paper roll width, enter the same value set in the printer under Roll Paper Width.

4. Select a method for printing on roll paper

In Fit Roll Paper Width, select On (Borderless).

5. Determine by how much you want the image to exceed the size of the paper
Adjust Borderless Extension as needed.
Dragging the slide bar to the right will increase overflow, while dragging it to the left will reduce it.
The second position from the right is recommended for most cases.

489
 Important
• If the Borderless Extension slide bar is set to the far right position, the back of the paper may
come out stained.

6. Complete setting process

Click Print.
If you print now, the document will be printed by filling in the entire surface of the paper.

Important
• The available paper sizes for Borderless Printing are pre-determined. From Paper Size, select the
paper displayed as "Borderless."
• If you want to print borderless using a custom paper size, create a custom paper size by choosing
Paper Size, Manage Custom Sizes..., and setting all Non-Printable Area values to 0 mm. Next,
choose Page Processing, Fit Roll Paper Width and select On (Borderless).
• If you try to set borderless printing, in Page Processing, Banner Printing and Print Centered will be
displayed in gray and you will not be able to configure them.
• Depending on paper size, the length/width ratio of the paper may be different from that of the image,
making it impossible for the whole image to fit on the paper.
When this happens, crop the image with the application software to match paper size.
• When printing borderless, printing may stop abruptly and the paper will be cut causing a slight color
unevenness on the edges of the paper. If you require particularly high quality, under Page Processing,
Automatic Cutting, select None. When you do so, the document will be printed without the left and
right margins. After the printed material has exited the printer and has been cut, cut the upper and lower
edges with a pair of scissors.
• When printing borderless on paper with low ink-fixing properties, depending on frequency of use, the
cutter unit may come into contact with the paper surface scratching it and causing the paper to be
unevenly cut.

490
 You may be able to improve the situation by choosing Paper Detailed Settings and set Dry Time
(Between Pages) to a higher value.
• If the following paper is selected for Roll Paper Width, margins may be formed on the left and right of
the document even when borderless printing is set.
• 800mm Roll (800.0mm)
• 30 in Roll (762.0mm)
• 600mm Roll (600.0mm)
• 20 in Roll (508.0mm)
• 500mm Roll (500.0mm)
• A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm)
• 16 in Roll (406.4mm)
• A3+ Roll (329.0mm)
• 12 in Roll (304.8mm)
• 300mm Roll (300.0mm)
• A3/A4 Roll (297.0mm)
• B4 Roll (257.0mm)
• 8 in Roll (203.2mm)

Also, stains may appear on the back of the paper.

Note
• When using applications like Microsoft Word which allow you to set margins, set margins to 0 mm.

491
 Printing Full-Size without Margins

Procedure for printing borderless (without white margins around the edges) images in the same size as the
original document without enlarging/reducing them Recommended if you prize quality.

1. Select the paper size for whole-surface borderless printing

Select "XXX Borderless" from Paper Size in the print dialog.

2. From the pop-up menu, select Page Processing

3. Select roll paper width

For paper roll width, enter the same value set in the printer under Roll Paper Width.

4. Select a method for printing on roll paper

For Fit Roll Paper Width, select Off.

Important
• Depending on Paper Size, when setting Fit Roll Paper Width on Off, it may not be possible to
print borderless.

5. Determine by how much you want the image to exceed the size of the paper
Adjust Borderless Extension as needed.
Dragging the slide bar to the right will increase overflow, while dragging it to the left will reduce it.
The second position from the right is recommended for most cases.

492
 Important
• If the Borderless Extension slide bar is set to the far right position, the back of the paper may
come out stained.

6. Complete setting process

Click Print.
If you print now, the document will be printed by filling in the entire surface of the paper.

Important
• The available paper sizes for Borderless Printing are pre-determined. From Paper Size, select the
paper displayed as "Borderless."
• If you try to set borderless printing, in Page Processing, Banner Printing and Print Centered will be
displayed in gray and you will not be able to configure them.
• Depending on paper size, the length/width ratio of the paper may be different from that of the image,
making it impossible for the whole image to fit on the paper.
When this happens, crop the image with the application software to match paper size.
• When printing borderless, printing may stop abruptly and the paper will be cut causing a slight color
unevenness on the edges of the paper. If you require particularly high quality, under Page Processing,
Automatic Cutting, select None. When you do so, the document will be printed without the left and
right margins. After the printed material has exited the printer and has been cut, cut the upper and lower
edges with a pair of scissors.
• When printing borderless on paper with low ink-fixing properties, depending on frequency of use, the
cutter unit may come into contact with the paper surface scratching it and causing the paper to be
unevenly cut.
You may be able to improve the situation by choosing Paper Detailed Settings and set Dry Time
(Between Pages) to a higher value.

493
• If the following paper is selected for Roll Paper Width, margins may be formed on the left and right of
the document even when borderless printing is set.
• 800mm Roll (800.0mm)
• 30 in Roll (762.0mm)
• 600mm Roll (600.0mm)
• 20 in Roll (508.0mm)
• 500mm Roll (500.0mm)
• A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm)
• 16 in Roll (406.4mm)
• A3+ Roll (329.0mm)
• 12 in Roll (304.8mm)
• 300mm Roll (300.0mm)
• A3/A4 Roll (297.0mm)
• B4 Roll (257.0mm)
• 8 in Roll (203.2mm)

Also, stains may appear on the back of the paper.

Note
• When using applications like Microsoft Word which allow you to set margins, set margins to 0 mm.

494
 Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing)

A drapery or banner up to 18.0m can be made by enlarging or reducing original documents made on
application software.
However, there are cases in which an 18.0 meter banner cannot be printed because the application
software used has limits on the document size that can be set.

The procedure for printing hanging and horizontal banners is as follows:

1. Register custom paper size

From Paper Size, use Manage Custom Sizes... to register the paper size that you want to use.

2. Select the paper size

In the Print dialog, select a registered custom paper size from the Paper Size list.

3. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu

4. Select roll paper width

Set Roll Paper Width to the width of the roll paper loaded in the printer.

5. Selecting On (Bordered) or On (Borderless) for Fit Roll Paper Width

495
 Important
• When using the customer paper size and printing the whole sheet without edges, create a paper
size with the Non-Printable Area values all set to 0mm in Manage Custom Sizes... from Paper
Size, and select On (Bordered) from the Fit Roll Paper Width in Page Processing.

6. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you print, the hanging or horizontal banner is printed by using the custom paper size.

496
Printing by Dividing/Joining Documents

Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents

Printing by Connecting Multiple Pages

Printing Multiple Pages All on One Page

497
 Lining Up and Printing Multiple Documents

You can line up multiple documents that were created separately and print them together on one page.

The procedure for lining up and printing multiple documents is as follows:

1. In Print dialog, select Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout for PDF

Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout is started.
Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout allows you to edit and rearrange images.

2. Execute printing
From the File menu of Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout, select Print... to execute printing.

498
 Printing by Connecting Multiple Pages

You can eliminate the blank spaces between pages in a document that extends over multiple pages and
print the document as one continuous document.

The procedure for printing by connecting multiple pages is as follows:

1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select the paper source

Select Roll Paper for Paper Source.

Important
• The paper feed method will differ according to the paper settings.

3. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu

4. Setting Banner Printing

Check the Banner Printing check box.

5. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you print, the document is printed with the multiple pages connected.

499
 Important
• When "XXX Borderless" or "XXX Cut Sheet" is selected for Paper Size in the Print dialog, Banner
Printing is grayed out and cannot be set.

500
 Printing Multiple Pages All on One Page

The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.

The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows:

1. Select Layout from the pop-up menu in the Print Dialog

2. Set the number of original you print on one page

In Pages per Sheet, specify the number of page you print on one page.

3. If necessary, set the following items

Layout Direction
To change the page placement order, select an icon from the list.

Border
To print a page border around each document page, select a type of page border.

Reverse page orientation

Select this check box to change the paper orientation.

501
 Flip horizontally
Select this check box to reverse left and right of the document.

4. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.

502
 Printing Document in Center of Paper

When you want to position the source document in the middle of the cut paper and print, or print with even
margins on the right and left in relation to the width of the roll paper, use the Print Centered function.
The print results when setting with Print Centered are as follows. Normally, if Print Centered is set when
printed as in (A), it will be printed as in (B) for cut paper and (C) for roll paper.

Note
• When setting the magnification using Scale in the Page Setup Dialog, a fixed point at the upper left
corner of a page is always used as a start point for enlarging or reducing the page. For that reason,
when performing reduced printing, the bottom and right margins of the paper will increase. At this time,
if you place a checkmark next to Print Centered, the top, bottom, left and right margins can all be
printed evenly.

The procedure for printing to the center of the paper is as follows:

1. Select the paper size

From Paper Size, select the size of the paper you want to print.

2. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu

3. Select the media type

For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
If Auto (Use Printer Settings) is selected, the paper configured in printer settings is printed.

4. Select the paper source

For Paper Source, select the setting that matches your purpose.

Important
• The paper feed method will differ according to the paper settings.

5. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu

6. Selecting Roll Paper Width

503
 If you selected a roll paper for Paper Source, set Roll Paper Width to the width of the roll paper loaded
in the printer.

7. Print document in the center of paper

Check the Print Centered check box.

8. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you print, the printer automatically lays out the document to the center of the page and then prints
it.

Important
• When you select "XXX Borderless" from Paper Size in the print dialog, the Print Centered is grayed
out and cannot be selected.

504
Printing by Saving Roll Paper

Saving Roll Paper by Rotating Document 90 Degrees

Saving Roll Paper by Eliminating Upper and Lower Margins on Document

505
 Saving Roll Paper by Rotating Document 90 Degrees

When printing a portrait document on roll paper, you can save paper by rotating the document 90 degrees
and printing the document so that it is oriented horizontally relative to the paper.

The procedure for saving paper by rotating the document 90 degrees is as follows:

1. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Selecting Paper Saving

Select the Rotate Page 90 degrees check box.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you print, you can rotate a portrait document 90 degrees to save paper.

Important
• If the Banner Printing check box is selected for Page Processing, Rotate Page 90 degrees is grayed
out and cannot be set.
• When selecting paper in portrait format from Paper Size in the print dialog, when this is longer than the
width selected in Roll Paper Width, Rotate Page 90 degrees cannot be used.

506
 Saving Roll Paper by Eliminating Upper and Lower Margins on
Document

When printing on roll paper, you can save paper by reducing the upper and lower margins when printing.

The procedure for saving paper by reducing the upper and lower margins is as follows:

1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select the paper source

Select Roll Paper for Paper Source.

Important
• The paper feed method will differ according to the paper settings.

3. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu

4. Selecting Paper Saving

Check the No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box.

5. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you print, the upper and lower margins are reduced so that you can save paper.

507
 Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose

This printer has two paper sources: Roll Paper and Cut Sheet.
You can facilitate printing by selecting a paper source setting that matches your media type or purpose.

The procedure for setting paper source is as follows:

1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select the media type

For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
If Auto (Use Printer Settings) is selected, the paper configured in printer settings is printed.

3. Select the paper source

For Paper Source, select the item below that matches your purpose.

Roll Paper
Feeds paper using roll paper.

Cut Sheet
Feeds paper that was cut to a specific paper size.

Important
• The paper feed method will differ according to the paper settings.

4. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the specified paper source to print the data.

508
 Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer,
an error message may appear on the printer's operation panel. You can still print but you may not
be able to obtain correct print results.

509
 Cutting Roll Paper after Printing

The procedure for cutting roll paper automatically and printing cut guidelines is as follows:

1. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Setting Auto Cut

From Automatic Cutting, select the setting that matches your purpose.

Yes
The roll paper is cut automatically after printing.

None
The roll paper is not cut after printing.

Print Cut Guideline

Cut guidelines are printed for cutting the roll paper manually after printing.

Note
• The default setting for automatic cutting is Yes.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When you print, the roll paper is cut automatically after printing or cut guidelines are printed.

510
 Printing Using AirPrint

You can print photographs, E-mails, web pages, and other documents using AirPrint, even if the printer
driver is not installed or the application is not downloaded.

Important
• There are restrictions for printing using AirPrint. Please be aware in advance. If you want to use all the
functions of the printer, use the Canon IJ printer driver.

Checking Your Environment

First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment
Mac running the latest version of OS
• Requirement
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
◦ Connected to the same network over a LAN
◦ Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
◦ Connected by USB

Add The Printer as AirPrint Printer on Your Mac

1. Open System Preferences -> Printers & Scanners

2. Click + next to the printer list

3. Select your printer listed as Bonjour Multifunction

4. Select Secure AirPrint from Use

5. Click Add
The Printer will be added as AirPrint Printer on Your Mac

Print with AirPrint from a Mac

1. Check that printer is turned on

2. Load paper in printer

511
 Set roll paper or cut paper.

3. Start printing from your application software

The Print dialog opens.

4. Select printer
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.

Note
• Click Show Details to switch the setup window to the detailed display.

5. Check print settings

Set paper size and other items as needed.
Set paper type from the printer.

Note
• Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.

6. Click Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.

Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot use AirPrint if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and
enable Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems when using AirPrint.
• The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.

512
 Deleting Print Job
Use Stop button from printer to cancel the print job.

Restrictions on the AirPrint

• If A2+, A3+, or 13 x 22 is selected for Paper Size in the print dialog, part of the image may not fit on
the paper.
• If printing cut paper, the bottom edge of the image may be cut out.
• The roll sheets with the below width cannot be printed without borders.
◦ 800.0 mm (31.50 in)
◦ 762.0 mm (30.00 in)
◦ 600.0 mm (23.62 in)
◦ 508.0 mm (20.00 in)
◦ 500.0 mm (19.69 in)
◦ 420.0 mm (16.54 in)
◦ 406.4 mm (16.00 in)
◦ 329.0 mm (12.95 in)
◦ 304.8 mm (12.00 in)
◦ 300.0 mm (11.81 in)
◦ 297.0 mm (11.69 in)
◦ 257.0 mm (10.12 in)
◦ 203.2 mm (8.00 in)
• If printing cut paper, feed the paper vertically. If the paper is fed horizontally, it will still print vertical
images.
• Some paper sizes that are compatible with the Canon IJ printer driver are not compatible with AirPrint.
If using these sizes, set a custom size.
• Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout and Canon imagePROGRAF Preview cannot be used.

513
 Printing from Smartphone/Tablet

For more on printing from a device, refer to the device's or application's instruction manual.

Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer Directly (Wireless Direct)

514
 Connecting Smartphone/Tablet to Printer Directly (Wireless
Direct)

You can connect devices (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.

• Wi-Fi connection (connecting devices using a wireless router)

• Wireless Direct connection (connecting devices without using a wireless router)
This section describes wireless direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.

Follow the procedure below to use wireless direct.

1. Change the Printer Setting to Wireless Direct Connection

2. Connect Wi-Fi Direct Compatible Devices such as Smartphones and Tablets to the Printer
This section also describes changing wireless direct connection to Wi-Fi connection.

Change the Printer Setting to Wi-Fi Connection

Important
• Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the wireless direct.

Restrictions
• The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.
• If a device has already been connected to the printer directly and you want to add a device to connect,
connect it to the printer directly. You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time.

Change the Printer Setting to Wireless Direct Connection

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. On the HOME screen, tap the Network icon.

Depending on the current LAN status, the icon displayed on the button may differ.

Menu Operations

3. Tap Wireless Direct.

515
4. Tap Settings.

5. Tap Enable/disable Wireless Direct and tap Yes.

6. Confirm displayed message and tap OK.

After Wireless Direct is enabled, the identifier (SSID) etc. when using the printer with wireless direct
connection are displayed.
By flicking the touch screen, you can check various settings of wireless direct.

Note
• The identifier (SSID) and password are specified automatically.
• By tapping Show password, you can check the password. The password is required when
connecting a device to the printer. (Depending on the device you are using, no password is
required.)
• By tapping Settings, you can change the following settings.
• Enable/disable Wireless Direct
• Update SSID/password
• Wireless Direct device name
• Connection request confirmation

For updating the SSID / password or changing the name of the printer displayed on Wi-Fi Direct
compatible device, see Change Wireless Direct Connection Setting.

Connect Wi-Fi Direct Compatible Devices such as Smartphones and

Tablets to the Printer

1. Turn on Wi-Fi communication on Wi-Fi Direct compatible device.

For more on turning on Wi-Fi communication, see your device's instruction manual.

2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TM-300" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list

displayed on device.

Note
• If "DIRECT-XXXX-TM-300" does not appear on the list, wireless direct is not enabled.

See Change the Printer Setting to Wireless Direct Connection to enable wireless direct.
• You can change the name of the printer displayed on Wi-Fi Direct compatible devices.

See Change Wireless Direct Connection Setting as necessary.

3. Enter password on Wi-Fi Direct compatible device.

The device is connected to the printer.

516
 Note
• You can check the password set for the printer by the following method.

1. On the HOME screen, tap (Network).

2. Tap Wireless Direct.
3. Tap Show password.

• If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting
to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to
connect to the printer.
Make sure the name on the touch screen is the same as that of your Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device and tap Yes.

Change Wireless Direct Connection Setting

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Network).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Wireless Direct.

4. Tap Settings.

5. Change settings as necessary.

• To update the identifier (SSID) and the password for wireless direct

Tap Update SSID/password to display the confirmation screen.

To update the identifier (SSID) and the password, tap Yes.

To check the updated password, tap Show password.
• To change the printer's name displayed on the Wi-Fi Direct compatible device

Tap Wireless Direct device name to display the printer's name (the initial value is "DIRECT-
XXXX-TM-300") displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device.

Follow the procedure below to change the name.

1. Tap the device name entry field on the touch screen.

2. Enter device name (up to 32 characters).

3. Tap OK and confirm the entered device name.

4. Tap OK.

517
 • To change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
to the printer
Tap Connection request confirmation to display the confirmation screen.

If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, tap Yes.

Important
• To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should not change the setting from
the default.

When you finished performing the settings, the printer returns to the Wireless Direct settings screen.

6. Touch HOME button.

The HOME screen appears.

Note
• If you change the wireless direct setting on the printer, also change the setting on the device.

Change the Printer Setting to Wi-Fi Connection

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Network).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Wi-Fi.

4. Tap Settings.

5. Tap Enable/disable Wi-Fi and tap Enable.

6. Confirm displayed message and tap OK.

518
 Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)

Use AirPrint to print photographs, E-mails, web pages, and other documents without having to download
special applications.

Important
• There are restrictions for printing using AirPrint. Please be aware in advance.

Checking Your Environment

First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment
iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS
• Requirement
The iOS device and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
◦ Connected to the same network over a LAN
◦ Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)

Printing with AirPrint from iOS Device

1. Check that printer is turned on

2. Load paper in printer

Set roll paper or cut paper.

3. Tap operation icon using your iOS device's application

The following screen appears when printing from iOS 10's Safari. The screen differs depending on the
devices or applications.

519
 Menu options appear.

4. Tap Print

5. Select your model name from Printer on Printer Options

Important
• Because some applications do not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If
an application does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that application.

520
 6. Check Print Settings
Set the number of copies to be printed and print options, as needed.

7. Tap Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.

Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot use AirPrint if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and
enable Bonjour settings.
• Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems when using AirPrint.

Paper Size
With AirPrint, the paper size is selected automatically according to the application being used on the iOS
device and the region in which AirPrint is used.

Important
• Depending on the device or OS, the initial settings of paper size may differ.
Test printing is recommended.
• Depending on the application you are using, the available paper size may differ.

Checking Print Status

You can check the print status of AirPrint from Print Center.
Click the Home button in the iOS device twice to switch to multitask mode, swipe towards the right to
display Print Center, then tap on it.

521
 Deleting Print Job
Click the Home button in the iOS device twice to switch to multitask mode, swipe towards the right to
display Print Center, then tap on it. In the screen that appears, tap on the print job to be deleted, and
then tap Cancel Printing.

Restrictions on the AirPrint

• If A2+, A3+, or 13 x 22 is selected for Paper Size in the print dialog, part of the image may not fit on
the paper.
• If printing cut paper, the bottom edge of the image may be cut out.
• The roll sheets with the below width cannot be printed without borders.
◦ 800.0 mm (31.50 in)
◦ 762.0 mm (30.00 in)
◦ 600.0 mm (23.62 in)
◦ 508.0 mm (20.00 in)
◦ 500.0 mm (19.69 in)
◦ 420.0 mm (16.54 in)
◦ 406.4 mm (16.00 in)
◦ 329.0 mm (12.95 in)
◦ 304.8 mm (12.00 in)
◦ 300.0 mm (11.81 in)
◦ 297.0 mm (11.69 in)
◦ 257.0 mm (10.12 in)
◦ 203.2 mm (8.00 in)

• If printing cut paper, feed the paper vertically. If the paper is fed horizontally, it will still print vertical
images.

522
Windows Software

Printer Driver

Overview of the Printer Driver

Printer Driver Description

Updating the Printer Driver

Printing Using Canon Application Software

Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide

Preview Guide

Free Layout plus Guide

Print Plug-In for Office Guide

Direct Print & Share Guide

Quick Utility Toolbox Guide

IJ Network Device Setup Utility Guide

Media Configuration Tool Guide

Device Management Console Guide

Accounting Manager Guide

523
Printing Using Canon Application Software

Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide

Preview Guide

Free Layout plus Guide

Print Plug-In for Office Guide

Direct Print & Share Guide

Quick Utility Toolbox Guide

IJ Network Device Setup Utility Guide

Media Configuration Tool Guide

Device Management Console Guide

Accounting Manager Guide

524
macOS Software

Printer Driver

Overview of the Printer Driver

Description of Print Dialog

Updating the Printer Driver

Printing Using Canon Application Software

Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide

Preview Guide

Free Layout Guide

Quick Utility Toolbox Guide

IJ Network Device Setup Utility Guide

Media Configuration Tool Guide

Device Management Console Guide

Accounting Manager Guide

525
Printer Driver

Overview of the Printer Driver

Description of Print Dialog

Updating the Printer Driver

526
Overview of the Printer Driver

Canon IJ Printer Driver

Checking Layout in Preview before Printing

Registering a Changed Printing Profile

How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog

Page Setup Dialog

Print Dialog

Updating Media Information in Printer Driver

Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer Used in Shared

Environment)

Confirm the Printer Paper Information

Setting Accounting Information

Deleting the Undesired Print Job

Display the Printing Status Screen

Canon IJ Printer Utility2

Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2

Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)

527
 Canon IJ Printer Driver

The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for
printing data with this printer.

The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.

Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific
model you are using.

Using Help of the Printer Driver

You can display Help function from the Print Dialog.

Select a setup item from the pop-up menu in the Print dialog. Then click at the bottom left of the
screen to display an explanation of the item.

Help for the printer driver is displayed when the following pop-up menu item is selected:
• Quality & Media
• Color Options
• Paper Detailed Settings
• Page Processing

528
 Checking Layout in Preview before Printing

You can display and check the print result before printing.

The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows:

1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog

2. Select Print Preview

Select the Print Preview check box.

3. Complete the setup

Click Print.
When executing printing, start up Canon imagePROGRAF Preview to display the print results.

Note
• The printing results can be displayed even when selecting Canon imagePROGRAF Preview from PDF.

529
 Registering a Changed Printing Profile

You can name and register the printing profile you made in the Print Dialog. The registered printing profile
can be called up from Presets to be used. You can also delete the unnecessary printing profile.

The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows:

Registering a Printing Profile

1. In the Print dialog, set the necessary items

2. Select Save Current Settings as Preset... from the Presets

3. Save the settings

In the displayed dialog, enter a name in Preset Name, and if necessary, set Preset Available For.
Then click OK.

Important
• There are also print settings that cannot be saved to preset.

Using Registered Printing Profile

1. On Presets in the Print dialog, select the name of printing profile you want to use
Printing profile in the Print dialog will be updated to the called profile.

530
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile

1. Select the printing profile to be deleted

In the print dialog, select Show Presets... in the Presets section. Then in the dialog that appears,
select the name of the printing profile to be deleted.

2. Delete the printing profile

Click Delete, and click OK. The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets.

531
 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog

You can display the printer driver setup dialog from the application software you are using.

Opening the Page Setup Dialog

Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.

1. Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
The Page Setup Dialog opens.

Opening the Print Dialog

Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.

1. Select Print... from the File menu of the application software

The Print Dialog opens.

532
 Page Setup Dialog

In the Page Setup dialog, you configure the basic print settings such as the size of paper loaded in the
printer or the scaling ratio.

To open the Page Setup dialog, you typically select Page Setup... from the File menu of your application
software.

Settings
Click the pop-up menu, and then select the following items:
Page Attributes
Set the paper size or scaled printing.

Save as Default
You can save the attributes of the displayed page as the default settings.

Format For
Select the model to be used for printing.

Paper Size
Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.
To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....
Orientation
Select the print orientation.

Scale
Set the scaling percentage.
You can expand or reduce the size of the document when printing.

533
 Print Dialog

In the Print dialog, you can set paper type, paper source and print quality to start printing.

To open the Print dialog, you typically select Print... from the File menu of your application software.

Printer
Select the model to be used for printing.
When you click Add Printer..., a dialog for specifying the printer opens.

Presets
You can save or delete the settings of the Print dialog.
Note
• You can select Show Presets... to check the print settings that are set in the Print dialog.

Copies
You can set the number of copies to be printed.
Note
• You can set collated printing by choosing Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.

Pages
You can set the range of pages to be printed.

Paper Size
Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.
To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....

Orientation
Select the print orientation.

Pop-up Menu
You can switch between pages in the Print dialog by the pop-up menu. The first menu to appear differs
depending on the application software that opened the Print dialog.
You can choose one of the following items from the pop-up menu.

534
 Layout
You can set page layout printing.
Use Reverse page orientation to change the paper orientation, and use Flip horizontally to print
a mirror image of the document.

Color Matching
You can select the color correction method.

Paper Handling
You can set the pages to be printed on paper and the print order.

Cover Page
You can output cover pages both before and after a document.

Quality & Media

You can set basic print settings that match the printer.
Color Options
You can adjust the print colors as you desire.

Paper Detailed Settings

Specifies detailed print settings that match the media type loaded in the printer.

Page Processing
You can configure the detailed settings when printing to roll paper, and adjust the amount of the
source document that sticks out from the page when printing all borderless.

Supply Levels
A rough indication of the remaining ink level is displayed.

PDF
You can save a document in PDF (Portable Document Format) format.
By starting up Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout, it is possible to allocate multiple source
documents, and display the print results in imagePROGRAF Preview.

535
 Updating Media Information in Printer Driver

This function gets the latest media information from the printer and updates the media information in the
printer driver.

When the media information is updated, the media displayed for Media Type on the Quality & Media
screen is updated to the latest information.

The procedure for updating media information is described below.

Update Media Information

1. From the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 pop-up menu, select Media Information

2. Click Update Media Information

A dialog appears.

3. Check that the media information has updated

By following the dialog instructions, check that the printer is on, and then click OK.
After checking whether or not the printer media information needs to be updated, a message will be
displayed.
If the printer media information is up to date, click OK and finish updating media information.
If the information needs to be updated, follow the below steps to do so:

4. Update media information

Check the message and click Update.
The printer driver media information will update.
When the authentication screen appears, enter the administrator's name and password, and then click
Install Helper.

Important
• It may take some time to update the media information.
• Do not change media information on the printer while you are updating media information on
the driver.

5. Finish updating media information

When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The media information will be updated.

Important
• Restart the application or software you are printing from after updating media information.

536
 Important
• Ensure that a user with administrator privileges carries out the media information update.
Users other than administrators can check if a media information update is required, but cannot carry
out the update itself.
• When you have added, deleted, or edited media using administrative tools (the Media Configuration
Tool) but have not updated the media information, issues may arise such as the inability to print.

Note
• If the printer is being shared, Correct Media Information will display on the client machine.

537
 Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer
Used in Shared Environment)

The printer driver media information will be corrected.

Carrying out a media information correction will correct the configuration of the media information in the
printer driver.

The procedure for correcting media information is described below.

Correct Media Information

1. From the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 pop-up menu, select Media Information

2. Click Correct Media Information

After checking whether or not the printer driver's media information is correct, a message will be
displayed.
If the printer media information is set correctly, click OK and finish correcting media information.
If the information needs to be corrected, follow the below steps to do so:

3. Correct media information

When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer driver media information will be corrected.
When the authentication screen appears, enter the administrator's name and password, and then click
Install Helper.

4. Complete media information correction

When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The paper information will be corrected.

Important
• Restart the application or software you are printing from after correcting media information.

Note
• Media Information will only be displayed on the client machine in use when the printer is being
shared.

538
 Confirm the Printer Paper Information

You can check the size and type of paper that was set to the printer.

1. From the Remote UI, select Printer status

2. Check printer's paper information

The size and type of the media set on the printer main unit is displayed by feed position.

539
 Setting Accounting Information

By Setting Accounting Information, you add IDs to print jobs, and use the printer and cost management tool
to tabulate print history information for any ID.

The procedure for Setting Accounting Information is described below.

1. From the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 pop-up menu, select Accounting

2. Set Account ID
Set an Account ID, as necessary.

Account ID/Account ID2

Enter the Account ID to be set. Enter the ID by using up to 20 alphanumeric characters (0 to 9, a
to z, A to Z).

3. Apply settings
Check that the printer is on, and then click Apply.
When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is now valid.

Note
• If the printer is being shared, Accounting information cannot be set on client machines.

540
 Deleting the Undesired Print Job

If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.

1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners

2. Select your model, and then click Open Print Queue...

The print status check screen appears.

3. Select the unnecessary print job and click

The selected print jobs will be deleted.

541
 Displaying the Printing Status Screen

Check the print progress according to the following procedure:

1. Launch the printing status screen

• If the print data has been sent to the printer

The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
(the printer icon) displayed on the Dock.
• If the print data has not been sent to the printer
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select the name of your printer model from the printer list,
and then click Open Print Queue....

2. Checking the printing status

You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.

Deletes the specified print job.

Stops printing the specified document.

Resumes printing the specified document.

Stops printing all documents.

Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all docu-
ments.

Note
• Depending on your model, the printer icon display may be different.

Important
• If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
• The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.

542
• The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
• If the content of the error message is difficult to understand, check the error message displayed on the
printer operation panel.

543
 Canon IJ Printer Utility2

The Canon IJ Printer Utility2 allows you to update media information and configure accounting.

You can switch between pages in Canon IJ Printer Utility2 by the pop-up menu. You can choose one of the
following items from the pop-up menu.

Media Information
Gets the latest media information from the printer and updates the media information in the printer
driver.

Accounting
Allows you to set IDs for each job and each user, and manage the print history and print jobs.
Note
• If the printer is being shared, Accounting information cannot be set on client machines.

Note
• To operate the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, you must first turn on the printer.

544
 Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2

To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, follow the steps below.

1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners

2. Start the Canon IJ Printer Utility2

Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies....

Click Open Printer Utility in Utility tab.

Canon IJ Printer Utility2 is launched.

545
 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer

You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.

If you select Printer status from Remote UI, an illustration showing the status of the ink tanks and
maintenance cartridge appears.

Estimated ink levels

You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.

Ink number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.

Maintenance cartridge usage

You can check the estimated usage amount of the maintenance cartridge.
When capacity levels are low or the cartridge is at full capacity, a notification icon will appear.

Note
• To check the ink levels or the estimated usage of the maintenance cartridge, you can also display the
pop-up menu of the Print dialog and select Supply Levels.

546
 Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)

This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.

Restrictions on the Printer Driver

• When you set up the Page Setup dialog, be sure to begin by selecting the model you are using from
the Format For list. If you select another printer, printing may not be performed properly.
• The following functions cannot be used in macOS, though they can be used in Windows computers.
◦ Poster Printing
◦ Stamp Printing
◦ Sharpen Text
◦ Adjust Faint Lines
◦ Preview Before Printing

• Depending on the application software that you are using, a preview may not be displayed on the left
side of the Print dialog.
• If you connect this printer and AirPort with a USB cable and print, you must install the latest AirPort
firmware.

Notes on Adding a Printer

• If you will be installing the Canon printer driver on a macOS and using the printer through a network
connection, select the printer name that contains Bonjour in the Add (Add Printer) dialog.
• If several options are displayed under Use in the Add (Add Printer) dialog, choose Canon XXX
(where "XXX" is your model name) in order to maximize your ability to control settings during printing.

547
Description of Print Dialog

Quality & Media

Color Options

Paper Detailed Settings

Page Processing

Specifications

548
 Quality & Media

This dialog allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the paper type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items in this dialog.

Media Type
Select the type of media to be used.
You must select the type of media actually loaded in the printer. This selection enables the printer to
carry out printing properly for the material of the media used.
Note
• After updating media information of the printer, start up the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 and update
media information.

Paper Source
Select the source from which paper is supplied.
Roll Paper
Feeds paper using roll paper.

Cut Sheet
Feeds paper using the cut paper.

Print Priority
Select elements to prioritize for print results.
Image
Prioritize image results when printing.

Line Drawing/Text
Prioritize detailed lines and text when printing.

Auto (Use Printer Settings)

Use printer settings when printing.

549
Print Quality
Select the one that is closest to the original document type and the purpose.
When one of the radio buttons is selected, the appropriate quality will be set automatically.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.

Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.

Fast
Gives priority to printing speed over print quality.

Custom
Select this radio button to specify a quality.
Quality
When you select Custom in Print Quality, you can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality
level.

Color Mode
Select how to process colors.
Color
Print in color.

Monochrome
Print in grayscale.

Monochrome Bitmap
Print all non-white parts in black.

Rendering Intent
Specify the method of matching to use when selecting Canon Color Matching in Color Matching.
Perceptual (Photo)
Reproduces colors of general photos naturally and features smooth gradation. In addition, selecting
this setting allows you to adjust colors easily using an application software.
Saturation (Poster/CAD)
Reproduces vivid colors on data such as a poster. In addition, prints in easy-to-see colors suitable
for line drawing.

No Color Correction
Performs printing without color matching.

Print Preview
You can start up the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview, and check what the printing results will be
before executing the print.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.

Related Topics
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome

550
 Color Options

This dialog allows you to adjust the print color as you like. If the color of the printed image is not as
expected, adjust the properties in the dialog and retry printing.

The adjustments made here do not affect the colors of the original print data unlike application software
dedicated to image processing. Use this dialog just to make fine adjustments.

Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
As you adjust each item, the effects are reflected in the color and brightness.

View Color Pattern

Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
When you want to display the sample image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Note
• When Monochrome or Monochrome Bitmap is selected in Color Mode under Quality & Media,
the sample graphic is displayed in monochrome.

Color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow)

If necessary, adjust the strength of each color. To strengthen a color, drag the slider to the right. To
weaken a color, drag the slider to the left.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Adjusting the color balance will result in variations in the balance among the volumes of the individual
color inks and hence in the hues of the document as a whole.
Use the printer driver only when adjusting the color balance slightly. To change the color balance
significantly, use the application software.

Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Colors become brighter as you

551
 drag the slider toward the right and darker as you drag the slider toward the left. You can also directly
enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

Contrast
The Contrast function changes the differences between light and dark in images during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct,
increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of
images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.

Important
• When Monochrome or Monochrome Bitmap is selected in Color Mode under Quality & Media, the
color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) are unavailable.
• If Monochrome Bitmap is selected for Color Mode in Quality & Media, Brightness and Contrast
cannot be set.
• If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow),
Brightness, and Contrast appear grayed out and are unavailable.

Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast

552
 Paper Detailed Settings

Use this dialog box to set detailed print settings that match the media type loaded on the printer.

If the paper becomes stained during printing or if the quality of the print results is less than expected, using
these settings may improve the print results.

Dry Time (Between Pages)

Allows you to set the interval between the time each page is printed and the time it exits the printer.
Since a certain waiting time is required for the ink to dry before the roll paper is cut, even when, on
Page Processing, Automatic Cutting is set to Yes, you can let the document fall into the basket with
the ink dried.
The Dry Time (Between Pages) setting is effective only for roll paper.
Printer Default
Applies the settings configured in the control panel of the printer unit.

None
Documents are ejected immediately after printing is over.

30 seconds / 1 minute / 3 minutes / 5 minutes / 10 minutes / 30 minutes / 60 minutes

After printing is over, documents are ejected after the set time has elapsed.

Dry Time (Between Scans)

Allows you to set the interval between the printing of a scan on a page and the printing of the next scan.
Prevents ink bleeding on a page or uneven coloring during borderless printing.
Printer Default
Applies the settings configured in the control panel of the printer unit.

None
Each scan is printed immediately after the previous one.

0.5 seconds / 1 second / 3 seconds / 5 seconds / 7 seconds / 9 seconds

After one scan has been printed, the next one will be printed after the set time has elapsed.
Increase the interval depending on the occurrence of bleeding and uneven coloring.

553
Roll Paper Safety Margin
Allows you to specify the length of the white margins on the edges of the paper in order to make even
significantly curled paper adsorb to the platen.
Printer Default
Applies the settings configured in the control panel of the printer unit.

3mm
Prints in standard-size.
Choose this setting if there are no particular problems when printing.

20mm
Choose this setting in case of chafing against the print head, for example when using significantly
curled paper.

Cut Speed
Allows you to select the speed of automatic cutting. Use it to adjust the automatic cutting function when
clean cutting is not possible.
Printer Default
Applies the settings configured in the control panel of the printer unit.

Fast
Choose this if clean cut surfaces are not possible with the Standard setting.

Standard
Choose this if there are no particular problems with automatic cutting.

Slow
Choose it when using adhesive paper in order to prevent the glue from sticking to the cutter and to
avoid a drop in cutting performance.

Unidirectional Printing
Suppresses uneven coloring and line shifts during printing.
To perform unidirectional printing, check this check box.

554
 Page Processing

You can configure advanced settings for printing on roll paper and adjust how much of the document
extends outside the paper when printing borderless.

Roll Paper Width

Select the roll paper width.
Select the width that matches the width of the roll paper loaded in the printer.

Banner Printing
Select this check box to print documents extending over several pages as one continuous document
without any spaces between the pages.
Automatic Cutting
You can set whether to have the paper cut automatically or to have cut lines printed on the paper
The following settings can be configured for automatic cutting
Printer Default
Applies the settings configured in the control panel of the printer unit.

None
After printing is over, the printer goes on to print the next set of data without cutting the paper into
individual pages.

Print Cut Guideline

After printing is over, the printer prints cutting lines on each page and goes on to print the next set
of data.

Fit Roll Paper Width

The printer automatically expands or reduces the document to match the roll paper width and then
prints the document.

555
 Off
The document is printed as-is without being expanded or reduced.

On (Bordered)
The printer automatically expands or reduces the document to match the roll paper width and then
prints the document.

On (Borderless)
When borderless printing is performed, the printer automatically enlarges or reduces the document
to match the roll paper width and then prints the document.

No Spaces at Top or Bottom

When printing on roll paper, you can save paper by reducing the upper and lower margins when
printing.

Rotate Page 90 degrees

Rotate the long edge of the document 90 degrees, match it to the width of the roll paper, and then print
the document.
When you print a portrait document onto roll paper, you can save paper by rotating the document 90
degrees and print the document horizontally relative to the paper.

Borderless Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends outside the paper by using the Borderless Extension
slider bar.
Drag to slider bar to the right to increase the extension amount, and to the left to decrease the
extension amount.

Print Centered
Prints document in center of paper.

Note
• Depending on the settings, some items cannot be set.

Related Topic
Prints without Edges Based on the Scenarios

556
 Specifications

Important
• The following values may vary depending on the operating environment.

Paper
For details on the compatible media types, see "Paper Information List."

Paper width For details on the paper widths supported by the printer, see "Paper Sizes."

Minimum paper length 11.00 inches (279.4 mm)

Rolls*1 59 feet (18 m)

Maximum printable length
Sheets 5.2 feet (1.6 m)

Rolls 3-31 mil (0.07-0.8 mm)

Thickness
Sheets 3-31 mil (0.07-0.8 mm)

Roll maximum outer diameter 5.9 inches (150 mm) or shorter

Supported paper core inner diameter 2.00 inches/3.00 inches (50.8 mm/76.2 mm)

Print area For details about Print Area, see "Print Area."

*1 Varies depending on the operating system or application.

557
Updating the Printer Driver

Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver

Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List

Before Installing the Printer Driver

Installing the Printer Driver

558
 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver

By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver, unresolved problems may be solved.

You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model.

Important
• You can download the printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.

Related Topics
Before Installing the Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver

559
 Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List

A Canon IJ Printer that you no longer use can be deleted from the printer list.
Before deleting the Canon IJ Printer, disconnect the cable that connects the printer to the computer.

The procedure to delete the unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the printer list is as follows:

You cannot delete the Canon IJ Printer unless you are logged in as a user with the administrative right. For
information about an administrative user, refer to the user's manual for the macOS.

1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners

2. Delete the Canon IJ Printer from the printer list

From the printer list, select the Canon IJ Printer to be deleted, and then click -.
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.

560
 Before Installing the Printer Driver

This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver. You should also
refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed.

Checking the Personal Computer Settings

• Terminate all running applications.
• Log on as a user who has the administrator account. The installer will prompt you to enter the name
and password of the administrative user. When multiple users are using macOS, log on with the
account of the administrator who registered first.

Important
• When you upgrade macOS, all printer drivers that were installed will be deleted.
If you plan to continue using this printer, re-install the latest printer driver.

Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver

561
 Installing the Printer Driver

You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model.

The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows:

1. Mount the disk

Double-click the disk image file you have downloaded.
The file is unpacked, and then the disk is mounted.

2. Start the installer

Double-click "PrinterDriver_XXX_YYY.pkg" (where "XXX" is your model name, and "YYY" is version)
contained in the disk.

3. Start the installation

Install the printer driver according to the messages on the screen.

When the Software License Agreement is displayed, check the contents, and click Continue. If you do
not agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, you cannot install this software.

4. Selecting the install destination

If necessary, select where you want to install the printer driver, and then click Continue.

5. Executing the installation

Click Install.
When the authentication screen is displayed, enter the name and password of the administrator, and
then click Install Software.

6. Complete the installation

When the completion message appears, click Close.

The printer driver is installed successfully.

Important
• If the Installer does not operate properly, select Quit Installer from the Installer menu of the Finder to
quit the Installer. Then start the Installer again.
• You can download the printer driver for free, but you are responsible for paying any connection fees to
the Internet.

Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
Before Installing the Printer Driver

562
Printing Using Canon Application Software

Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide

Preview Guide

Free Layout Guide

Quick Utility Toolbox Guide

IJ Network Device Setup Utility Guide

Media Configuration Tool Guide

Device Management Console Guide

Accounting Manager Guide

563
Managing Print Jobs

Checking Print Job Information

Accounting Manager Guide

Basic Print Job Operations

Managing Job Queue (Delete)

564
 Checking Print Job Information

You can check the details of the print job being processed (job queue) or delete it from the Web browser or
the control panel of the printer.

• Using web browser:

Log in to the printer from web browser, select Job management, and perform operations.

Configuration Changes Using Web Browser

• Using operation panel:

Tap (Jobs) on the HOME screen, and perform operations.

565
Basic Print Job Operations

Managing Job Queue (Delete)

566
 Managing Job Queue (Delete)

Print jobs being processed by the printer are collectively called the job queue. You can delete jobs in the job
queue as needed.

This operation is available using the operation panel or Remote UI.

Using Operation Panel
Using Remote UI

• Delete

You can delete the job queue that are not currently being deleted.

Using Operation Panel

1. Make sure printer is turned on.

2. On the HOME screen, tap (Jobs).

Menu Operations

3. Tap Print job.

4. In the list, tap the target job.

5. Tap Delete.

6. Confirm displayed message and tap Yes.

Note
• Select Delete all print jobs on Job management to delete all jobs in the job queue

Job management

567
Using Remote UI

1. Start up Remote UI.

2. Select Job management.

3. Select Print job.

4. In the list, select the target job.

5. Select Delete.

568
 Frequently Asked Questions

General FAQ
I want to easily create vertical or horizontal banners
Does this printer support sub-ink tank system
I want to know how to configure roll cutting
I want to configure so that the roll is cut automatically after waiting for the ink to dry
How do I print without borders
I want to know the paper types that can be used in this printer
The paper type that I want to print is not displayed on the Touch Screen
Can I perform duplex printing
I want to perform enlargement printing
Network Settings and Common Problems

Solve Problems

Problems Regarding Paper

Remove Jammed Roll Paper
Remove a Jammed Sheet
Remove Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot
Roll Paper Remains/Lacks under Quantity Management
Cannot load sheets
Paper is not cut straight
Paper is not cut
Cutter Blade Does Not Work While Cutting Is in Progress
Dent in the Tip of Paper
The size of clear film cannot be detected
Printer Keeps Ejecting the Roll Paper
Margins are wide
When printing on roll paper, the printed surface becomes scratched

Printing Does Not Start

Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
The Data lamp on the Operation Panel does not light up
The printer does not respond even if print jobs are sent
"Preparing the ink system." is displayed
"Agitating the ink" is displayed

The Printer Stops During a Print Job

Printing stops and an error message is displayed
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the carriage stops moving)

569
Problems with the Printing Quality
Printing is faint
Paper rubs against the Print Head
The edges of the paper are dirty
The surface of the paper is dirty
The back side of the paper is dirty
Immediately after borderless printing, the trailing edge margin is soiled during regular printing
Printed colors are inaccurate
Banding in different colors occurs
Colors in printed images are uneven
Image edges are blurred or white banding occurs
The contrast becomes uneven during printing
The length of printed images is inaccurate in the feeding direction
Images are printed crooked
Documents are printed in monochrome
Line thickness is not uniform
Lines or colors are misaligned
Borders appear in borderless printing

Cannot Print over Network

Cannot Connect Printer to Network
Cannot Print over TCP/IP Network
Cannot Print over Bonjour networks (macOS)

Cannot Find Printer on Network

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen (Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Cannot Print Using AirPrint

Installation Problems
Removing Printer Software
Taking Time to Setup Process (Windows)
Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows)

HP-GL/2 problems
With HP-GL/2, printing is misaligned
Lines or images are missing in printed HP-GL/2 jobs
Lines are printed too thick or thin in HP-GL/2 print jobs
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed in monochrome (or color)
Printed colors of lines are inaccurate during HP-GL/2 printing
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed 6 mm larger than specified
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed at maximum size, even if a standard size is specified
HP-GL/2 printing takes a long time
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the carriage stops moving)

570
Other Problems
Printer does not turn on
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound
Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared
Printer consumes a lot of ink
Printed pages are not collected cleanly in the basket
Ink Level Detection

571
I want to easily create vertical or horizontal banners

You can print originals that are in landscape (or portrait) orientation automatically enlarged to fit the roll
width. This is an easy way to create vertical or horizontal banners.

Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing) (Windows)

Printing Hanging and Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing) (macOS)

572
Does this printer support sub-ink tank system

This printer supports hot-swap ink tank replacement.

Even if an ink tank becomes empty during printing, since a certain amount of ink always is stored in a sub-
ink tank, you can replace the ink tank while printing.

Replacing Ink Tanks

573
I want to know how to configure roll cutting

Cutting methods can be selected in the printer settings and printer driver settings.

To automatically cut roll paper after printing, open the Cutting mode settings on the printer, and then under
Automatic cut set Automatic Cutting in the printer driver to Yes.

When using paper that is easily scratched, or paper where the ink requires extra time to fix, we recommend
setting Cutting mode on the printer to Eject cut.

Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

Cutting Roll Paper after Printing (Windows)
Cutting Roll Paper after Printing (macOS)

574
I want to configure so that the roll is cut automatically after waiting
for the ink to dry

You can set an ink drying time in the printer driver.

You can also configure the same settings on the printer itself.

Main Tab Description (Windows)

Paper Detailed Settings (macOS)
Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls
Menu Structure

575
How do I print without borders

If printing on roll paper, you can set borderless printing in the printer driver settings. (If printing on sheets,
borderless printing is not possible)

Prints without Edges Based on the Scenarios (Windows)

Prints without Edges Based on the Scenarios (macOS)

576
I want to know the paper types that can be used in this printer

For information about paper that can be used with this printer, see the imagePROGRAF home page or refer
to the media information list.

Paper Information List

577
The paper type that I want to print is not displayed on the Touch
Screen

If using a new paper type, start the Media Configuration Tool to get the latest media information.

Updating paper information

578
Can I perform duplex printing

This printer cannot print double-sided.

An alternative to double-sided printing is to use the Folded Duplex function of the Windows software Canon
Free Layout plus, which prints two pages on one side, folds the sheet back from the center, and hangs it.

579
I want to perform enlargement printing

Use the printer driver to adjust the original to the paper size and width, or print enlarged or reduced by
specifying a magnification factor.

Scaled Printing (Windows)

Scaled Printing (macOS)

580
 Network Settings and Common Problems

Here are frequently asked questions on network.

Cannot Find Printer

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen (Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN

Cannot Print or Connect

Cannot Connect Printer to Network
Cannot Print over TCP/IP Network
Cannot Print over Bonjour networks (macOS)
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason

LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings

Printer Connection Methods
Default Network Settings
Another Printer Found with Same Name
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Reconfiguration of Network Settings using the Remote UI
Network Status and Troubleshooting

581
Problems Regarding Paper

Remove Jammed Roll Paper

Remove a Jammed Sheet

Remove Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)

Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot

Roll Paper Remains/Lacks under Quantity Management

Cannot load sheets

Paper is not cut straight

Paper is not cut

Cutter Blade Does Not Work While Cutting Is in Progress

Dent in the Tip of Paper

The size of clear film cannot be detected

Printer Keeps Ejecting the Roll Paper

Margins are wide

When printing on roll paper, the printed surface becomes scratched

582
Remove Jammed Roll Paper

If roll paper jams, follow the steps below to remove jams.

1. Turn off printer.

Turning the Printer On and Off

2. Positioning your hands as shown, open top cover.

3. Cut loaded roll paper with regular scissors or the like.

Before cutting, loose the roll paper and lift it up.

Caution
• When cutting paper, be careful to avoid injury or damage to the printer.

583
4. Push release lever back.

5. Remove jammed paper.

• If paper is jammed inside the top cover

1. Open top cover and move carriage to the left or right side manually, away from the
jam.

Important
• Do not move the carriage over jammed paper. This may damage the printhead.

2. Remove any jammed paper inside top cover.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

584
 3. Close top cover.

Important
• Do not touch the linear scale (A) or carriage shaft (B). This may stain your hands and
damage the printer.

• If the paper from a roll is jammed by the paper feed slot

Remove the jammed paper from the paper feed slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

585
 • If the paper is jammed by the ejection guide
Remove the jammed paper from the output tray.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

6. Pull release lever forward.

586
 Important
• Changing the release lever position while printing is in progress causes paper jam, misaligned lines, or
wrong colors. Be careful not to touch the release lever while printing in progress.

587
Remove a Jammed Sheet

If a sheet jams, follow the steps below to remove it.

1. Turn off printer.

Turning the Printer On and Off

2. Push release lever back.

3. Remove jammed paper.

• If paper is jammed inside the top cover

1. Open top cover and move carriage to the left or right side manually, away from the
jam.

588
 Important
• Do not move the carriage over jammed paper. This may damage the printhead.

2. Remove any jammed paper inside top cover.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

3. Close top cover.

Important
• Do not touch the linear scale (A) or carriage shaft (B). This may stain your hands and
damage the printer.

589
• If the paper is jammed by the paper feed slot

Remove the jammed paper from the paper feed slot.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

• If the paper is jammed by the ejection guide

Remove the jammed paper from the output tray.

After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.

590
4. Pull release lever forward.

Important
• Changing the release lever position while printing is in progress causes paper jam, misaligned lines, or
wrong colors. Be careful not to touch the release lever while printing in progress.

591
Remove Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)

Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the paper feed slot after you clear jammed sheets or roll
paper.

1. Turn off printer.

Turning the Printer On and Off

2. Push release lever back.

3. Positioning your hands as shown, open top cover.

592
4. Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of paper feed slot.
Push scrap out toward platen.

5. Remove scrap when it is pushed out onto platen.

6. If any scraps remain inside paper feed slot, repeat steps 4 and 5.

7. Holding it at the positions indicated, close top cover.

593
8. Pull release lever forward.

Important
• Changing the release lever position while printing is in progress causes paper jam, misaligned lines, or
wrong colors. Be careful not to touch the release lever while printing in progress.

594
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot

Check 1 Is the roll paper curled?

Straighten out curls and reload the roll.

Check 2 Is paper jammed in the feed slot?

Remove the jammed paper.
Remove Jammed Roll Paper
Remove a Jammed Sheet

Check 3 Check the paper information on the HOME screen.

If "Roll" is not displayed, select Replace roll paper or Load roll paper from the Select paper screen, and then
load the roll paper.

Note
• You cannot load a roll paper and sheets on the printer at the same time.

595
Roll Paper Remains/Lacks under Quantity Management

Check the setting of Manage remaining roll amount.

• If Barcodes is selected for Manage remaining roll amount:

1. Enter Roll paper length and select OK.

2. Select Roll amount 3 (standard) for Roll amount warning setting.

• If Warning message only is selected for Manage remaining roll amount:

Select Roll amount 3 (standard) for Roll amount warning setting.

Paper-related settings

596
Cannot load sheets

Check Check the paper information on the HOME screen.

If "Roll" is displayed, select Load cut sheet from the Select paper screen, and then load the sheet.

Note
• You cannot load a roll paper and sheets on the printer at the same time.

597
Paper is not cut straight

Check 1 Is the edge of the paper cutting position creased?

Straighten out any curling by the edges of the paper.

Check 2 Is the edge of the paper cutting position lifting up when cutting?
Reload the paper correctly.

Check 3 Is the paper a type that can be cut with the cutter blade?
Set Cutting mode in the touch screen menu to User cut, then and cut the roll paper with a cutting implement
such as scissors.
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

Check 4 Are you using the basket properly?

Make sure that you are using the basket properly.
Using the Basket

Check 5 Check that the Cut speed setting is correct.

Select Paper settings > Advanced on Paper menu in the touch screen menu, and change Cut speed.
If the paper edge cannot be cut straight at the cut starting position, it may be improved by selecting slower cut
speed than that selected currently.
If the paper edge cannot be cut straight at the cut ending position, it may be improved by selecting faster cut
speed than that selected currently.
Select Paper settings > Advanced on Paper menu in the touch screen menu, and change the Cut speed
setting.

Menu Structure

Check 6 Did the printing material slip diagonally while being cut?
Set the Cutting mode in the touch screen menu to Eject cut, and then hold and cut the material after it has
printed.

Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

Check 7 Is the cutter blade attached properly?

Attach the cutter blade properly.

Replacing the Cutter Blade

598
 Check 8 Is the edge of the cutter blade blunt?
Replace the cutter blade.

Replacing the Cutter Blade

599
Paper is not cut

Check 1 Is Automatic Cutting in the printer driver set to No or Print Cut Guideline?
Set the printer driver Automatic Cutting setting to Yes.

Page Setup Tab Description (Windows)

Paper Detailed Settings (macOS)

Check 2 Is Cutting mode in the touch screen menu set to Eject cut or User cut?
If Cutting mode is set to Eject cut, select Feed/cut in the touch screen menu and cut the paper.

If Cutting mode is set to User cut, cut the roll paper with a cutting implement such as scissors.

Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

Check 3 Is the cutter blade attached?

Attach the cutter blade.
Replacing the Cutter Blade

600
Cutter Blade Does Not Work While Cutting Is in Progress

Check 1 Does a message appear on the touch screen?

If the cutter blade failed to cut the paper, it stops moving and a message appears on the touch screen.

Remove the paper and try printing again.

Remove Jammed Roll Paper

Check 2 Make sure the cutter blade can cut paper used currently.
Select User cut for Cutting mode in the touch screen menu and cut the roll paper with a cutting implement such
as scissors.
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

Check 3 Check the setting value for Cut speed.

Selecting slower value may enable the cutter blade to cut paper.
Select Paper settings > Advanced on Paper menu in the touch screen menu, and change the Cut speed
setting.
Menu Structure
Paper-related settings

Check 4 Is the edge of the cutter blade blunt?

Replace the cutter blade.
Replacing the Cutter Blade

601
Dent in the Tip of Paper

Check Are you keeping the roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it?
Doing so may leave a dent on the tip of paper and it remains when you print on the paper the next time.

When printing quality is most important, we recommend cutting the paper tip before printing.

On the HOME screen, selecting Feed/Cut > Cut paper > Yes enables the printer to cut the paper tip at the
shortest length.
Menu Structure

602
The size of clear film cannot be detected

Check Is the platen dirty with ink?

Open the top cover and clean the entire platen area.

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

603
Printer Keeps Ejecting the Roll Paper

When a sheet is selected on the HOME screen, loading a roll paper with its surface left loose may make the
printer recognize the loaded roll paper as a sheet.

In this case, selecting Remove paper on Paper menu may allow the printer to keep ejecting the paper.

Check the paper feed settings on the printer.

After roll ejection stops, follow these steps to reload the roll.

1. Push release lever back.

2. Open top cover.

604
3. Using both hands, rotate the roll holder toward the back to rewind the roll.
At this time, ensure that both ends of the roll are rewound evenly.

4. Pull release lever forward.

5. Load roll.
At this time, be sure to press the Load button and select Load roll paper.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

605
Margins are wide

Check 1 Is auto cut being used on printed material with a wide margin on the trailing
edge only?
Rolls are advanced a specific amount before cutting to prevent problems with cutting and paper ejection.

This operation is normal.

Check 2 Is leading edge detection set to Do not detect?

Do not detect may have been set by responding to the message Do you want to set to detect the leading
edge of the paper? when Cutting mode was set to User cut in the touch screen menu.
If the message Do you want to set to detect the leading edge of the paper? appears when setting Cutting
mode to User cut, select Detect (recommended).
Please note that if Detect (recommended) is selected and the paper has a strong curl, the print head may rub
against the edge of the paper when printing starts.
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

606
When printing on roll paper, the printed surface becomes
scratched

Make sure the roll paper has not lost tension during printing.

If the roll paper loses tension, the paper surface could be damaged and the paper could wrinkle or fold.

Select Paper settings > Advanced on Paper menu in the touch screen menu, and set Roll paper tension
(printing) to High.

Menu Structure

Note
• Carrying out Adjust print quality is recommended when changing Roll paper tension (printing)
settings.

607
Printing Does Not Start

Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason

The Data lamp on the Operation Panel does not light up

The printer does not respond even if print jobs are sent

"Preparing the ink system." is displayed

"Agitating the ink" is displayed

608
 Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason

Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes

Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wired LAN
Cannot Print through Network

Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes

It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.

Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.

Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)

Check1 Check the power status of printer and devices (e.g. wireless router or
computer) connected to the network.
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, turn it off and on again.
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.

Check2 Can you view any web pages on your computer?

Make sure your computer is connected to the wireless router properly.

For more on checking computer settings or connection status, see the instruction manual supplied with the
computer or contact the manufacturer.

Check3 Is the printer connected to the wireless router?

Use the icon on the touch screen to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the

icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.

Check4 Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical
with those of the wireless router.

609
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.

To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information.

Printing Network Settings

Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For macOS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Check5 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.

Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.

Check6 Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.

Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For macOS:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

610
 Check7 Make sure of the Wi-Fi channel numbers used for your computer.
You need to have the same Wi-Fi channel number that you are using for the wireless router as your computer.
It is normally set in the way that you can use all the Wi-Fi channels. However, when the channels that you are
using are restricted, the Wi-Fi channels do not match.

See the instruction manual provided with your computer and check the Wi-Fi channel number available for
your computer.

Check8 Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in
Check 7.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.

Check9 Make sure security software's firewall is off.

If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some
programs use a firewall by default.

Check10 If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you
use alphanumeric characters for network identifier (SSID). (macOS)

If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.

• For Windows:

Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

• For macOS:

Perform setup from the web page.

• Positioning:
Make sure there are no obstacles between the printer and wireless router.

Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct

Check1 Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.

If the power is already turned on, turn it off and on again.

Check2 Is the icon displayed on the touch screen?

If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.

611
 Check3 Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.

For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.

Check4 Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the identifier for Wireless Direct (SSID) specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.

To check the identifier for wireless direct (SSID) specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of
the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

Check5 Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.

• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

Check6 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.

Check7 Make sure 5 devices are already connected.

Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.

Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wired LAN

Check1 Make sure the printer is turned on.

Check2 Make sure the LAN cable is connected properly.

612
Make sure the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the
cable properly.

If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN side of the router.

If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.

• For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

• For macOS:

Perform setup from the web page.

Cannot Print through Network

Check1 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.

For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual
or contact its manufacturer.

Check2 If the printer driver is not installed, install it. (Windows)

Install the printer driver using the Setup CD-ROM or install it from the Canon website.

Check3 When using Wi-Fi, make sure wireless router does not restrict which
computers can access it.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.

613
The Data lamp on the Operation Panel does not light up

Check 1 Does the printer have power?

Check that the power cord is firmly plugged all the way in. Push the ON button to turn on the power to the printer.

Check 2 Was the correct printer selected?

In Windows, select the printer by clicking Select Printer or Printer in the printing dialog box and try printing
again.
In macOS, open the dialog box of the printer driver, select the printer from the list of Printer, and try printing
again.

Check 3 Is the print job paused?

In Windows, restart the print job as follows.

1. Select the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes (or Printers) window.

2. Clear Pause Printing in the File menu to restart the print job.

In macOS, restart the print job as follows.

1. Click Print & Scan (or Print & Fax).

2. Select the printer, and then Resume Printer (or Start Jobs) in the Printers menu to restart the print job.

614
The printer does not respond even if print jobs are sent

Check 1 Is Pause printing set to Enable?

Set Pause printing on the touch screen menu to Disable.

Pausing Printing

Check 2 Is USB or LAN connection disabled?

• For USB connection:
Set Use USB connection on the touch screen menu to Use.

• For LAN connection (wired/Wi-Fi/Wireless Direct):

Set Enable/disable Wired LAN, Enable/disable Wi-Fi, or Enable/disable Wireless Direct on the touch
screen menu to Enable.

Note
• You cannot enable wired LAN and Wi-Fi or Wireless Direct at the same time.

615
"Preparing the ink system." is displayed

The print head and sub-ink tank are being filled with ink.

Wait until the system has been filled with ink.

Note
• This message might appear if you force the power off while the printer is operating.
Always follow the correct procedure when turning off the power.

Turning the Printer On and Off

616
"Agitating the ink" is displayed

Ink agitation is in progress.

Please wait until ink agitation is finished.

Agitation time varies depending on time elapsed since powering off (approximately 20 seconds to 2
minutes).

617
The Printer Stops During a Print Job

Printing stops and an error message is displayed

The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper

618
Printing stops and an error message is displayed

The last portion of roll paper was used during a print job, and paper could not be advanced because the
trailing edge is taped to the roll.

Remove the used roll and insert a new roll.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
Loading and Printing on Rolls

619
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper

Check 1 The leading edge of the roll paper may have been trimmed
The leading edge of the roll paper may be trimmed if Trim edge first is not set to Off or Manual in the touch
screen menu.

Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically

Check 2 Is the print head nozzle blocked?

Print a nozzle check pattern to check the print head status.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

Check 3 Is the correct printer driver selected?

Print again using the correct printer driver for your printer.

Check 4 When you print data including HP RTL command, check the settings below in
the touch screen menu.
• Set Auto rotation to OFF.
• If Rotate is set to 90 degrees, select 0 degrees and start printing.

Menu Structure

If none of the above apply, there may be a printer malfunction.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

620
Problems with the Printing Quality

Printing is faint

Paper rubs against the Print Head

The edges of the paper are dirty

The surface of the paper is dirty

The back side of the paper is dirty

Immediately after borderless printing, the trailing edge margin is soiled during
regular printing

Printed colors are inaccurate

Banding in different colors occurs

Colors in printed images are uneven

Image edges are blurred or white banding occurs

The contrast becomes uneven during printing

The length of printed images is inaccurate in the feeding direction

Images are printed crooked

Documents are printed in monochrome

Line thickness is not uniform

Lines or colors are misaligned

Borders appear in borderless printing

621
Printing is faint

Check 1 Is the reverse side of the paper being used for printing?
Print on the printing surface.

Check 2 Is the print head nozzle blocked?

Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged.
Checking for Nozzle Clogging

Note
• To automatically check for nozzle blockages after printing, set Auto nozzle check in the touch screen
menu to a setting other than Disable.
To show warnings based on nozzle check results, set Nozzle check error display in the touch screen
menu to Enable.
However, printing may be stopped by warnings if this setting is set to Enable.
Menu Structure

Check 3 Was the printer left with the ink tank out?
The ink supply may become blocked by ink if the ink tank is left out.
If this happens, leave the printer for at least 24 hours with the ink tank in, and then carry out Print head
cleaning.
Cleaning the Print Head

Check 4 Are paper scraps stuck in the top cover?

Follow the steps below to remove paper scraps left inside the top cover.

1. Open the top cover and make sure that the carriage is not over the platen.

2. Remove any paper scraps left inside the top cover.

Remove Jammed Roll Paper
Remove a Jammed Sheet

3. Close the top cover.

Check 5 Was the paper cut before the ink dried?

Set a longer Ink drying wait time in Advanced paper settings in the touch screen menu.

Menu Structure

Check 6 Is the printer driver Print Quality set to Fast?

622
Follow the steps below to set Print Quality to a setting other than Fast, and then print.

• Windows
Change the Print Quality settings in the printer driver Advanced Settings.

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (Windows)

• macOS

Change the Print Quality in the printer driver Quality & Media settings.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (macOS)

If a setting lower than Standard is selected, the printing time is shorter and less ink is used though the print
quality is reduced. If a printing looks faint, select a setting higher than Standard.

Check 7 Does the paper used for printing create a lot of cutting dust?
Set Cut-dust reduction in the touch screen menu Advanced paper settings to ON.
Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls

623
Paper rubs against the Print Head

Check 1 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type
loaded in the printer?
Load paper of the same type as you have specified in the printer driver.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver to the media type loaded in the printer.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Change the paper type in the printer driver and try printing again.

Check 2 Is the paper loaded properly?

If not loaded properly, paper can buckle and rub against the print head.
Reload the paper.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Check 3 Is the print head height set too low?

Set Paper Thickness (Head Height) in the touch screen menu to Auto.
Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

Check 4 Is the paper thick, or a type that curls easily or is prone to buckling after
absorbing ink?
If using paper-based printing material such as Heavyweight Coated Paper, set Transport unit vacuum
strength in the touch screen menu to Medium-strong or Strong.

If that does not resolve the problem, increase the Paper Thickness (Head Height) setting in the touch screen
menu.

Adjusting Vacuum Strength

Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

If using film-based printing material such as CAD Tracing Paper, set the Transport unit vacuum strength in the
touch screen menu to Standard, Medium-strong, or Strong.

If that does not resolve the problem, increase the Paper Thickness (Head Height) setting in the touch screen
menu.

Adjusting Vacuum Strength

Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

624
If using paper thinner than 0.004 inches (0.1 mm), set Transport unit vacuum strength in the touch screen
menu to Weak.

If that does not resolve the problem, increase the Paper Thickness (Head Height) setting in the touch screen
menu.
Adjusting Vacuum Strength
Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

Check 5 When loading paper in the printer, is the media loaded the same as the media
type selected on the touch screen?
Select the correct media type in the touch screen menu when loading paper in the printer.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Check 6 Does the paper have a strong curl at the front edge or is it buckled?
Set Cutting mode in the touch screen menu to User cut, and set leading edge detection to Do not detect.
To keep track of the amount of roll paper remaining in this situation, set Manage remaining roll amount to OFF
before loading the roll paper, and then set Manage remaining roll amount back to ON after the roll paper is
loaded.
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls
Keeping Track of the Amount of Roll Paper Left

625
The edges of the paper are dirty

Check 1 Was printing borderless or on small paper?

The platen may become dirtied by printing borderless or on small paper sizes.

Open the top cover and clean the platen.

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

Check 2 Is Extension for borderless printing in the touch screen menu set to Large
or Standard?
Set Paper with recommended width in Extension for borderless printing to Small.
Menu Structure

Check 3 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type in
the printer?
Make sure the same type of paper is specified on the printer as in the printer driver.
Changing the Type of Paper

Follow the steps below to change the printer driver settings.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again.

Check 4 Is the paper creased or curled?

Straighten out the wrinkles or curls and reload the paper. Do not use paper that has been printed on previously.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Check 5 Is Cut-dust reduction in the touch screen menu Advanced paper settings
set to ON?
A cut dust reduction line is printed at the paper cut position when Cut-dust reduction is set to ON.

If cutting dust reduction is not required, set Cut-dust reduction to OFF.

Menu Structure

Check 6 Is the print head height set too low in the touch screen menu?
Set Paper Thickness (Head Height) to Auto.

Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

626
 Check 7 Is the paper thick, or a type that curls easily or is prone to buckling after
absorbing ink?
If using paper-based printing material such as thick-coat paper, set Transport unit vacuum strength in the
touch screen menu to Medium-strong or Strong.

If that does not resolve the problem, increase the Paper Thickness (Head Height) setting in the touch screen
menu.
Adjusting Vacuum Strength
Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

If using film-based printing material such as tracing paper, set the Transport unit vacuum strength in the touch
screen menu to Standard, Medium-strong, or Strong.
If that does not resolve the problem, increase the Paper Thickness (Head Height) setting in the touch screen
menu.
Adjusting Vacuum Strength
Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

Check 8 Is the output guide clean?

Clean the output guide.
Cleaning the Printer Exterior

627
The surface of the paper is dirty

Check 1 Is the paper retainer clean?

Clean the paper retainer.

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

Check 2 Does this paper take longer to dry?

Set the Ink drying wait time in the touch screen menu to approximately 1 minute.
Menu Structure

Note
• When printing on paper that takes longer to dry, the paper may curl during printing and come in contact
with the output slot.
In such situations, set an Ink drying wait time and an Ink drying target area for Pause between scans
in the touch screen menu.
However, note that printing will now take longer.
Menu Structure

Note
• In a hot and humid environment, rolling paper printed with images containing areas of saturated color
may transfer ink to the contact surface, affecting print quality.

Move the printer to a different environment, or let the paper dry before rolling it.

628
The back side of the paper is dirty

Check 1 Was the previous print job borderless, or printed on small paper?
Open the top cover and clean the platen.

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

Check 2 Is Detect paper width in the touch screen menu set to OFF?
Printing with Detect paper width set to OFF may cause the platen to be dirtied.
Set Detect paper width in the touch screen menu to ON, and then open the top cover and clean the platen.

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

To continue printing with Detect paper width set to OFF, first open the top cover and clean the platen, and then
manually feed roll paper over the platen when printing.
Cleaning Inside the Top Cover
Feeding Roll Paper Manually

Check 3 Paper may be gripped weakly over the platen.

Set a higher Transport unit vacuum strength in the touch screen menu.
Adjusting Vacuum Strength

Check 4 Is Extension for borderless printing in the touch screen menu set to Large
or Standard?
Set Paper with recommended width in Extension for borderless printing to Small.
Menu Structure

Note
• In a hot and humid environment, rolling paper printed with images containing areas of saturated color
may transfer ink to the contact surface, affecting print quality.

Move the printer to a different environment, or let the paper dry before rolling it.

629
Immediately after borderless printing, the trailing edge margin is
soiled during regular printing

In some situations, borderless printing with automatic cutting of the leading and trailing edges on roll paper
may transfer ink on the cutter blade to the next item printed.

Follow the steps below to change Between Pages in Drying Time to between 30 seconds and 3 minutes
and perform borderless printing.

• Windows

1. Click Specify for Media Type on the Main sheet of the printer driver.

2. Select an ink drying time from the Between Pages list in Drying Time.
• macOS

Select an ink drying time from the Drying Time list on the Paper Detailed Settings sheet of the printer
driver.

630
Printed colors are inaccurate

Check 1 Has color been adjusted in the printer driver?

Follow the steps below to adjust color settings.
• Windows

Adjust the color settings with Color Mode > Color Settings in Advanced Settings in the printer driver.

Main Tab Description (Windows)

• macOS

Adjust the color settings in the printer driver Color Options.

Color Options (macOS)

Check 2 Has the computer or monitor color been adjusted?

Take the actions below.

• Refer to the computer and monitor documentation to adjust the colors.

• Adjust the settings of the color management software, referring to the software documentation as needed.

Check 3 Is the print head nozzle blocked?

Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged.
Checking for Nozzle Clogging

Check 4 Is Application Color Matching Priority set to Off in a Windows printer driver?
In the printer driver Layout sheet, click Special Settings, and then set Application Color Matching Priority to
On in the dialog box that appears.
Layout Tab Description (Windows)

631
Banding in different colors occurs

Check 1 Are paper actually loaded on the printer and the media type selected on the
touch screen the same?
Select the correct media type in the touch screen menu when loading paper in the printer.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Loading Sheets in the Printer

Check 2 Has the paper feed rate been calibrated properly?

Adjust the feed amount.
Adjusting Feed Amount

Check 3 Print job may have been interrupted while receiving, and therefore not printed
at a fast frame rate
Exit other applications and cancel other print jobs.

Check 4 Is Set priority in the touch screen menu set to Prioritize length accuracy?
Setting Set priority to Prioritize print quality and adjusting the feed amount can help.
Adjusting Feed Amount

Check 5 Check if the print head is in the right position

Adjust the print head position.
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

Check 6 Make sure that the print head nozzle is not blocked
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if they are clogged.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

Note
• To automatically check for nozzle blockages after printing, set Auto nozzle check in the touch screen
menu to a setting other than Disable.

To show warnings based on nozzle check results, set Nozzle check error display in the touch screen
menu to Enable.

However, printing may be stopped by warnings if this setting is set to Enable.

Menu Structure

632
 Check 7 Low Print Quality setting causing lines in the printing
Follow the steps below to set Print Quality to High, and then print.

• Windows

Change the Print Quality settings in the printer driver Advanced Settings.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (Windows)
• macOS

Change the Print Quality in the printer driver Quality & Media settings.

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (macOS)

If a setting higher than Standard is selected, the printing time is longer and more ink is used.

Check 8 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type
loaded in the printer?
Load paper of the same type as you have specified in the printer driver.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow the steps below to change the printer driver settings.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again.

633
Colors in printed images are uneven

Check 1 Does this paper curl easily?

Colors in printed images may be uneven at the leading edge of paper that curls easily. Change the Transport
unit vacuum strength in the touch screen to increase the grip on the paper, or set a margin of at least 0.8
inches (20 mm) at the front edge of the paper.

Adjusting Vacuum Strength

Check 2 Make sure you are not printing with AirPrint. (macOS)
Select a printer to use on Printers & Scanners under System Preferences.
If "...AirPrint" is included in the printer name shown on Kind, you are using the printer with AirPrint. In this case,
install the CUPS driver and perform printing using the CUPS driver.

Check 3 Colors in printed images may be uneven if the Print Quality setting is too low
If using Windows, select Advanced Settings from the Main tab of the printer driver, and then select a higher
Print Quality setting.
If using macOS, select Quality & Media in the printer driver, and then select a higher Print Quality setting.
When Fast or Standard is selected, the printing time is shorter and less ink is used than with High, but the print
quality is reduced.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (Windows)
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (macOS)

Check 4 Colors in printed images may be uneven on the boundary between shades if
there are dark and light areas in an image
Using the unidirectional printing function may reduce color unevenness in this situation.
Follow the steps below for unidirectional printing.

• Windows

Open Paper Detailed Settings from the Main tab of the printer driver, and then select Unidirectional
Printing.

• macOS

Open Paper Detailed Settings in the printer driver, and then select Unidirectional Printing.

Check 5 If printing borderless, colors in printed images may be a little uneven at the
leading edge of the paper because printing is interrupted to cut the paper

634
Set the printer driver Automatic Cutting settings to No, and then print. Doing this prints only the left and right
sides borderless. Cut the top and bottom borders with a cutting implement such as scissors after the printed
materials are output and cut.

Note
• Selecting a higher Print Quality in the printer driver Advanced Settings may resolve the problem.

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (Windows)

Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (macOS)

Check 6 Check if the print head is in the right position

Adjust the print head position.
Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

Check 7 Color may be uneven if printing materials were stacked while drying
To avoid uneven colors, we recommend drying each sheet separately.

Check 8 Density may be uneven if using Glossy Paper or Coated Paper

Set Print Quality to High, and then print.

Check 9 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type
loaded in the printer?
Load paper of the same type as you have specified in the printer driver.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver to the media type loaded in the printer.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again.

Check 10 Is Ink drying target area for Pause between scans in the touch screen
menu set to Leading edge?
If the Ink drying target area for Pause between scans is set to Leading edge, color may be uneven
approximately 3.1 to 5.1 inches (80 to 130 mm) from the front edge of the paper. (The position depends on the
Print Quality settings)

In this case, set Ink drying target area for Pause between scans to Overall.

However, note that printing will now take longer.

Menu Structure

635
Image edges are blurred or white banding occurs

Check 1 Paper may be gripped too strongly over the platen.

Set a lower Transport unit vacuum strength in the touch screen menu.

Adjusting Vacuum Strength

Check 2 Check if the print head is in the right position.

For detailed printing of small text or fine lines on glossy or semi-gloss photo paper or proof paper, etc., set the
print head to the optimal height and then adjust the position of the print head.
Adjusting the Print Head

Setting a lower value for Paper Thickness (Head Height) in the touch screen menu may resolve the problem.
Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

Check 3 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type
loaded in the printer?
Load the printer with the media type specified in the printer driver.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver to the media type loaded in the printer.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Reset the media type in the printer driver, and then print.

636
The contrast becomes uneven during printing

Check 1 Has the paper feed rate been calibrated properly?

Adjust the feed amount.

Adjusting Feed Amount

Check 2 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type
loaded in the printer?
Load the printer with the media type specified in the printer driver.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver to the media type loaded in the printer.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Change the type of paper in the printer driver and try printing again.

637
The length of printed images is inaccurate in the feeding direction

Check 1 Is Set priority for Paper feed adjustment in the touch screen menu set to
Prioritize print quality?
Set Set priority for Paper feed adjustment to Prioritize length accuracy, and then carry out Adjust feed
length.
Adjusting Feed Amount

Check 2 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type
loaded in the printer?
Load the printer with the media type specified in the printer driver.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver to the media type loaded in the printer.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Reset the media type in the printer driver, and then print.

638
Images are printed crooked

Check 1 Is Skew detection accuracy in the touch screen menu set to Loose or OFF?
Set Skew detection accuracy to Standard, and then reload the paper.

Menu Structure

Check 2 Is Detect paper width set to OFF?

Set Detect paper width in the touch screen menu to ON.
Menu Structure

Check 3 Has the roll paper been loaded at an angle?

If there is a gap between the roll paper and roll holder, reload the roll.
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
Loading Rolls in the Printer

639
Documents are printed in monochrome

Check 1 Is Color Mode set to Monochrome in the printer driver?

• For Windows
In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver, specify Color in Color Mode and try printing again.
• For macOS

In the Quality & Media of the printer driver, specify Color in Color Mode and try printing again.

Check 2 The print head nozzle may be blocked.

Print a test pattern to check the color ink nozzles and see if they are clogged.
Checking for Nozzle Clogging

640
Line thickness is not uniform

Check 1 Is Fast Graphic Process set to On in the Windows printer driver Special
Settings dialog box?
Access the printer driver Properties dialog box from Print in the File menu of the source application, and follow
these steps to print.

1. Deselect Preview before printing in the Main sheet.

2. Deselect Page Layout in the Layout sheet.

3. Click the Special Settings button in the Layout sheet, and then set Fast Graphic Process to Off in the Special Settings dialog
box that opens.

Check 2 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type
loaded in the printer?
Load the printer with the media type specified in the printer driver.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver to the media type loaded in the printer.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Reset the media type in the printer driver, and then print.

Check 3 Adjust the position of the print head

For detailed printing of small text or fine lines on glossy or semi-gloss photo paper or proof paper, etc., set the
print head to the optimal height and then adjust the position of the print head.
Adjusting the Print Head

Note
• Setting a lower value for Paper Thickness (Head Height) in the touch screen menu may resolve the
problem.

Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

641
Lines or colors are misaligned

Check 1 Adjust the position of the print head

If borders are misaligned or the print results are not uniform, adjust the position of the print head.

Adjusting the Print Head

For detailed printing of small text or fine lines on glossy or semi-gloss photo paper or proof paper, etc., set the
print head to the optimal height and then adjust the position of the print head.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (Windows)
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data (macOS)

Note
• Setting a lower value for Paper Thickness (Head Height) in the touch screen menu may resolve the
problem.
Troubleshooting Paper Abrasion and Blurry Images

Check 2 Is the media type specified in the printer driver the same as the media type
loaded in the printer?
Load the printer with the media type specified in the printer driver.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver to the media type loaded in the printer.

1. To stop printing, press the Stop button.

2. Reset the media type in the printer driver, and then print.

Check 3 Perform print head angle alignment.

Select Print head angle adjustment in the touch screen menu to align the print head angle.

Adjusting Line Misalignment

Important
• Changing the release lever position while printing is in progress causes paper jam, misaligned lines, or
wrong colors. Be careful not to touch the release lever while printing in progress.

642
Borders appear in borderless printing

Check 1 If printing full-scale borderless, is the selected paper wider than the source
size?
For borderless printing at actual size, use roll paper that has the same width as the actual page size.

Printing Full-Size without Margins (Windows)

Printing Full-Size without Margins (macOS)

Check 2 Does the source file have margins?

Check that the printing image data does not have any objects like crop marks and transparent objects.

Check 3 Is a margin set in application software?

Check that no margins are configured in the application software you are using.

Check 4 Is the Extension for borderless printing set to Small?

In Extension for borderless printing in the touch screen menu, set Paper with recommended width and
Paper with adequate width to Standard.
Menu Structure

Check 5 Is the width of the paper recommended for borderless printing?

For paper sizes that are not recommended for borderless printing, a slight margin will automatically be generated
on the left and right.
You can set the amount of border at this time with Extension for borderless printing > Paper with adequate
width in the touch screen menu.
However, Extension for borderless printing is increased, the platen may become dirty.

For details on paper sizes recommended for borderless printing, see Paper Sizes.

Paper Sizes

643
Cannot Print over Network

Cannot Connect Printer to Network

Cannot Print over TCP/IP Network

Cannot Print over Bonjour networks (macOS)

644
Cannot Connect Printer to Network

Check1 Is the Ethernet cable connected correctly to the printer's wired LAN connector?
Make sure the printer is connected to the network with the correct Ethernet cable, and then turn the printer on.
For instructions on connecting the cable, refer to the Setup Guide.

Check2 Make sure the Link indicator is lit.

The left and right indicators are lit if the printer is connected via 1000Base-T.
The left indicator is green if the printer is connected via 100Base-TX, and the right indicator is orange if
connected via 10Base-T.
If the Link indicator is not lit, check the following points.

• The hub is on.

• The end of the Ethernet cable is connected correctly.
Insert the Ethernet cable until it clicks and locks in place.

• There is no problem with the Ethernet cable.

If there is any problem, replace the Ethernet cable.

645
Cannot Print over TCP/IP Network

Check1 Is the printer's IP address configured correctly?

Make sure the printer's IP address is configured correctly.

Note
• For Windows, you can configure the printer's IP address using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For wired LAN:

Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings

• For Wi-Fi:

Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings

Check2 Are the printer's TCP/IP network settings configured correctly?

Make sure the printer's TCP/IP network settings are configured correctly.

Check3 Is the computer you are trying to print from configured correctly?
Make sure the computer's TCP/IP network settings are configured correctly.

646
Cannot Print over Bonjour networks (macOS)

Check1 Is the computer you are trying to print from configured correctly?
Make sure the computer is configured correctly.

Check2 Are the computer and printer on the same network?

Due to the nature of Bonjour, printing may not be possible if the printer is on another network behind a router.
Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network. For information about network settings, ask your
network administrator.

Check3 Are the printer's Bonjour settings configured correctly?

Make sure the Bonjour settings are configured correctly.

647
Cannot Find Printer on Network

Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen (Windows)

Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen

Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup

Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi

Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN

Cannot Print Using AirPrint

648
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen (Windows)

If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by
Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen, click Redetect and search for the printer again by
the IP address on the Search for Printers screen.

If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.

649
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable
Screen

If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen or the Connect Cable screen, check the
following.

Check1 Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
right side of the printer.

Check the items below only if you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen.

Check2 Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.

Important
• For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen (Print & Scan
screen in Mac OS X v10.8 or Mac OS X v10.7).

If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)

1. Turn off printer.

2. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.

3. Turn on printer.

Check3 If you cannot resolve problem, follow procedure below to reinstall printer driver.
• For Windows:

1. Click Cancel.

650
 2. Click Back to Top on Setup Canceled screen.

3. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup.

4. Turn off printer.

5. Restart computer.

6. Make sure you have no application software running.

7. Perform setup on web page.

Note
• You can use the Setup CD-ROM to redo setup.

• For macOS:

1. Click Next.
◦ If the screen telling you that installation has not been completed appears, click Abort on
displayed screen and finish setup.

◦ If the Connection failed. screen appears:

1. Click Next.

2. Click Next on displayed screen.

3. Click Back to Top on Select Printer screen.

4. Click Exit on Start Setup screen and finish setup.

3. Turn off printer.

4. Restart computer.

5. Make sure you have no application software running.

6. Perform setup on web page.

651
 Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup

If the printer cannot be found on the Select Printer screen, search for the printer by an IP address or host
name. Click Specify the IP address and run the search on the screen which appears by clicking Printer
Not Found and click Next. The screen to select searching criteria appears.

1. Check printer's IP address or host name.

To check the printer's IP Address or host name, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the touch screen.
LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

Note
• If you use the printer in an office, ask the network administrator.

2. Specify searching method.

Select one of the method below.

A: Search by IPv4 address

Select to search for printers by IPv4 address.

B: Search by IPv6 address

Select to search for printers by IPv6 address.

652
 C: Search by host name
Select to search for printers by host name. A host name is referred to as LLMNR host name or
Bonjour name.

3. Enter IP address or host name and click Next.

Printer search starts.

If an error screen appears:

Resolve the error according to the instruction on the screen.

If the IP address you entered is already used for another device, follow the procedure below to specify
printer's IP address.

1. Select (Network status) icon.

Menu Operations

If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.

2. Select Wi-Fi.

3. Select Settings.

4. Select Advanced.

5. Select TCP/IP settings.

• If you specify IPv4 address:

1. Select IPv4.

2. Select Yes on the displayed screen.

3. Select IP address.

4. Select Manual setup.

Selecting Auto setup specifies the IP address automatically.

5. Enter IP address.

6. Select OK.

7. Enter subnet mask.

653
 8. Select OK.

9. Enter default gateway.

10. Select OK.

The IPv4 address has been specified.

• If you specify IPv6 address:

1. Select IPv6.

2. Select Yes on the displayed screen.

3. Select Enable/disable IPv6.

4. Select Enable.
The IPv6 address has been specified.

Important
• If firewall is enabled on the computer, printers on a different subnet may not be detected.
Disable firewall.

If firewall interferes with printer search:

• If message appears:

If a message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set the
security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, specify the IP address or host name and search for printers
again.

If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.

• If no message appears:

Cancel searching printers, and then set the security software to allow Canon software below to
access the network.

◦ For Windows:

Setup.exe or Setup64.exe in the win > Driver > DrvSetup folder on the Setup CD-ROM

◦ For macOS:

Setup.app, canonijnetwork.bundle, cnwidsd.plugin, cnwidss.plugin

After setting the security software, specify the IP address or host name and search for printers again.

654
 Note
• For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.

655
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi

Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.

If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.

The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.

Check2 Check the network status on the touch screen.

If the icon is displayed, or only the icon is displayed, wireless LAN is disabled.

Set Enable/disable Wi-Fi in the touch screen menu to Enable.

If the icon is displayed, see Check 3 or later checking items to make sure whether printer setup is
complete or the settings of wireless router to connect are correct.

Check3 Make sure printer setup is complete on the computer.

If it is not, perform setup.

• For Windows:
Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.

• For macOS:
Perform setup from the web page.

Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status. Download it from the
web page.

For Windows
For macOS

Check4 Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. wireless router name, SSID, network key, etc.) are identical
with those of the wireless router.

To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.

Note
• Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the SSID set for the printer with that for
2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.

656
To check the SSID set for the printer, print out the network setting information or use the operation panel to
display it.

• Display on the touch screen.

LAN settings

• Print the network settings.

Printing Network Settings

Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Check5 Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.

Note
• Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, note that some of them have it inside.

Check6 Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.

Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.

Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.

Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility

See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

• For Windows:

Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

• For macOS:

657
 Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility

Check7 Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.

For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.

Note
• If you use a smartphone or tablet, make sure the Wi-Fi is enabled on the device.

Check8 Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
properties dialog box of the printer driver. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.

Check9 Make sure security software's firewall is off.

If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.

Check10 If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network identifier (SSID). (macOS)

If the problem is not resolved, redo setup.

• For Windows:

Perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or from the web page.
• For macOS:

Perform setup from the web page.

658
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN

Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.

If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.

The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.

Check2 Is icon displayed on touch screen?

If the icon is not displayed, wired LAN is disabled.

If not, select (Setup) icon, Device settings, LAN settings, Wired LAN, Settings, and then select
Enable for Enable/disable Wired LAN.

Check3 Make sure LAN cable is connected properly.

Make sure the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the cable
properly.
If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN side of the router.

659
Cannot Print Using AirPrint

Check1 Make sure printer is turned on.

If the printer is turned on, turn it off and back on, and then check whether the issue is resolved.

Check2 Make sure printer is registered to your computer.

Check3 Make sure printer is connected by LAN to same network subnet as AirPrint
compliant device when printing over LAN.

Check4 Make sure printer has enough paper and ink.

Check5 Make sure no error message is displayed on printer's touch screen.

660
Installation Problems

Removing Printer Software

Taking Time to Setup Process (Windows)

Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows)

661
Removing Printer Software

Follow the steps below to remove utility software installed on the computer.

Important
• You must log in as an administrator or have administrator permissions.

Note
• See the pages below for how to remove printer drivers.

Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver (Windows)

Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver (macOS)

Removing the IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)

Follow the steps below to remove the IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• Windows 10

1. Click start, select Windows System, and then select Control Panel.

2. Under Programs, select Programs and Features, select IJ Network Device Setup
Utility from the list of programs, and then click Uninstall.
• Windows 8.1

1. Use the Settings charm on the desktop to open the Control Panel.

2. Under Programs, select Programs and Features, select IJ Network Device Setup
Utility from the list of programs, and then click the Uninstall button.
• Windows 7

1. Select Control Panel from the start menu.

2. Select Uninstall a program.

3. Select IJ Network Device Setup Utility, and then click the Uninstall button.

Note
• If the User Account Control dialog box is displayed, click Yes.

662
 Removing the IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
Follow the steps below to remove the IJ Network Device Setup Utility.

1. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click Canon Utilities > IJ Network
Device Setup Utility, and then drag Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility icon into
Trash.

2. Restart computer.
Empty the Trash and restart your computer.

Note
• To reinstall IJ Network Device Setup Utility, uninstall IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it
again from the Canon website.

663
Taking Time to Setup Process (Windows)

If Windows update starts during setup, or if you perform setup while Windows update is in progress, it may
take a while to register the printer or to perform other processes.

Wait for a while. This is not a malfunction.

664
Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows)

• If installation does not start when you insert Setup CD-ROM:

Follow the instructions below to start the installation.

1. Make the following settings.

◦ In Windows 10, click Start button > File Explorer, and then click This PC from list on left.
◦ In Windows 8.1, select Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop, and then select This PC from
list on left.
◦ In Windows 7, click Start, and then click Computer.

2. Double-click the CD-ROM icon in the window that appears.

If the contents of the CD-ROM appear, double-click MSETUP4.EXE.

If you cannot install the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM, install it from the Canon website.

Note
• If the CD-ROM icon does not appear, try the following:

• Remove the CD-ROM from your computer and reinsert it.

• Restart your computer.

If the icon still does not appear, try a different disc and see if it appears. If it does, there is a
problem with the Setup CD-ROM. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.

665
• If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:

Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen

• Other cases:

Reinstall the printer driver.

If the printer driver was not installed correctly, uninstall the printer driver, restart your computer, and then
reinstall the printer driver.

Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver

Reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from the Canon website.

Note
• If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you
may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers.

666
HP-GL/2 problems

With HP-GL/2, printing is misaligned

Lines or images are missing in printed HP-GL/2 jobs

Lines are printed too thick or thin in HP-GL/2 print jobs

HP-GL/2 jobs are printed in monochrome (or color)

Printed colors of lines are inaccurate during HP-GL/2 printing

HP-GL/2 jobs are printed 6 mm larger than specified

HP-GL/2 jobs are printed at maximum size, even if a standard size is specified

HP-GL/2 printing takes a long time

The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the carriage stops moving)

667
With HP-GL/2, printing is misaligned

Check Check the Margin setting.

Adjust the Margin setting values in the touch screen menu.

Print settings

668
Lines or images are missing in printed HP-GL/2 jobs

Check 1 Is the memory full?

Check the size of the data in the print job.

Check 2 Is the printer receiving an HP-GL/2 command not supported by this printer?
Check the print job and settings.

Check 3 Has the printer received print data that includes HP RTL commands when
Auto rotation is ON?
Set Auto rotation to OFF in the touch screen menu and print again.
Print settings

Check 4 Is Oversize set to Disable?

Set Oversize to Enable in the touch screen menu.
Print settings

669
Lines are printed too thick or thin in HP-GL/2 print jobs

Check 1 Check the Width correction setting.

Change the Width correction setting in the touch screen menu.

Print settings

Check 2 Is Adjust faint lines set to OFF?

If fine lines are printed faintly, setting Adjust faint lines to ON will print the lines more distinctly.
Print settings

670
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed in monochrome (or color)

Check Check the Color mode setting.

Check the Color mode setting in the touch screen menu.

Print settings

However, for optimal Printhead performance, the printer consumes trace amounts of color ink even when
Monochrome is selected as Color mode.

671
Printed colors of lines are inaccurate during HP-GL/2 printing

Check Is Adjust faint lines set to ON?

Setting Adjust faint lines to OFF in the touch screen menu may help produce the expected results. However,
lines in some colors may appear broken.

Print settings

672
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed 6 mm larger than specified

Check Check the page size of the HP-GL/2 print job, as created in the source
application.
Set Oversize to OFF in the touch screen menu.

Print settings

673
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed at maximum size, even if a standard size
is specified

Check Check the page size of the HP-GL/2 print job, as created in the source
application.
Set Conserve paper to ON in the touch screen menu.
Print settings

674
HP-GL/2 printing takes a long time

Check 1 Is the print data size large?

Large print jobs with a lot of data take longer to print. Please wait a while until printing is finished.

Check 2 Is Input resolution set to 600 dpi?

Set Input resolution to 300 dpi.
Adjusting Feed Amount

675
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the carriage stops
moving)

Check 1 The printer is analyzing the print job.

Please wait a while until printing is finished.

Check 2 Is Input resolution set to 600 dpi?

Set Input resolution to 300 dpi.
Adjusting Feed Amount

676
Other Problems

Printer does not turn on

If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound

Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared

Printer consumes a lot of ink

Printed pages are not collected cleanly in the basket

Ink Level Detection

677
Printer does not turn on

Check 1 Is the power cord plugged in?

Plug the power cord into the outlet, and then turn on the printer.

Check 2 Is the specified voltage being supplied?

Check the voltage of the outlet and breaker.
Specifications

678
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound

Check 1 Has an unusual noise been produced from the vicinity of the roll holder?
If dust accumulates on the gear (A) at the end of the roll holder, a noise may produced from that area.

When the noise starts, clean the gear with the following procedure.

1. Remove the roll holder from the printer.

2. Wipe the dust off the gear with a damp, tightly wrung cloth, and then dry with a dry cloth.

3. Insert the roll holder in the printer.

Check 2 Operating noise may be heard from the printer even when not printing.
The following sounds do not indicate a problem with the printer.

• A suction sound can be heard from the platen

To prevent the paper from rising, the surface of the platen has vacuum holes that create suction on the
paper.

• Roll paper makes a fluttering sound during printing.

There may be a fluttering sound when large paper is advanced.

• You suddenly hear the sound of cleaning operations.

Cleaning is automatically performed at specified intervals in order to keep the printer maintained.

• You suddenly hear the sound of ink agitation.

Ink is automatically agitated after specified intervals to maintain optimal print quality. Agitation takes
approximately 20 seconds to 2 minutes.

679
 Ink is also agitated automatically at the following times. Please note that no other operations can be
performed while "Agitating the ink" is on the touch screen.

◦ After the printer is turned on

◦ After data transmission
◦ After ink tank replacement
In other cases, contact your Canon dealer.

680
Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not
cleared

The newly replaced maintenance cartridge is not recognized.

Remove the newly replaced maintenance cartridge, and then reinsert it again firmly.

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

681
Printer consumes a lot of ink

Check 1 Are lots of full-color materials being printed?

In print jobs such as photos, images are filled with color. This consumes a lot of ink. This does not indicate a
problem with the printer.

Check 2 Is System cleaning being carried out frequently?

System cleaning uses a lot of ink. This is normal. We recommend that you only carry out System cleaning
after the printer has been transported, if has not been used for a long time, or if there is a problem with the print
head.

Check 3 You have just finished initial installation, when more ink is consumed to fill the
system.
If using the printer for the first time, or using it after transport, the ink tank will supply an initial fill of ink to the print
head.
Although the amount of remaining ink may drop as a result, it does not indicate a problem.

Check 4 Is the print head nozzle blocked?

Check for nozzle clogging.
Checking for Nozzle Clogging

682
Printed pages are not collected cleanly in the basket

Check Is the basket in the right position for the media size?
The optimal basket position depends on factors such as media size or orientation.

Make sure the basket is used properly.

Using the Basket

683
Ink Level Detection

The printer ink tank detects the amount of ink remaining to prevent running out of ink while printing and to
avoid printer failure.

Ink Tanks

When using an ink tank refilled with ink, the function for detecting the remaining ink level may not operate
properly and printing may stop. If you want to use an ink tank refilled with ink, you need to disable the
function for detecting the remaining ink level.

Printing with the ink level detection canceled may lead to printer damage and printing problems. Canon Inc.
is not liable for any damage that may occur as a result of refilling ink.

Important
• Once the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, it cannot be restored for that ink
tank. To restore the function for detecting the remaining ink level, replace the ink tank with a new ink
tank for that printer.

• Repeatedly removing and inserting the same ink tank can cause the contacts between the ink tank and
printer to malfunction, ink may leak from the ink tank, and the printer may become damaged.

Releasing ink level detection

Ink level detection will be deactivated if you load ink tanks once emptied.

If The above ink tank may be an ink tank that ran out of genuine Canon ink or a counterfeit Canon
ink tank. appears on the touch screen, follow the steps below.

1. Move through the screens, performing the actions described in the messages that appear
on the touch screen.

2. If an instruction to disable detection of remaining ink appears on the touch screen, hold
down the Stop button for at least 5 seconds and then release it.
Ink level detection is now released.

684
 List of Support Code for Error

Support codes appear on the PC when an error occurs.

Support codes are error identification numbers that appear alongside error messages.

If an error occurs, check the support code and follow the recommended steps to resolve the issue.

Support code displayed

• 1000 to 1ZZZ

1005 100A 1012 1021 1024 1041

1051 1052 1054 1055 1056 1057

1058 1061 1200 1201 1210 1213

1214 1300 1306 1317 1322 1323

1324 1401 1403 1408 1409 140A

140B 140C 140F 1468 1477 1478

1480 1481 1485 1492 1494 1495

1500 1551 1552 1570 1571 1660

168B 1720 1721 1722 1730 1731

1752 1753 1756 1757

• 2000 to 2ZZZ

2130 2131 2132

• 3000 to 3ZZZ

3000 3001 3200 3201 3250 3300

3301 3302 3303 3304 3306 3311

3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317

3331 3332 3333 3337 3340 3341

3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419

3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3448

• 4000 to 4ZZZ

4111 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117

685
 4801 4803 4905 4910 4911 4913

4920 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935

4937 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954

4955 4956 4957

• 5000 to 5ZZZ

5106 5200 5B16 5B20 5B21 5C00

• 6000 to 6ZZZ

6502 6700 6702 6820 6900 6901

6902 6910 6911 6920 6921 6930

6931 6932 6933 6940 6941 6942

6943 6944 6945 6946

• 7000 to 7ZZZ

7050 7051 7052

• 8000 to 8ZZZ

8200

• 9000 to 9ZZZ

9000 9110

• A000 to ZZZZ

B20A B510

686
 1005

Cause
You have attempted to print on a sheet, but no sheet is loaded.

What to Do
Check the media size and type for the print job on the touch screen, and then tap OK.

• Continuing to print

Tap Load paper, and then load the paper.

Loading and Printing on Sheets

• Stopping printing

To stop printing, tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

687
 100A

Cause
You have attempted to print on a roll, but no roll is loaded.

What to Do
Tap Load paper on the touch screen, and then load the paper roll and print.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Note
• To stop printing, tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

688
 1012

Cause
You have attempted to print on a sheet, but no sheet is loaded.

What to Do
Tap Load paper on the touch screen, and then load cut paper and print.

Loading and Printing on Sheets

Note
• To stop printing, tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

689
 1021

Cause
The printer has received a print job longer than the amount of roll paper left.

What to Do

• Continuing to print

To continue printing, tap Print with the loaded paper. on the touch screen.

However, the roll paper may run out during the print job and you may not be able to print all of the
document.

• Replacing paper

Tap Replace the paper and print and print on the touch screen.

Change the Paper Source in the printer driver, or replace the paper with paper of the right length for
the print job, and then try again.
Removing the Roll from the Printer
Loading Rolls in the Printer

• Stopping printing

To stop printing, tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

690
 1024

Cause
Possible causes include the following.

• Roll paper is empty.

• There is remaining roll paper, but because it could not be advanced, it could not be detected.

What to Do

• The roll paper has run out

Follow the steps below to replace the used roll with a new roll of the same type and size.
1. Tip back the release lever and remove the roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
2. Load the new roll.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer
3. If no barcode was printed on the roll, specify the paper type.

Changing the Type of Paper

4. If Manage remaining roll amount is set to Barcodes in the touch screen menu and there is no
barcode printed on the paper roll, set the paper length.

Specifying the Paper Length

5. If "There is a job whose printing is not complete. Do you want to print this job?" appears on
the touch screen, tap Yes.
Printing will resume, starting from the page on which the error occurred.

• Feed stopped because the end of the paper roll is attached to the core with tape

Remove the used roll paper and insert a new roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
Loading and Printing on Rolls

• Feed stopped because the remaining paper roll is too heavy

It may be helpful to change the printing mode, which will change the paper feed timing.

If using Windows, select a higher Print Quality setting under Advanced Settings in the printer driver.

If using macOS, select Quality & Media in the printer driver, and then select a higher Print Quality
setting.

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) (Windows)

Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) (macOS)

691
 Note
• To stop printing, press the Stop button.

692
 1041

Cause
You have selected wrong paper source for Replace paper.

What to Do
Match the paper source for loading paper with the paper source setting for Replace paper.

For the roll paper, select Roll paper and load it.

For the cut sheet, select Cut sheet and load it.

693
 1051

Cause
The media type specified in the printer driver is not the same as the media type loaded in the printer.

What to Do
You can continue to print, but note that this error may cause problems in the printing results.

694
 1052

Cause
The width of the roll paper set in Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver is not the same as the width of
the roll paper loaded in the printer.

What to Do
You can continue to print, but note that this error may cause problems in the printing results.

695
 1054

Cause
The paper in the printer is smaller than the paper size set in the printer driver.

What to Do
You can continue to print, but note that this error may cause problems in the printing results.

696
 1055

Cause
The paper size in the printer cannot be printed borderless.

What to Do
You can continue to print, but note that this error may cause problems in the printing results.

697
 1056

Cause
The paper position is not suitable for borderless printing.

What to Do
You can continue to print, but note that this error may cause problems in the printing results.

698
 1057

Cause
The paper position is not suitable for borderless printing.

What to Do
You can continue to print, but note that this error may cause problems in the printing results.

699
 1058

Cause
Roll paper has almost run out.

What to Do
Printing will continue. Replace the roll paper in the printer with one that has enough paper for printing as
soon as possible.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Note
• To stop printing, press the Stop button.

700
 1061

Cause
The media type specified in the printer driver is not the same as the media type loaded in the printer.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen.

Make sure that the media type that appears on the touch screen is the same as the media type that has
been loaded, and then tap OK.

• Printing again

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver and the media type specified for
the printer.

1. Tap Cancel to stop printing.

2. Change the media type in the printer driver settings to the media type loaded in the printer, and
then try again.

• Replacing paper

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver and the media type specified for
the printer.
1. Tap Replace the paper and print.
2. Load the paper with the media type specified in the printer driver.

Loading and Printing on Rolls

Loading and Printing on Sheets

• Continuing to print

To continue printing, tap Print with the loaded paper. on the touch screen.

However, note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality.

701
 1200

Cause
Top cover or print head lock lever is open.

What to Do
Open the top cover and make sure the print head lock lever is closed properly.

Make sure there are no foreign objects caught in the top cover, and then close the top cover.

If this error appears again, close the top cover, turn the power off, wait a moment, and then turn the power
back on.

Note
• If installing a print head, close the top cover after finishing.

702
 1201

Cause
The ink tank cover is open.

What to Do
Close the ink tank cover.

703
 1210

Cause
The ink tank cover is open.

What to Do
Close the ink tank cover.

704
 1213

Cause
Release lever is released.

What to Do
Pull the release lever toward the front.

If the error occurs again, turn off the printer and wait a while before restoring power.

705
 1214

Cause
While the printer was printing or performing maintenance, the release lever was released.

What to Do
Turn off the power, wait a moment, and then turn it back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then turn off the power and contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC19-2F21

706
 1300

Cause
Paper jammed inside the printer while printing.

What to Do
Follow these steps below to remove jammed paper.

1. Tip back the release lever and remove the jammed paper.

Clearing Jammed Roll Paper

Clearing a Jammed Sheet
2. Load the paper.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Loading Sheets in the Printer

3. If "There is a job whose printing is not complete. Do you want to print this job?" appears on the
touch screen, tap Yes.

Printing will resume, starting from the page on which the error occurred.

If the error appears again, the printer may be damaged. Contact a Canon customer service center.

707
 1306

Cause
A print job for rolls was received when a sheet is loaded.

What to Do
Follow these steps to load and print on a roll.

1. To remove the cut paper, tap Remove paper on the touch screen.

Removing Sheets
2. Load a new roll.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Note
• To stop printing, tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

708
 1317

Cause
Paper loaded crooked was detected when the paper was advanced.

What to Do
Tip back the release lever and reload the paper.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Loading Sheets in the Printer

If this error appears again even after reloading the paper roll, remove the roll holder from the printer, insert
the paper roll firmly into the roll holder until it is up against the flange, and then insert the roll holder into
the printer.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Important
• If this message continues to appear even after taking the steps above, or if you do not want this
message to appear, set Skew detection accuracy in the printer menu to OFF or Loose. However,
note that the paper will be printed skewed, which could cause paper jams and abnormal print results,
or dirty the platen and the reverse of the next printed sheet.

709
 1322

Cause
Cannot detect paper size because paper is not in the correct position or because curled paper has been
loaded.

What to Do
Tip back the release lever and remove any paper. Then check the paper and reload it.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Loading Sheets in the Printer
If "There is a job whose printing is not complete. Do you want to print this job?" appears on the
touch screen, tap Yes.

Printing will resume, starting from the page on which the error occurred.

Note
• If this error appears again even after reloading the paper roll, remove the roll holder from the printer,
insert the paper roll firmly into the roll holder until it is up against the flange, and then insert the roll
holder into the printer.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

• This error might also appear if the platen has been dirtied by ink or another substance, or if the size
of clear film could not be detected. In this case, open the top cover and clean the entire platen area.

Cleaning Inside the Top Cover

710
 1323

Cause
An unsuitable paper size has been loaded.

What to Do
Tip back the release lever, remove any paper, and then reload paper of suitable size.

Paper Sizes
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer

Note
• Load unused A4/letter size or larger paper if printing calibration and nozzle check patterns. Each
calibration may take several sheets of paper.

711
 1324

Cause
A print job for printing on sheets was sent when a roll is loaded.

What to Do
Follow the steps below to print again.

1. Tap Remove paper on the touch screen to stop printing.

2. Remove the paper roll, load cut paper of the size and type specified in the printer driver, and then try
again.
Removing the Roll from the Printer
Loading and Printing on Sheets

Note
• To stop printing, tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

712
 1401

Cause
Failed to recognize print head.

What to Do
Open the top cover and reattach the print head.

Replacing the Print Head

713
 1403

Cause
There is a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen, and then replace the current print head with a new one.

Replacing the Print Head

If you do not have a replacement print head ready, turn off the power and replace the print head once you
have the new one.

714
 1408

Cause
There is a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen, and then replace the current print head with a new one.

Replacing the Print Head

If you do not have a replacement print head ready, turn off the power and replace the print head once you
have the new one.

715
 1409

Cause
There is a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen, and then replace the current print head with a new one.

Replacing the Print Head

If you do not have a replacement print head ready, turn off the power and replace the print head once you
have the new one.

716
 140A

Cause
There is a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen, and then replace the current print head with a new one.

Replacing the Print Head

If you do not have a replacement print head ready, turn off the power and replace the print head once you
have the new one.

717
 140B

Cause
Failed to recognize print head.

What to Do
Open the top cover and reattach the print head.

Replacing the Print Head

718
 140C

Cause
There is a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Turn off the power, wait a moment, and then turn it back on.

719
 140F

Cause
There is a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen, and then replace the current print head with a new one.

Replacing the Print Head

If you do not have a replacement print head ready, turn off the power and replace the print head once you
have the new one.

720
 1468

Cause
Printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power, wait a moment, and then turn it back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then turn off the power and contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC55-2F24

721
 1477

Cause
There is a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Open the top cover and replace the print head with a new one.

Replacing the Print Head

722
 1478

Cause
There is a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen, and then replace the current print head with a new one.

Replacing the Print Head

If you do not have a replacement print head ready, turn off the power and replace the print head once you
have the new one.

723
 1480

Cause
The attached print head was previously used in a different model.

What to Do
Attach the correct print head.

Replacing the Print Head

724
 1481

Cause
The attached print head was previously used in a model that uses a different ink set.

What to Do
Attach the correct print head.

Replacing the Print Head

725
 1485

Cause
Cannot use attached print head.

What to Do
Attach the correct print head.

Replacing the Print Head

726
 1492

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power, wait a moment, and then turn it back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then turn off the power and contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC02-2F42 EC21-2F44 EC3F-2F40 EC3F-2F41

727
 1494

Cause
There may be a problem with the print head.

What to Do
Turn off the power, wait a moment, and then turn it back on.

If the error appears again, remove and reattach the print head.

Replacing the Print Head

If that does not get rid of the error, replace the print head with a new one.

728
 1495

Cause
The print head nozzle is blocked.

What to Do
Follow the steps below to clean the print head.

1. Tap Cancel on the touch screen to stop printing.

2. Clean the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

If this message still appears when printing, replace the print head.

Replacing the Print Head

Important
• To continue printing, use the touch screen and tap Continue printing. However, the print results may
not be satisfactory.

729
 1500

Cause
The ink in the ink tank is running low.

What to Do
Prepare a new ink tank.

730
 1551

Cause
A genuine Canon ink tank with a history of past use has been detected.

What to Do
To dismiss the message, tap OK on the touch screen.

731
 1552

Cause
A genuine Canon ink tank has been inserted.

What to Do
To dismiss the message, tap OK on the touch screen.

732
 1570

Cause
The ink in the ink tank has run out.

What to Do
Open the ink tank cover, and then replace the ink tank before the ink in the sub-ink tank of this printer
becomes insufficient.

Replacing Ink Tanks

Note
• You can replace the ink tank even while printing.

733
 1571

Cause
Ink tank removed during printing.

What to Do
If replacing the ink tank, insert a new ink tank.

Replacing Ink Tanks

734
 1660

Cause
Ink tank not inserted.

What to Do
Insert the ink tank correctly.

Replacing Ink Tanks

735
 168B

Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.

Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank may not be compatible with this printer.

What to Do
Install the appropriate ink tank.

736
 1720

Cause
The maintenance cartridge is full.

It needs to be replaced.

What to Do
Replace the maintenance cartridge.
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

737
 1721

Cause
The maintenance cartridge is not installed.

What to Do
Install the maintenance cartridge.

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

738
 1722

Cause
Incorrect type of maintenance cartridge.

What to Do
Insert the correct maintenance cartridge.

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

If this error continues to appear, contact a Canon customer service center.

739
 1730

Cause
The ink tank may be an ink tank that ran out of genuine Canon ink or a counterfeit Canon ink tank.

What to Do
To print, you must replace the ink tank or disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level.

To disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level, press and hold the printer's Stop button for at
least 5 seconds, and then release it.

By this operation, the fact that you have disabled the function for detecting the remaining ink level will be
memorized. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by
continuation of printing under the ink out condition or by using refilled ink tanks.

Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank in gray is displayed on the
touch screen when checking the current ink level.

To report the counterfeit ink tank, access Canon website from the following link.

Report Counterfeit

740
 1731

Cause
Non-genuine Canon ink tank has been detected.

What to Do
To print, you must replace the ink tank or disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level.

To disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level, press and hold the printer's Stop button for at
least 5 seconds, and then release it.

By this operation, the fact that you have disabled the function for detecting the remaining ink level will be
memorized. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by
using a non-genuine Canon ink tank.

Note
• If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled, the ink tank in gray is displayed on the
touch screen when checking the current ink level.

To report the counterfeit ink tank, access Canon website from the following link.

Report Counterfeit

741
 1752

Cause
The ink has run out.

What to Do
Open the ink tank cover, and then replace the ink tank.

Replacing Ink Tanks

742
 1753

Cause
The remaining level of the ink cannot be correctly detected.

What to Do
Replace the ink tank. Printing will restart.

Replacing Ink Tanks

An ink tank that was once empty is installed.

If you want to continue printing, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level.

To disable this function, press and hold the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release
it.

With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized.

Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by continuation of
printing under the ink out condition or by using refilled ink tanks.

743
 1756

Cause
The ink may become insufficient.

What to Do
To perform the next process or to continue the specified process, replace the ink tank.

Replacing Ink Tanks

744
 1757

Cause
Cannot fill ink reserve tank.

What to Do
Check the touch screen, remove the ink tank for the affected color, and then reinsert it.

If the inserted ink tank is empty, replace it with a new ink tank.

Replacing Ink Tanks

745
 2130

Cause
The roll paper width set in the print job is not the same as the width of the roll paper in the printer.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to go to the next screen.

Check the media type and size that appear and tap OK.

• Printing without changes

Tap Print with the loaded paper..

However, note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality.

• Stopping printing

Tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

• Replacing the roll paper

Follow the steps below to replace the paper with roll paper of the width set in the printer driver.
1. Tap Replace the paper and print, then remove the roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
2. Replace the paper with paper of the width set in the printer driver.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Printing begins.

Note
• To change print settings in Windows, select Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver and set the roll
paper width in the dialog box that appears.
• To change print settings in macOS, open the printer driver and select Fit Roll Paper Width, and then
set the roll paper width in that panel to the width of the paper loaded in the printer.
• To suppress this message, set Detect paper setting mismatch in the touch screen menu to Do not
detect. However, note that this error may affect the printing quality.

Menu Structure

746
 2131

Cause
The roll paper loaded in the printer is narrower than the roll paper width in the print job.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to go to the next screen.

Check the media type and size that appear and tap OK.

• Printing without changes

Tap Print with the loaded paper..

However, note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality.

• Stopping printing

Tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

• Replacing the roll paper

Follow the steps below to replace the paper with roll paper of the width specified in the print job paper
size settings.
1. Tap Replace the paper and print, then remove the roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
2. Replace the paper with paper of the width set in the printer driver.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer
Printing begins.

Note
• To change print settings in Windows, select Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver and set the roll
paper width in the dialog box that appears.
• To change print settings in macOS, open the printer driver and select Fit Roll Paper Width, and then
set the roll paper width in that panel to the width of the paper loaded in the printer.
• To suppress this message, set Detect paper setting mismatch in the touch screen menu to Do not
detect. However, note that this error may affect the printing quality.

Menu Structure

747
 2132

Cause
Cannot print internal printer data, such as test prints, for the following reasons.

• The paper roll loaded in the printer is too small.

• The cut paper loaded in the printer is the wrong size or type.

What to Do

• Roll

Tap Replace the paper and print on the touch screen, or tip back the release lever and replace the
paper with paper of the correct size.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

To stop printing, tap Cancel or press the Stop button.

• Sheet

Tip back the release lever, remove any paper, and then load paper of the same size and type as the
first page.

Loading Sheets in the Printer

To stop printing, press the Stop button.

748
 3000

Cause
The print head has not been calibrated.

What to Do
Print head alignment is recommended.

Adjusting the Print Head

Note
• This message will appear until Print head alignment is carried out.

749
 3001

Cause
The print head nozzle is becoming blocked.

What to Do
Check the printed materials.

If the printed materials are scratched, clean the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

750
 3200

Cause
It is almost time to replace consumables for which service is required.

What to Do
This can used for a little while, until the message "Part replacement needed." appears.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

751
 3201

Cause
It is past the recommended time to replace consumables for which service is required.

What to Do
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

752
 3250

Cause
The maintenance cartridge is almost full.

What to Do
Prepare a new maintenance cartridge because an error may occur if you continue to use the printer while
the maintenance cartridge is full.

Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge

753
 3300

Cause
Printer memory is full in HP-GL/2 emulation mode.

What to Do
Check the print data.

Printing will continue, but you may not obtain correct printing results.

Check the printing results.

754
 3301

Cause
Parameter specified in HP-GL/2 command is not supported.

What to Do
Check the print data.

Printing will continue, but you may not obtain correct printing results.

Check the printing results.

755
 3302

Cause
Unsupported HP-GL/2 command was used.

What to Do
Check the print data.

Printing will continue, but you may not obtain correct printing results.

Check the printing results.

756
 3303

Cause
Printer memory is full in HP-GL/2 emulation mode.

What to Do
Check the print data.

Printing will continue, but you may not obtain correct printing results.

Check the printing results.

757
 3304

Cause
Printer memory is full in HP-GL/2 emulation mode.

What to Do
Check the print data.

Printing will continue, but you may not obtain correct printing results.

Check the printing results.

758
 3306

Cause
Media information cannot be recognized because the printer media information is corrupt.

What to Do
Start the Media Configuration Tool, and then recover the media information.

Media Configuration Tool Guide

To set the Media Configuration Tool to recovery mode, open the Media Configuration Tool, select this
device and then click OK.
Select and load the media information backup file.

If you do not have a media information backup file, contact a Canon customer service center.

759
 3311

Cause
Incorrect print data.

Illegal number of parameters.

What to Do
Defective print data, please check the print results.

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

760
 3312

Cause
Incorrect print data.

Required items have been omitted.

What to Do
Defective print data, please check the print results.

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

761
 3313

Cause
Incorrect print data.

Data out of range.

What to Do
Defective print data, please check the print results.

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

762
 3314

Cause
Incorrect print data.

Resolution value out of range.

What to Do
Defective print data, please check the print results.

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

763
 3315

Cause
Incorrect print data.

Compression method value out of range.

What to Do
Defective print data, please check the print results.

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

764
 3316

Cause
Incorrect print data.

Incorrect data formatting (color sequence, bit count).

What to Do
Defective print data, please check the print results.

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

765
 3317

Cause
Incorrect print data.

Illegal combination of resolution and image data format.

What to Do
Defective print data, please check the print results.

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

766
 3331

Cause
Print results may be abnormal as there is a large volume of print data.

What to Do
Check the print job.

767
 3332

Cause
Unsupported JPEG data format.

What to Do
Check the JPEG data.

Printable file formats are as follows.

• Files which conforms to JFIF 1.02

◦ Processing method: Basic DCT

◦ Color mode: RGB/GrayScale

◦ Number of colors: 24bit/8bit

◦ Number of pixels: 38400 or less vertically and horizontally

* Does not support some samplings.

768
 3333

Cause
Unsupported JPEG data format.

What to Do
Check the JPEG data.

Printable file formats are as follows.

• Files which conforms to JFIF 1.02

◦ Processing method: Basic DCT

◦ Color mode: RGB/GrayScale

◦ Number of colors: 24bit/8bit

◦ Number of pixels: 38400 or less vertically and horizontally

* Does not support some samplings.

769
 3337

Cause
Printer is running out of memory during JPEG image processing.

What to Do
Print the image without rotating it.

To change image rotation when printing: (Setup) > Device settings > Print settings > JPEG
print settings > Paper settings > Rotate.

Note
• You may be able to print the file by increasing JPEG file compression.

770
 3340

Cause
There are no image processing parameters set in printing data.

What to Do
Check the media information at the printer driver.

If the media information set at the printer does not match the media information at the printer driver,
update the media information at the printer driver.

Updating Media Information in Printer Driver (Windows)

Updating Media Information in Printer Driver (macOS)

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

771
 3341

Cause
Print data contains illegal image processing table.

What to Do
Check the print job image processing table.

If using printing software such as RIP (Raster Image Processor), contact the software manufacturer.

772
 3414

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the address and port numbers of the sending mail server (SMTP server) are correct in the
Remote UI mail server settings.

Setting Mail Server

If this does not resolve the error, check the status of the mail server.

Contact the mail server administrator to check the server settings and status.

773
 3415

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the address and port numbers of the receiving mail server (POP3 server) are correct in the
Remote UI mail server settings.

Setting Mail Server

If this does not resolve the error, check the status of the mail server.

Contact the mail server administrator to check the server settings and status.

774
 3416

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the mail server and device secure connection (SSL) settings match.

Check the secure connection (SSL) settings in Remote UI.

Setting Mail Server

Contact the mail server administrator to configure a secure connection (SSL) to the mail server.

775
 3417

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the mail server and device secure connection (SSL) settings match.

Check the secure connection (SSL) settings in Remote UI.

Setting Mail Server

Contact the mail server administrator to configure a secure connection (SSL) to the mail server.

776
 3418

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the sending mail server (SMTP server) is correctly configured in the Remote UI mail server
settings.

Setting Mail Server

If this does not resolve the error, check the status of the mail server.

Contact the mail server administrator to check the server settings and status.

777
 3419

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the sending account and password are correctly configured in the Remote UI mail server
settings.

Setting Mail Server

If this does not resolve the error, check the status of the mail server.

Contact the mail server administrator to check the server settings and status.

778
 3420

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the receiving mail server (POP3 server) is correctly configured in the Remote UI mail server
settings.

Setting Mail Server

If this does not resolve the error, check the status of the mail server.

Contact the mail server administrator to check the server settings and status.

779
 3421

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the receiving account and password are correctly configured in the Remote UI mail server
settings.

Setting Mail Server

If this does not resolve the error, check the status of the mail server.

Contact the mail server administrator to check the server settings and status.

780
 3422

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check that the settings on the mail server and the APOP settings on this device match.

Check this device's APOP settings in Remote UI.

Setting Mail Server

Contact the mail server administrator for configuring APOP on the mail server.

781
 3423

Cause
Communication with mail server failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check if the Remote UI mail server settings are correct.

Setting Mail Server

If this does not resolve the error, check the status of the mail server.

Contact the mail server administrator to check the server settings and status.

782
 3424

Cause
Sending mail failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Specify the correct destination mail address and try again.

783
 3448

Cause
IP address is conflicting.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check the network configuration and change the network configuration to prevent a conflict with other
network devices.

For details on changing the network configuration, refer to the documentation for your network device.

784
 4111

Cause
The media type specified is incompatible with this device.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

Check the media type settings, and then try again.

785
 4113

Cause
Cannot print borderless for the following reasons.

• Printer driver is not set to Fit Roll Paper Width.

• Roll paper is not wide enough, or the paper is out of position.

What to Do

• Stopping printing

Tap Cancel on the touch screen.

• Replacing paper

Follow the steps below to replace the printer paper with paper that can be printed borderless.
1. Tap Replace the paper and print on the touch screen, then remove the roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
2. Replace the printer paper with paper that can be printed borderless.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer

• Printing with a border

Tap Print with border on the touch screen.

Printing with a border is now enabled.

786
 4114

Cause
The paper position is not suitable for borderless printing.

What to Do

• Stopping printing

Tap Cancel on the touch screen.

• Replacing paper
Follow the steps below to replace the printer paper with paper that can be printed borderless.

1. Tap Replace the paper and print on the touch screen, then remove the roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
2. Replace the printer paper with paper that can be printed borderless.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer

• Printing with a border

Tap Print with border on the touch screen.

Printing with a border is now enabled.

Note
• Because paper expands or contracts depending on the environment of use, it may become narrower
or wider than the supported width for borderless printing.
Use each media type under the appropriate usage conditions. See the media information list for
usage conditions.

Paper Information List

787
 4115

Cause
The paper in the printer cannot be printed borderless.

What to Do

• Stopping printing

Tap Cancel on the touch screen.

• Replacing paper
Follow the steps below to replace the printer paper with paper that can be printed borderless.

1. Tap Replace the paper and print on the touch screen, then remove the roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
2. Replace the printer paper with paper that can be printed borderless.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer

• Printing with a border

Tap Print with border on the touch screen.

Printing with a border is now enabled.

788
 4116

Cause
The paper is loaded askew.

What to Do

• Reloading paper

Tap Replace the paper and print on the touch screen, and then load the paper so that the edges are
inside the borderless printing ink grooves.
Insert the roll paper firmly until it is against the roll holder flange.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

• Printing with a border

Tap Print with border on the touch screen.

Printing with a border is now enabled.

• Stopping printing

Tap Cancel on the touch screen to stop printing.

Note
• To force the printer to print, set Detect paper setting mismatch in the touch screen menu to Do not
detect.

However, note that this error may affect the printing quality.

789
 4117

Cause
The print job received specifies a type or width of paper that is not compatible with borderless printing.

What to Do

• Changing the print job settings

Follow these steps to change the settings of the print job to enable borderless printing.

1. Tap Cancel on the touch screen to stop printing.

2. Check that the printer driver for the printer has been selected, and then try again.

See the media information list for media types compatible with borderless printing.

Paper Information List

• Printing with a border

Tap Print with border on the touch screen.

Printing with a border is now enabled.

Note
• To force the printer to print, set Detect paper setting mismatch in the touch screen menu to Do not
detect.

However, note that this error may affect the printing quality.

790
 4801

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power, wait a moment, and then turn it back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then turn off the power and contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC01-2F90 EC01-2F95 EC04-2F31 EC05-2F92 EC06-2F9A EC06-2F9B EC06-2F9C EC0F-2F96
EC11-2F2A EC12-2F29 EC12-2F2B EC12-2F2C EC13-2F17 EC15-2E23 EC16-2021 EC16-2022
EC16-2027 EC16-202A EC16-2038 EC21-2F51 EC21-2F54 EC21-2F57 EC21-2F59 EC21-2F61
EC21-2F67 EC21-2F70 EC21-2F71 EC21-2F72 EC22-2F30 EC22-2F47 EC23-260E EC23-2F11
EC23-2F18 EC23-2F32 EC25-2F16 EC31-2F1C EC31-2F1D EC31-2F1E EC31-2F1F EC31-2F22
EC33-2601 EC33-2F3A EC33-2F3D EC33-2F3E EC34-2602 EC34-2F3B EC35-2603 EC35-2F3C
EC51-2F14 EC51-2F15 EC51-2FDD EC51-2FDE EC51-2FDF EC51-3301 EC51-3302 EC51-3303
EC55-2F20 EC55-2F6C EC58-2F12

791
 4803

Cause
Printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power, wait a moment, and then turn it back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then turn off the power and contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-203C

792
 4905

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power, wait a moment, and then turn it back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then turn off the power and contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3304 EC51-3306 EC51-3307 EC51-3308 EC51-3309 EC51-330A

793
 4910

Cause
The width of the roll paper set in Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver is not the same as the width of
the roll paper loaded in the printer.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to go to the next screen.

Check the media type and size that appear and tap OK.

• Printing without changes

Tap Print with the loaded paper..

However, note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality.

• Stopping printing

Tap Cancel on the touch screen or press the Stop button.

• Replacing the roll paper

Follow the steps below to replace the paper with roll paper of the width set in the printer driver.
1. Tap Replace the paper and print, then remove the roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
2. Replace the paper with paper of the width set in the printer driver.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer
Printing begins.

Note
• To change print settings in Windows, select Fit Roll Paper Width in the printer driver and set the roll
paper width in the dialog box that appears.
• To change print settings in macOS, open the printer driver and select Fit Roll Paper Width, and then
set the roll paper width in that panel to the width of the paper loaded in the printer.

794
 4911

Cause
The media type specified in the printer driver is not the same as the media type loaded in the printer.

What to Do

• Changing the printer driver print settings

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver and the media type specified for
the printer.
1. Tap Cancel on the touch screen to stop printing.
2. Change the media type in the printer driver settings to the media type loaded in the printer, and
then try again.

• Replacing paper

Follow the steps below to match the media type in the printer driver and the media type specified for
the printer.
1. Tap Cancel on the touch screen to stop printing.
2. Load the paper with the media type set in the printer driver, and then try again.

Loading and Printing on Rolls

Loading and Printing on Sheets

• Printing without changes

To continue printing, tap Print with the loaded paper. on the touch screen.

However, note that this error may cause paper jams and affect the printing quality.

795
 4913

Cause
Cannot print borderless for one of the following reasons.

• The paper size in the printer cannot be printed borderless.

• The paper is loaded askew.

What to Do

• Replacing paper

Follow the steps below to replace the printer paper with paper that can be printed borderless.
1. Tap Replace the paper and print on the touch screen, then remove the roll paper.

Removing the Roll from the Printer

Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
2. Replace the printer paper with paper that can be printed borderless.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

Loading Rolls in the Printer

Printing begins.

Note
See the media information list for media types compatible with borderless printing.
Paper Information List

• Reloading paper

Tap Replace the paper and print on the touch screen, and then load the paper so that the edges are
inside the borderless printing ink grooves.

Insert the roll paper firmly until it is against the roll holder flange.

Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder

• Printing with a border

Tap Print with border on the touch screen.

Printing with a border is now enabled.

• Stopping printing

Tap Cancel on the touch screen to stop printing.

796
 4920

Cause
Cannot cut paper for one of the following reasons.

• Paper that has been cut remains on the output guide.

• There is a foreign object near the output slot that is obstructing the cutter blade.
• The paper is not being used under the recommended usage conditions.
• The paper in use cannot be used with Automatic cut.

What to Do

• Paper that has been cut remains on the output guide

Follow the steps below to resume printing.

1. Tip back the release lever and remove the paper.
Removing the Roll from the Printer
Removing Sheets
3. Load the paper.
Loading Rolls in the Printer
Loading Sheets in the Printer
3. If "There is a job whose printing is not complete. Do you want to print this job?" appears on
the touch screen, tap Yes.

Printing will resume, starting from the page on which the error occurred.

Loading Rolls in the Printer

• A foreign object near the output slot is obstructing the cutter blade

Follow the steps below to resume printing.

1. Open the top cover and remove any foreign objects.
2. If "There is a job whose printing is not complete. Do you want to print this job?" appears on
the touch screen, tap Yes.

Printing will resume, starting from the page on which the error occurred.

• Paper not being used under the recommended usage conditions

Every paper type has different recommended conditions of use. Use all paper under its recommended
usage conditions.

See the media information list for recommended usage conditions.

Paper Information List

• The paper in use cannot be used with Automatic cut

Set the roll paper cutting method to User cut and cut the roll paper with a cutting implement such as
scissors.

Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls

797
 See the media information list for paper types that can be used with Automatic cut.

Paper Information List

If this does not apply, there may be a cutter blade malfunction.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

798
 4931

Cause
Paper feed adjustment may have failed for the following reasons.

• The paper for printing a test pattern is soiled. Otherwise, you have loaded colored paper.
• The printer may be exposed to strong light, such as direct sunlight, which can cause the sensors to
malfunction.
• The test pattern was printed too faintly.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error, and then take the following actions.
• Load unused paper.
• Make adjustments to ensure that the printer is not exposed to strong light.
• Print a nozzle check pattern to check the print head status.

If the pattern has gaps or horizontal white lines, the print head nozzle is blocked. Clean the print head.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

799
 4932

Cause
The print head cannot be calibrated because the printer is loaded with very transparent film-type paper.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

We recommend calibrating the print head with a frequently used, non-film paper.

Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

800
 4933

Cause
The print head nozzle may be blocked.

What to Do
Follow the steps below to repeat Print head alignment.

1. Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

2. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

3. If the nozzle is blocked, clean the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

4. Repeat Print head alignment.

Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

801
 4934

Cause
The print head nozzle may be blocked.

What to Do
Follow the steps below to repeat Print head alignment.

1. Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

2. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

3. If the nozzle is blocked, clean the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

4. Repeat Print head alignment.

Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

802
 4935

Cause
The print head nozzle may be blocked.

What to Do
Follow the steps below to repeat Print head alignment.

1. Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error.

2. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

3. If the nozzle is blocked, clean the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

4. Repeat Print head alignment.

Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

803
 4937

Cause
Print head position adjustment failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error and retry Print head alignment following the steps
below.

1. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.

Checking for Nozzle Clogging

2. If the nozzle is blocked, clean the print head.

Cleaning the Print Head

3. Retry Print head alignment.

Automatic Adjustment to Straighten Lines and Colors

If any print head nozzles are still blocked, replace the print head.

Replacing the Print Head

If the error appears again, the printer may be damaged. Contact a Canon customer service center.

804
 4950

Cause
WPS (Push button method) connection failed.

What to Do
Follow the instructions on the touch screen to try connecting to the wireless LAN router again.

805
 4951

Cause
AOSS (BUFFALO) connection failed.

What to Do
Follow the instructions on the touch screen to try connecting to the wireless LAN router again.

806
 4952

Cause
Failed to connect to the wireless LAN router.

What to Do
Follow the instructions on the touch screen to try connecting to the wireless LAN router again.

807
 4953

Cause
Failed to acquire IP address.

What to Do
Check the information that appears on the touch screen, and then try connecting again.

808
 4954

Cause
Failed to set up wireless LAN using Easy wireless connect.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error, and then configure the settings again.

809
 4955

Cause
IPv4/IPv6 settings were changed, but wired LAN and wireless LAN are disabled.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error, and then enable wired LAN or wireless LAN.

810
 4956

Cause
Attempted to change LAN settings, but they cannot be changed for the following reasons.

• Printer is operating
• Printer currently being configured using Remote UI

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error, exit other processes and then configure the settings
again.

811
 4957

Cause
Raku Raku WLAN Start (NEC) connection failed.

What to Do
Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error and try connecting again.

812
 5106

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC03-4061

813
 5200

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC21-2F7E

814
 5B16

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC22-4001

815
 5B20

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC25-4001 EC41-4001 EC43-4001 EC44-4001 EC47-4001

816
 5B21

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC48-4001

817
 5C00

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC31-4001

818
 6502

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC56-2FE0

819
 6700

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC57-404F

820
 6702

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC57-4040

821
 6820

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC07-4060 EC51-4041 EC51-4042 EC51-4045 EC51-4046 EC51-4047 EC51-404C EC51-404D
EC51-404E EC51-4070 EC51-4071 EC51-4072

822
 6900

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3000

823
 6901

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3001

824
 6902

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3006

825
 6910

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3002

826
 6911

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3003

827
 6920

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3004

828
 6921

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3005

829
 6930

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3100

830
 6931

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3101

831
 6932

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3102

832
 6933

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3103

833
 6940

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3104

834
 6941

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3105

835
 6942

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3106

836
 6943

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3107

837
 6944

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3108

838
 6945

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3109

839
 6946

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Turn off the power and unplug the power cord.

Wait a moment and turn the power back on.

If the error appears again, make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch
screen, and then contact a Canon customer service center.

Detailed error codes

EC51-3110

840
 7050

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC51-5001

841
 7051

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC51-5002

842
 7052

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC51-5003

843
 8200

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC24-4049 EC24-404A EC24-404B

844
 9000

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC51-2F07

845
 9110

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC52-4038 EC52-4039

846
 B20A

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC03-403A

847
 B510

Cause
A printer error has occurred.

What to Do
Make a note of the detailed error code (ECxx-xxxx) that appears on the touch screen, and then turn off
the power and unplug the power cord.

Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.

Detailed error codes

EC32-4001

848